Genesis G90 (2023) - Automotive HYUNDAI - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Automobile
Brand	Hyundai (Genesis)
Model	Genesis G90 (2023)
Overall Length	207.68 in (5,275 mm)
Overall Width	75.98 in (1,930 mm)
Overall Height	58.66 in (1,490 mm)
Wheelbase	125.2 in (3,180 mm)
Gross Vehicle Weight (3.5L T-GDI AWD)	6,085 lbs (2,760 kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight (3.5L T-GDI 48V MHEV AWD)	6,195 lbs (2,810 kg)
Engine	3.5L T-GDI V6 or 3.5L T-GDI 48V MHEV V6
Displacement	211.8 cu in (3,470 cc)
Fuel Type	Unleaded gasoline (87 octane or higher)
Fuel Tank Capacity	19.3 US gal (73 L)
Transmission Fluid	GS ATF SP-IV-RR or equivalent
Engine Oil (recommended)	SAE 0W-30 (API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6)
Brake Fluid	DOT-4
Seating Capacity	5
Key Safety Features	Airbags, seat belts, Pre-Active Safety Seat (PSS), ESC, TPMS, child restraint system
Maintenance Interval	Refer to manual; oil change every 8,000 miles or 12 months with TOP TIER fuel
Spare Parts	Use genuine Genesis parts; available at authorized retailers
Manual Languages	English (PDF, 676 pages)

Frequently Asked Questions - Genesis G90 (2023) HYUNDAI

What type of fuel should I use for the Genesis G90 2023?

Use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 ((R+M)/2) or higher. For improved performance, premium unleaded 91 or higher is recommended. Do not use methanol blended fuels or E85.

How do I adjust the driver's seat?

Use the control switches on the side of the seat cushion: slide forward/backward for position, adjust cushion tilt, height, and seatback angle. For ergo-motion settings, use the infotainment system under Setup > Vehicle > Seat.

What is the recommended engine oil viscosity?

SAE 0W-30 API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6 is recommended. Always use oil with the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.

How do I activate the Pre-Active Safety Seat (PSS)?

The PSS operates automatically when the system detects a collision risk or sudden braking/turning. It adjusts the seatback and cushion to improve safety. No manual activation is required; ensure seatbelts are fastened.

What are the tire pressures for the Genesis G90?

For 245/45R20: Front 33 psi (230 kPa), Rear 33 psi (230 kPa). For 275/40R20: Rear 35 psi (240 kPa). For 245/40R21: Front 38 psi (260 kPa). For 275/35R21: Rear 39 psi (270 kPa). Check the label on the driver's side center pillar.

How do I clean the leather seats?

Vacuum regularly to remove dust. For stains, use a neutral detergent or leather cleaner. Avoid wet cloths. For prime napa leather, avoid excessive sunlight and heat; clean spills immediately with a lint-free cloth.

What should I do if my vehicle has a safety defect?

Notify the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) via their hotline [phone]) or website safercar.gov. Also contact Genesis Customer Care at 844-340-9741.

Can I modify my Genesis G90?

Modifications are not recommended as they may affect performance, safety, or durability and could violate warranties and regulations. Unauthorized electronic devices may cause malfunctions.

How do I use the VIP seat mode?

Press the REST button on the rear door or armrest touchscreen to enter Relax mode, which adjusts the rear and front passenger seats for comfort. Use Return mode to revert to driving position.

What is the break-in period for the engine?

Avoid racing the engine and sudden acceleration. Vary engine speed for the first 4,000 miles (6,000 km). Do not maintain constant speed. Fuel economy and oil consumption stabilize after this period.

USER MANUAL Genesis G90 (2023) HYUNDAI

Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Genesis reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.

As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

TWO-WAY RADIO INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger Occupant Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

DANGER

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY

POLICY

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy at "http://www.genesis.com/us/en/my-privacy-rights.html#owner"

http://www.genesismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html

If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:

Genesis Customer Care

PO BOX 20650

Fountain Valley, CA 92728

844-340-9741

Genesis Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday between the hours of 5:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).

For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

Table of Contents

Introduction	1
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects	2
Safety System	3
Instrument Cluster, Armrest touchscreen, Infotainment system	4
Convenience Features	5
Driving Your Vehicle	6
Driver Assistance System	7
Emergency Situations	8
Maintenance	9
Index	1

1. Introduction

Introduction.... 1-2

Genesis Customer Care 1-2

Guide to Genesis Parts 1-3

How to Use this Manual 1-4

Safety Messages ....1-4

Fuel Requirements 1-5

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1-5

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) 1-6

Gasoline containing MMT 1-6

Detergent Fuel Additives 1-6

Operation in foreign countries 1-6

Vehicle Modifications 1-7

Vehicle Break-in Process....1-7

Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders 1-8

INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing this Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive the Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle we build.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis Branded Vehicle, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.

This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.

This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Retailers of Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.

GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE

CAUTION

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-12 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2022 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis Customer Care.

GUIDE TO GENESIS PARTS

1. What are Genesis Parts?

Genesis Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability to our customers.

2. Why should you use Genesis Parts?

Genesis Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Genesis Branded New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Genesis Branded Vehicle warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure of Genesis Part caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Genesis Branded Vehicle Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Genesis Parts?

Look for the Genesis Parts Logo on the package.

Genesis Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.

Genesis Parts are only sold through an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.

To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.

For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges.

These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

SAFETY MESSAGES

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.

Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.

Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER,

DANGER

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.

Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) or higher is recommended. (Do not use methanol blended fuels.)

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for additional information.

WARNING

• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. “E85” fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:

• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.

Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)

Using fuel additives such as:

• Silicone fuel additive
• Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
• Other metallic-based fuel additives

may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.

- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.

The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.

Detergent Fuel Additives

Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 8,000 miles or 12 months is recommended.

Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
  • Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS

• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

NOTICE

Some warning sounds (for example, welcome/good-bye sound) are generated from the interior amplifiers. If necessary, we recommend you to purchase Genesis Part to replace an interior amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the interior amplifiers.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, avoid sudden acceleration.
- Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
- Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
- Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume more oil during the vehicle break-in period.

NOTICE

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:

• Gasoline and its vapors
- Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

2. Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Exterior Overview (I) 2-2

Exterior Overview (II) 2-3

Interior overview 2-4

Instrument Panel Overview (I) 2-6

Instrument Panel Overview (II) 2-7

Engine Compartment 2-8

Dimensions....2-9

Engine 2-9

Bulb Wattage 2-10

Tires and Wheels 2-11

Air Conditioning System 2-12

Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume 2-12

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities 2-13

Recommended SAE Viscosity Number 2-14

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 2-15

Vehicle Certification Label 2-15

Tire Specification and Pressure Label 2-15

Engine Number 2-16

Air Conditioner Compressor Label 2-16

Open Source Software Notice 2-17

Consumer Information 2-17

Reporting Safety Defects 2-18

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)

Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS011001L

1. Hood 5-86
2. Headlight 5-104, 9-63
3. Side repeater lamp 9-63
4. Tires and wheels 9-33

5. Side view mirror 5-71

6. Sunroof 5-80

7. Front windshield wiper blades ..5-118, 9-26
8. Windows 5-75
9. Front radar 7-4

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II)

Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS012002N

1. Door 5-32
2. Fuel filler door 5-96
3. Rear combination lamp 9-64
4. Reverse lamp 9-64

5. Trunk 5-87

6. Trunk open/close button .....5-89

7. High mounted stop lamp .....9-64
8. Antenna 5-167
9. Wide-rear view camera 7-116

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORS012003/ ORS011006/ORS011007
Ⓐ: Type A, Ⓑ: Type B

1. Inside door open button 5-38
2. Inside door open lever 5-38
3. Side rear view mirror control switch....5-72
4. Side rear view mirror folding button....5-73
5. Central door lock switch 5-39
6. Power window switches .....5-76
7. Rear window sunshade folding button....5-164 Electronic child safety lock button .... 5-44
8. Integrated memory system 5-50

9. Passenger seat adjustment switch..... 3-12

10. Seat massage switch 3-13

11. ISG (Idle Stop & Go) OFF button ......6-51
12. Multi-chamber air suspension button ... 6-45
13. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF button....6-33
14. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch....6-24
15. Hood release lever 5-86
16. Steering wheel 5-55
17. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch.. 5-56
18. Power trunk open/close button .....5-89
19. Seat 3-3

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS011004

1. Instrument cluster 4-4
2. Horn 5-57
3. Driver's front air bag 3-59
4. Engine Start/Stop button 6-5
5. Infotainment system 5-168
6. Hazard warning flasher button 8-2
7. Automatic climate control system .....5-121
8. Passenger's front air bag 3-59
9. Glove box 5-152
10. Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial) ....6-11

11. Infotainment system controller .....5-168

12. Wireless charging system pad .....5-158

13. Wireless charging system indicator ...5-158
14. Seat Warmer/ 3-33
    Air ventilation seat 3-36
15. Parking/View button .....7-118
16. Drive mode button .....6-61
17. Parking Safety button 7-134
18. Door close button .....5-41
19. USB port ....5-166
20. USB charger 5-157
21. Power outlet.....5-156

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II)

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS011005

1. Lighting control lever 5-104
2. Wiper and washer control lever.....5-118
3. Paddle shifter 6-21
4. Driving Assist button 7-58
5. LCD display control 4-26

6. Vehicle Distance button .....7-79

7. Lane Driving Assist button .....7-30, 7-101

8. Voice recognition button .....5-168
9. Steering wheel audio controls ..... 5-167
10. Bluetooth wireless technology hands-free button 5-169
11. Optical mouse.... 4-26

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ORS092001N

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..... 9-22
2. Jumper terminal 8-5
3. Fuse box 9-47
4. Engine coolant reservoir .....9-18
5. Air cleaner 9-23

6. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant reservoir 9-18

7. Brake fluid reservoir 9-21

8. Engine oil dipstick .....9-16
9. Engine oil filler cap 9-16
10. Cabin air filter 9-24

DIMENSIONS

Items in. (mm)
Overall length 207.68 (5,275)
Overall width 75.98 (1,930)
Overall height 58.66 (1,490)
Tread	Tire size Front Rear
	245/45 R20 65.16 (1,655) -
	275/40 R20 - 65.35 (1,660)
	245/40 R21 65.16 (1,655) -
	275/35 R21 - 65.35 (1,660)
Wheelbase 125.2 (3,180)

ENGINE

Engine	Displacement cu. in (cc)	Bore x Stroke in. (mm)	Firing order No. of cylinders
3.5L T-GDI	211.8 (3,470)	3.6 x 3.4(92 x 87)	1-2-3-4-5-6	6
3.5L T-GDI48 V MHEV	211.8 (3,470)	3.6 x 3.4(92 x 87)	1-2-3-4-5-6	6

BULB WATTAGE

Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Front	Headlight	Low LED LED
		High LED LED
	Turn signal lamp LED LED
	Parking lamp LED LED
	Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) LED LED
	Side marker lamp LED LED
	Puddle lamp LED LED
	Side repeater lamp LED LED
Rear	Stop lamp LED LED
	Tail lamp LED LED
	Turn signal lamp LED LED
	Reverse lamp LED LED
	Side marker lamp		LED LED
	License plate lamp		LED LED
	High mounted stop lamp		LED LED
Interior	Map lamp		LED LED
	Room lamp (without sunroof)		LED LED
	Personal lamp (with sunroof)		LED LED
	Vanity mirror lamp		LED LED
	Glove box lamp		LED LED
	Mood lamp/Foot lamp/Door foot lamp		LED LED
	Trunk lamp		LED LED

TIRES AND WHEELS

Items Tire size		Wheel size	Inflation pressure psi (kPa) Wheel bolt torque [lbf.ft (kgf.m, N.m)]
			Normal load Maximum load
			Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire	245/45R20 8.5J X 20		33(230)	-	33(230)	-	101~116(14~16, 137~157)
	275/40R20 9.5J X 20		-	35(240)	-	35(240)
	245/40R21	8.5J X 21	38(260)		38(260)
	275/35R21	9.5J X 21		39(270)		39(270)
Compact spare tire *1	T155/70R19	4.0T X 19	60 (420)	60 (420)	60 (420)	60 (420)

*1: If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, a Tire Mobility Kit will be provided with your vehicle.

NOTICE

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
• Tires typically lose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures will vary with changes in elevation. If driving in areas of higher or lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.

CAUTION

• When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
  • Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
• When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, construction and tread pattern supplied with the vehicle for all tires.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant	oz. (g)	24.69±0.88 (700±25) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant	cu. in (cc)	3.52±0.35 (100±10) PAG

Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.

VEHICLE WEIGHT AND LUGGAGE VOLUME

Item	3.5L T-GDI 3.5L T-GDI 48 V MHEV
	AWD AWD
Gross vehicle weight 6,085 lbs.	(2,760 kg) 6,195 lbs. (2,810 kg)

Luggage volume
Items 3.5L T-GDI 3.5L T-GDI 48 V MHEV
SAE 12.04 cu ft (341 l)	10.59 cu ft (300 l)

* MHEV: Mild Hybrid Vehicle

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 Recommends		7.4 US qt. (7.0 ℓ)	SAE 0W-30, API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6 *4
Automatic transmission fluid 9.7 US qt. (9.2 ℓ)			GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV-RR or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Genesis Customer Care
Engine coolant	3.5L T-GDI 10.4 US qt. (9.844 ℓ)		Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)
	3.5L T-GDI 48 V MHEV	11.58 US qt. (10.96 ℓ)
Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant	3.5L T-GDI 4.17 US qt. (3.95 ℓ)
	3.5L T-GDI 48 V MHEV	4.03 US qt. (3.81 ℓ)
Brake fluid *2		As required DOT-4
Front differential oil (AWD) *3		0.71±0.026 US qt.(0.67±0.025 ℓ)	HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85 (SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM PLUS or equivalent)
Rear differential oil *3		1.27±0.05 US qt.(1.2±0.05 ℓ)	HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85 (SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 FM PLUS or equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)	Gear/Clutch	0.44±0.22 US qt.(0.42±0.021 ℓ)	SHELL TF0870B
	Actuator	0.29±0.11 US qt.(0.27±0.010 ℓ)
Fuel 19.3 US gal. (73 ℓ)			Refer to “Fuel requirements” section in chapter 1.

*1: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2: To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, we recommend that you use fluid that conform to specifications.

*3: If the front/rear differential is submerged, visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to replace the differential oil.

*4: Requires grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.

Recommended SAE Viscosity Number

CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the area around any filler cap, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature	°C - (°F)	30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
		10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Engine Oil		0W-300W-30

An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API) Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

Close-up of a mechanical component with an arrow indicating direction, no visible text or symbols

A: Frame number

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor under the right front seat. To check the number, open the cover.

Side view of a car with a black arrow pointing to the side of the window, no visible text or symbols on the car or background.

Ⓐ : VIN label (if equipped)

The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the left side dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

Close-up of a car door handle with a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols visible)

The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's (or front passenger's) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN).

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

Close-up of a car door panel with a black arrow pointing to a component, no visible text or symbols on the main subject.

The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

ENGINE NUMBER

Close-up of a computer motherboard with a close-up inset showing internal components (no readable text or symbols)

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL

A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant ① and refrigerant oil ②.

OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE NOTICE

This vehicle contains software with open source licenses.

Open source software information including the source code, copyright notices and referred license terms may be obtained on the website

https://www.genesis.com/worldwide/en/opensource.html

Hyundai Motor Company will provide the open source code to you in storage medium such as CD-ROM for minimum charge covering the cost of performing source distribution upon email request to ([e-mail]) within a period of 3 years from the date of product purchase.

CONSUMER INFORMATION

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis Customer Care.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);

go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application;

or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,

Washington, DC. 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

3. Safety System

Important Safety Precautions 3-2

Always Wear Your Seat Belt 3-2

Restrain All Children....3-2

Air Bag Hazards 3-2

Driver Distraction 3-2

Control Your Speed 3-2

Keep Your Vehicle In Safe Condition 3-2

Seats 3-3

Safety Precautions 3-6

Front Seats....3-7

Rear Seats.... 3-14

Head Restraint....3-24

Pre-active Safety Seat (PSS) 3-31

Seat Warmers 3-32

Air Ventilation Seats 3-35

Seat Belts.... 3-39

Seat Belt Safety Precautions 3-39

Seat Belt Warning Light 3-40

Seat Belt Restraint System 3-41

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point System with Emergency Locking Retractor...... 3-41

Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) 3-45

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions 3-46

Care of Seat Belts 3-48

Child Restraint System (CRS) 3-49

Our Recommendation: Children Always In the Rear 3-49

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) 3-50

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) 3-51

Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System 3-57

Where are the Air Bags? 3-59

How Does the Air Bags System Operate? 3-63

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates 3-66

Occupant Classification System (OCS) 3-67

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off In a Collision? 3-73

SRS Care 3-78

Additional Safety Precautions 3-79

Air Bag Warning Labels 3-79

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain All Children

All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate Child Restraint System. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards

While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using mobile phones.

Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction and an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (for example, MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most countries have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some countries and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

Control Your Speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle In Safe Condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

SEATS

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS031001

Front seat

① Seat sliding forward or rearward
② Seat cushion tilt/Seat height
③ Seat cushion extension
④ Seatback angle
⑤ Lumbar support

⑥ Seatback bolster
⑦ Head restraint adjustment
⑧ Massage switch
⑨ Walk-in seat switch
⑩ Air ventilation seat
⑪ seat warmers
⑫ Head restraint

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

ORS032002N

Rear seat

① Rest mode switch (if equipped)
② Return mode switch (if equipped)
③ Massage switch
④ Armrest
⑤ Infotainment system controller
⑥ Armrest touchscreen
⑦ Head restraint

⑧ Seat sliding forward or rearward
⑨ Seat cushion tilt
⑩ Seatback angle
⑪ Head restraint adjustment
⑫ Walk-in seat switch

ORS032097N

Infotainment system

Select 'Setup → Vehicle → Seat' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen, you may use various convenience functions.

• Seat position change alert: Detailed information of the seat switch and image is displayed when the seat position moves.
  • Heated/Ventilated features

• Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver's seat): The seat temperature is automatically controlled.

• Seat heater balance: When the seat heater is on, you may lower the seat heater (warmer) setting, or may turn the seat heater off for either the seatback or seat cushion.

- Seating easy access

• Steering wheel easy access: Moves the steering wheel when the driver enters or leaves the vehicle.
• Driver seat easy access: The distance (Normal/Extended/Off) the seat automatically moves when the driver enters or leaves the vehicle may be selected.
• Passenger seat easy access: Moves the passenger seat when the passenger enters or leaves the vehicle.
• Rear Left Seat Easy Access: Moves the rear left seat when the passenger exits the vehicle.
• Rear Right Seat Easy Access: Moves the rear right seat when the passenger exits the vehicle.

- Ergo-motion seat

• Posture assist: The seat is adjusted to assist the driver's posture after driving for an hour.
• Smart support: The driver's seat bolster is increased when SPORT mode is selected or when driving at high speed.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Information

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Safety Precautions

Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety, together with seat belts and air bags, in an accident.

WARNING

Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop.

Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.

Air bags

You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:

• Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
  • NEVER place anything or anyone between you and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

Seat belts

Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate Child Restraint Systems. Children who have outgrown a booster seat and adults must be restrained using the seat belts.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:

• NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
- Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
- NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
- Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
- Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

Front Seats

The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:

• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in place after the adjustment. If not, the seat might move unexpectedly resulting in an accident.

CAUTION

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

WARNING

NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible.
- Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain.
- Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.

Forward and rearward adjustment

Product image of a white car seat with two side views showing internal components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

To move the seat forward or rearward:

1. Push the control switch forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Seat cushion tilt/height adjustment

Product diagram showing a car seat assembly with two directional arrows indicating movement or positioning (no text or symbols present)

Seat cushion tilt ①

To change the angle of the front part of the seat cushion:

Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Seat height ②

To change the height of the seat:

Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Seatback angle adjustment

3D illustration of a car seat assembly with two views showing side and front views (no text or symbols)

To recline the seatback:

1. Push the control switch forward or rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

WARNING

NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.

Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

Seat cushion extension adjustment (for driver's seat) (if equipped)

3D renderings of a white car seat with two inset views showing internal components (no text or symbols)

To move the front part of the cushion forward or rearward:

1. Push the control switch forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.

Seat cushion support adjustment (for driver's seat) (if equipped)

Select ‘Setup → Seat → Driver Seat → Cushion Support’ from the infotainment system. The driver’s seat cushion support can be adjusted to high, normal, and low, or turned off.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

Illustration of a car seat with numbered components and directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

To adjust the lumbar support:

1. Press the front portion of the switch ① to increase support or the rear portion of the switch ② to decrease support.
2. Press switch ③ or ④ to move the support position up or down.
3. Release the switch once the lumbar support reaches the desired position.

Seat bolster adjustment (if equipped)

White car seat with black directional arrows indicating rotation, shown alongside a close-up of the circular dial (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

To adjust seat bolster:

1. Push the adjustment lever clockwise, the seatback bolster will be adjusted inward. Push the switch counterclockwise, the seatback bolster will be adjusted outward.

2. Release the lever once the bolster reaches the desired position.

Ergo-motion seat (if equipped)

Select 'Seat → Driver Seat → Ergo-Motion Seat' or 'Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Ergo-Motion Seat' from the infotainment system's Settings menu to select and set up supplemental functions.

WARNING

Before actually using each function, try the functions with the vehicle parked.

Smart Posture Assist

After driving for an hour, Posture Assist automatically adjusts the pelvis and back portion of the seat to assist the posture.

You can activate or deactivate Posture Assist function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

• Seat → Driver Seat → Ergo-Motion Seat
  → Smart Posture Assist
• Setup → Vehicle → Ergo-Motion Seat → Smart Posture Assist

Smart support

When the sport mode is selected during drive mode, the seat bolster rises and cushion support is lowered. Driving in modes other than sport mode, the seat bolster will raise when the vehicle speed is above 80 mph (130 km/h).

The seat bolster will return to its original position.

To activate the Posture Assist function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

• Seat → Driver Seat → Ergo-Motion Seat
  → Smart Support
• Setup → Vehicle → Ergo-Motion Seat → Smart Support

Adjusting the front passenger seat from the Driver's Seat

Seating position, seatback angle and cushion angle/height of the front passenger seat can be adjusted by operating the switches from the driver's seat.

1. Press the passenger seat control button on the door of the driver's seat.

- Indicator light on the button illuminates.

1. Operate the switch on the driver's seat to adjust the front passenger seat.

2. For more information refer to the "Front Seats" section in this chapter.

3. Press the button again to turn off the function.
4. If you do not adjust the front passenger seat within 15 seconds after pressing the passenger seat adjustment button, the front passenger seat adjustment function automatically turns off.

Seat massage function (for driver's seat) (if equipped)

Close-up of a medical or laboratory device component with an arrow pointing to a button (no visible text or symbols)

Use the massage function to relax after a long drive, or when resting inside the vehicle.

1. While the Engine Start/Stop button is in 'ON' position, press the massage button on the driver's seat door to start the function.

• The light indicating massage intensity level illuminates.

1. Press the button again to set the intensity level.

• Each time you press the button, the intensity setting of the Massage it is changed as follows:

High → Medium → Low → Off

- To stop the function, press the button multiple times until the indicator light does not illuminate.

Information

To set the massage function or change the mode, select ‘Seat → Driver Seat → Massage’ or ‘Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Massage’ from the infotainment menu screen.

Walk-in switch (if equipped)

For the comfort of rear seat passengers, seating position, seatback angle and cushion angle of the front passenger seat can be adjusted by operating the rear seat control switches.

1. Press the walk-in device switch on the right side of the rear seat.

- Indicator light on the walk-in device switch illuminates.

1. Operate the rear seat control switch to adjust the front passenger seat.

- For more information refer to the "Front Seats" section in this chapter.

- Press the switch again to turn off the walk-in device.

- Adjust the front passenger seat within 15 seconds after pressing the walk-in device switch. Otherwise the front passenger seat adjustment function automatically turns off.

Seatback pocket

Close-up of a white plastic door with a black arrow pointing to a cutout, no visible text or symbols.

The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks.

CAUTION

Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.

Rear Seats

WARNING

NEVER adjust the rear power seats when a Child Restraint System is installed in that seat.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible.
- Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the engine is turned off. This may result in unnecessary drain of the battery.
- Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.

Seat sliding, seatback angle and seat cushion tilt adjustment (if equipped)

3D rendered car interior layout with seat covers and control buttons (no text or symbols on the main image)

Adjusting seat position and vertical height

• Control switch (Type A)

- Seat position adjustment: Slide the switch ① forward or backward to adjust seat position.

- Seat height adjustment: Push down or pull up the switch ① to adjust seat height.

• Armrest touchscreen (Type B)

1. Press 📂 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Touch the lower part adjustment button and adjust the seat position and cushion angle.

Seatback angle

• Control Switch (Type A)
Slide the switch ② forward or backward to adjust seatback angle.
• Armrest touchscreen (Type B)

1. Press 📂 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Touch the center part adjustment button and adjust the seatback angle.

Lumbar support adjustment (if equipped)

ORS032021N

1. Press 📄 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.
2. Seat adjustment screen is displayed.
3. Press the adjustment button on the center of the rear seat to adjust, then select lumbar support function from the menu.
4. Touch the arrows to adjust the position of the lumbar support.

Adjusting seat bolster (if equipped)

ORS032022N

1. Press 📂 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.
2. Seat adjustment screen is displayed.
3. Press the adjustment button on the center of the rear seat to adjust, then select seat bolster function from the menu.
4. Touch the arrows to adjust the position of the seat bolster.

Walk-in switch (if equipped)

Seating position, seatback angle and cushion angle of the front passenger seat can be adjusted by operating the rear seat control switches.

1. Press the walk-in device switch on the center armrest of rear seat.

- Indicator light on the walk-in device switch illuminates.

1. Operate the rear seat control switch to adjust the front passenger seat.

2. For more information refer to the "Front Seats" section in this chapter.

3. Press the switch again to turn off the walk-in device.
4. If you do not adjust the front passenger seat within 15 seconds after pressing the walk-in switch, the front passenger seat adjustment function automatically turns off.

WARNING

Do not adjust the passenger seat when a passenger is seated.

Easy access switch (for passenger's Seat) (if equipped)

3D-rendered interior scene with seated and standing furniture, no visible text or symbols

ORS032109N

3D rendered image of a car seat with directional arrows, displayed in a digital interface (no readable text or symbols)

ORS032023N

Vehicles equipped with Integrated Memory System

The seats can automatically move backward by opening the rear door with the rear seats moved forward.

1. Press 📂 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Touch either the right, or left seat adjustment button ① on the rear seat.

2. Press the DOOR button.

- The indicator light on the button illuminates and easy access function for entrance/exit is enabled.

VIP seat (if equipped)

3D rendered interior view of a car with seats and driver seat, displayed in a control panel interface (no text or symbols on the objects themselves)

ORS032024N

The rear seat occupant can adjust the VIP seat and front passenger seats for VIP convenience. The front and rear passenger seats are also adjustable through the armrest touchscreen.

Information

- Convenience features of the rear left seat is not available under the following circumstances when:

- The driver's seat is positioned back too far.

- The driver's seatback is reclined back too much.

- Operating range of the convenience features of the rear left seat may vary depending on the position of the driver's seat.

VIP seat mode switches (if equipped)

A: Control switch, B: Armrest touchscreen,
L: Rear seat (Left), R: Rear seat (Right)

You can automatically adjust the seat for comfort or various in-vehicle activities.

1. Press 📂 on the left side of the menu from the armrest touchscreen.
2. Seat adjustment screen is displayed.
3. Press and hold the appropriate mode for your activity.
4. Relax (REST) mode, Reading mode, Return mode.

Relax (REST) Mode

The front and rear passenger seats are automatically adjusted for comfort. Press and hold button ① on the rear door or on the armrest touchscreen. Each seat is adjusted automatically as below.

- Rear left seat

• Seatback tilts backward → Head restraint moves backward → Head restraint moves downward
• Seat position moves forward → Front part of the cushion rises → Lumbar support protrudes.

- Rear right seat

• Seatback tilts backward → Head restraint moves backward → Head restraint moves downward
• Seat position moves forward → Front part of the cushion rises → Lumbar support protrudes.
• Calf support unfolds → Calf support rises (if equipped)

- Front passenger seat

• Vertical seat position moves downward → Seat position moves forward
• Seatback tilts forward → Head restraint moves downward
• Head restraint moves forward → Front part of the cushion lowers

- Once adjusted to Relax (REST) mode, a sound rings to inform that the adjustment is complete

NOTICE

• Do not press the Relax (REST) mode switch again while operating the seat positions for Relax (REST) mode. It may abruptly stop the seat movement.
• When you operate the seat control switch while adjusting the seat positions for the Relax (REST) mode, it stops the automatic seat position adjustment. In this case, manually adjust the seat positions.
• Any items, which occupy the front passenger's seat, may get damaged while automatically adjusting the seat positions for the Relax (REST) mode. Do not put any items on the front passenger's seat.

i Information

- Relax (REST) mode switches for adjusting the front passenger's seat do not operate in the following situations when:

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
• A passenger occupies the front passenger's seat.
• An item occupies the front passenger's seat.
• The front passenger's door is open.
• The front passenger's seatbelt is fastened.

- Relax (REST) mode for rear left seat is unavailable under the following circumstances when:

• The driver's seat is positioned back too far.
• The driver's seatback is reclined back too much.

- Operating range of the Relax (REST) mode of the rear left seat may vary depending on the position of the driver's seat.

i Information

• The seat position changes to Relax (REST) mode while the button ① is pressed. The seat stops moving when the button ① is released.
• The forward and rearward position for the rear seats are adjusted based on its current position. The starting position may differ.
• Operating the seat control switch while the seat is being adjusted for Relax (REST) mode stops the seats from moving.

To adjust the seats again, use the control switch and adjust manually.

Reading mode (Rear right seat)

The rear passenger seats are automatically adjusted for reading. Press and hold button ② on the armrest touchscreen. Each seat is adjusted as below.

• Calf support is lowered and moved backward. (if equipped)
• Seat position moves backward → Front part of the cushion moves downward
• Seatback tilts forward
• Once the adjustment for reading mode is complete, a sound rings and the rear right room lamp automatically turns on.

Information

• The seat position changes to Reading mode while the button ② is pressed. The seat stops moving when the button ② is released.
• Operating the seat control switch while the seat is being adjusted for Reading mode stops the seats from moving.
  To adjust the seats again, use the control switch and adjust manually.
• Reading mode is only available while the engine is turned on.

Return mode (if equipped)

Return all passenger seats to the regular position suited for driving after using the seat mode (rest mode, reading mode).

Press and hold button ③ on the rear door or touch the button from the armrest touchscreen. Each seat is adjusted automatically as below.

• Rear left seat
• Seat position moves backward → Front part of the cushion moves downward → Lumbar support moves backward
• Head restraint moves downward → Seatback tilts forward

- Rear right seat

• Calf support is lowered and moved backward. (if equipped)
• Seat position moves backward → Front part of the cushion lowers → Lumbar support moves downward
• Head restraint lowers → Seatback tilts forward

- Passenger seat

- Vertical seat position moves downward → Head restraint moves downward → Head restraint moves backward

• Seat returns to set position → Seatback returns to set position
• Once adjusted to Return mode, a sound rings to inform that the adjustment is complete.

Information

Return function switch for adjusting the front passenger's seat do not operate in the following situations when:

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
  • A passenger occupies the front passenger's seat.
  • An item occupies the front passenger's seat.
  • The front passenger's door is open.
• The front passenger's seatbelt is fastened.

Information

• The seat position changes to Return mode while the button ③ is pressed. The seat stops moving when the button ③ is released.
• Operating the seat control switch while the seat is being adjusted for Return mode stops the seats from moving. To adjust the seats again, use the control switch and adjust manually.

Calf support adjustment (if equipped)

Close-up of a medical device's side panel with two black arrows pointing to a circular component (no text or symbols visible)

B

ORS032155N

Place your leg on the calf support and adjust its angle to relax.

• Control switch (Type A)
Slide the calf support switch diagonally upward or downward to adjust the angle.

• Armrest touchscreen (Type B)

1. Press 📂 from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Press the adjustment button on the lower part of the rear seat to be adjusted, and select the calf support function.

2. Press the arrows of the desired direction to adjust the angle of the calf support.

Information

Opening the door will return the calf support to its original position.

CAUTION

Do not sit or place heavy objects on the calf support. It may damage the system.

WARNING

• When lowering or raising the calf support, be careful not to have your hands or legs caught under the front seats or other surrounding parts of the calf support. Unexpected injuries may occur.
• Do not allow children to adjust the switch. Unexpected injuries may occur.
• Make sure that the footrest and calf support do not interfere with each other while adjusting. The body parts or objects may be damaged if it is caught in the interference.

Rear seat massage function (if equipped)

Use massage seat to relax after a long drive, or when resting inside the vehicle.

Close-up of a computer mouse control panel with an arrow pointing to the button (no text or symbols visible)

Massage button

1. While the Engine Start/Stop button is in 'ON' position, press the massage button on the rear passenger seat door to start the function.

- The light indicating massage intensity level illuminates, and the massage function will start.

1. Press the button again to set the intensity level.

• Each time you press the button, the intensity setting of the Massage is changed as follows:

$$ \text { High } \rightarrow \text { Medium } \rightarrow \text { Low } \rightarrow \text { Off } $$

- To stop the function, press the button multiple times until the indicator light does not illuminate.

ORS031137L

Setting the screen display

After pressing the massage button, you can change the display method of each massage mode from the armrest touch screen. Follow the steps below.

1. Press 'Setup' from the home screen on the armrest touchscreen, or press from the left side menu.
2. Press 'Display'.

3. Select among 'Massage screen', 'Pop-up', or 'OFF' from the 'Massage Notification/Status' menu.

4. If Massage screen is selected, pressing the Massage button will move the armrest touchscreen display to Massage mode tap.

5. If 'Pop-up' is selected, pressing the massage button will display the massage mode pop-up screen on the armrest touchscreen.

ORS031035L

Armrest touchscreen

1. Press from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.
2. Massage mode screen is displayed.
3. Select a desired mode.

① Whole-Body Energizing Mode
② Lumbar Therapy Mode
③ Pelvis Balancing Mode
④ Upper Body Refresh Mode

1. Select the desired duration.

• Each time you press the button, the intensity setting of the Massage it is changed as follows:

$$ \text { High } \rightarrow \text { Medium } \rightarrow \text { Low } \rightarrow \text { Off } $$

- Massage duration can be set to 10, 15, or 20 minutes.

Head Restraint

The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints:

• Always properly adjust the head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle.
- NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraint removed or reversed.

Silhouette of a human head profile with a crosshair overlay and a medical device symbol (no text or labels)

OHI039190N

• Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback.
  • Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.

WARNING

When sitting on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position.

CAUTION

When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.

NOTICE

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraint.

Front seat head restraints

Top-down view of a car with two arrows pointing to the roof section (no text or symbols)

The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.

3D renderings of a white car seat with two views showing head and seat movement (no text or symbols)

Adjusting the height up and down

1. Push the control switch up to raise or down to lower the head restraint.
2. Release the switch once the head restraint reaches the desired position.

3D renderings of a white car seat with side-mounted head and two inset diagrams showing directional arrows (no text or symbols)

Forward and rearward adjustment

1. Push the control switch forward or rearward to move the head restraint.
2. Release the switch once the head restraint reaches the desired position.

NOTICE

Illustration of a hand holding a car seat with a starburst symbol and a no-smoking sign (no text or symbols on the main image)

If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

Removal/Reinstall

To remove the head restraint:

1. Recline the seatback ③ with the seatback angle switch ①.
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go ②.
3. Insert a thin-pointed tool into the head restraint adjustment pole ④ and then remove the head restraint ⑤.

WARNING

NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat with the head restraint removed.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Recline the seatback.
2. Push the head restraint height control switch ① up as far as it can go.
3. Put the head restraint poles into the holes ②.
4. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height ③.
5. Recline the seatback ⑤ using the seatback angle switch ④.

WARNING

Always make sure the head restraint locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly.

Rear seat head restraints

Top-down view of a car with internal compartments and directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

Manual adjustment (if equipped)

• To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position ①.

• To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button ② on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the desired position ③.

Power adjustment (if equipped)

Close-up of a car interior with four directional arrows pointing to a central circular component (no text or symbols)

B

ORS032032N

- Adjusting the head restraint forward and rearward ①

- Adjustment switch (Type A) Slide the adjustment switch forward or backward to adjust the head restraint forward and rearward.

- Armrest touchscreen (Type B)

1. Press from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Press the adjustment button on the upper part of the seat you want to adjust from the armrest touchscreen, and then adjust the head restraint forward and rearward.

WARNING

Do not remove the head restraint. Removing the head restraint on your own might damage the adjustment motor connector. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer Genesis Branded products.

• Adjusting the height up and down ②

• Adjustment switch (Type A) Push down or pull up the head restraint adjustment switch to adjust the head restraint up and down.

• Armrest touchscreen (Type B)

• Press from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.

- Seat adjustment screen is displayed.

1. Press the adjustment button on the upper part of the seat you want to adjust from the armrest touchscreen, and then adjust the head restraint up and down.

Wing-out head restraint adjustment (if equipped)

Close-up of a computer keyboard key with directional arrows indicating rotation (no text or symbols on the key itself)

While driving, the wing-out head restraint supports the passenger's head from shaking. Hold both ends of the wing-out head restraint with your hands, and pull out or push in to adjust its position.

Information

When the wing-out head restraint is not in use, hold both ends of the head restraint and pull out to return it to its original position.

Armrest

3D illustration of a car seatbelt with directional arrows and a small inset showing the same seatbelt (no text or symbols)

The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat.

Grab the handle on the upper end of the arm rest. Then, pull down the handle to use the arm rest.

NOTICE

• Do not put any items on the rear center seat. Those items may get damaged, when the arm rest is pulled down.
• Do not attempt to fold back the arm rest, when the cup holder is extended out.

Using the armrest touchscreen

Convenience features can be adjusted using the rear armrest touchscreen. Quickly touch the screen twice to start the display. Climate, Seat, Massage, Lights, and Shades are adjustable from the armrest touchscreen.

• Pressing the LOCK button on the upper part of the rear seat armrest touchscreen will disable the armrest touchscreen and other infotainment switches from operating.
  Press the LOCK button again to enable the switches.
• For more information refer to the "Armrest Touchscreen" section in chapter 4.

CAUTION

• Keep the armrest cover closed while driving. Sudden braking may lead to injuries, by bumping into the armrest cover.
• Do not forcefully pull the upper part of the armrest. The Anchor holding the armrest may be damaged.

Carrying long/narrow cargo

Close-up of a car seatbelt with a close-up inset showing a hand presser's left side (no text or symbols visible)

Additional cargo space is provided to accommodate long/narrow cargo (skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit properly in the trunk when closed.

1. Pull the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing the release lever down.

NOTICE

• Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
• When both the armrest and the panel, which located between the rear seatback and the trunk for long-item storage, are folded down, put back the panel first, before folding back the arm rest. If not, the panel knobs and the armrest knobs may interfere with each other and get damaged.

CAUTION

• Make sure the engine is off, the vehicle is shifted to P (Park) and the parking brake is applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. The vehicle may move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
- When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.

WARNING

Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.

Pre-active Safety Seat (PSS) (if equipped)

When Pre-active Safety Seat detects a collision or hazardous situation, it provides safety by repositioning the seat as follows:

• Seatback (power passenger seat and rear seat): Raises the seatback when reclined.
• Seat cushion (power rear seat): If the cushion height is low, raises the cushion.

WARNING

Pre-active Safety Seat is a supplementary device. The driver should keep their eyes on the road and verify that there are no obstructions ahead. If there are no passengers or the seatbelts are not fastened, the system will not function.

System operation

- Pre-active Safety Seat limits passenger's movement and helps decrease the chance of injury by raising the seatback right before collision to tighten the seatbelt. The system may operate under the following situations:

• The brake pedal was depressed abruptly.
• The vehicle is difficult to control.
• Collision risk is considered high by the vehicle distance sensor.

- Pre-active Safety Seat helps prevent the passenger from leaning forward or to the side by raising the seatback during sudden braking or rapid turning to tighten the seatbelt.

The system may operate under the following situations:

• The upper body is leaned forward due to sudden braking.
• The upper body is leaned to the side due to rapid turning.
• Driving on a slippery icy road.
• There is high risk of a rollover.

System pause

If the passenger adjusts the seat manually, the system stops immediately. However, it restarts to operate after 5 seconds when the hazardous situation continues.

System malfunction

If the Pre-active Safety Seat system does not operate properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Seat Warmers

Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.

During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the seat warmers OFF.

WARNING

The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time.

Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.

People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers:

• Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
- Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.

WARNING

NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats:

• Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.

Front seat warmers

Close-up of a car dashboard with two buttons and a control panel, no visible text or symbols

While the engine is on, press the seat heater button on the center console to select the temperature level.

• Temperature level can be adjusted to strong, medium, or weak. Pressing the button each time will change the temperature in turn from strong, to medium, weak, and off.
• Press and hold the seat heater button to turn it off.
• Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver's seat)

The seat warmer automatically controls the seat temperature depending on the ambient temperature when the engine is running.

To use this function, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Warmer/Ventilation Features → Automatic Controls Linked to Climate Control Settings → Driver Seat Warmer/Ventilation

- Seat Heater Balance

You may lower the seat warmer setting, or may turn the seat warmer off for either the seatback or seat cushion, when the seat warmer is on. To use this function, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Warmer/Ventilation Features → Seat Warmer Balance

• When touching the icon for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position. However, if the Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings function is ON, the driver's seat warmer will turn on and off depending on the ambient temperature.

Rear seat warmers (if equipped)

ORS032042N

1. While the engine is on, press button from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.

• Climate screen is displayed.

1. Press next to the seat which requires heating, from the air conditioning screen.

- Seat heater is turned on with strong temperature level.

1. Press ∨ to lower the temperature. Press ∧ to raise the temperature again.

2. Press and hold ∧ or ∨ to turn off the seat heater, or press ∨ multiple times until it turns off.

3. Seat heater automatically turns off once the temperature reaches the limit, and turns on again when the temperature drops.
4. Press multiple times to turn on the seat heater when the seat ventilator is on. (if equipped)

i Information

• After a certain period of time, the temperature level of the seat heater is automatically lowered to prevent low temperature burns.
- If the engine is turned off while the seat heater is on, the seat heater will be turned off after the engine is restarted.

Using rear seat heaters from front seat

ORS032108N

ORS032043N

Rear seat heaters can be turned on/off from the front seat.

1. Press REAR from the upper part of the air conditioning display while the engine is on.

- Rear seat air conditioning screen is displayed.

1. Press next to the seat which requires heating, from the air conditioning screen.

- Seat heater is turned on with strong temperature level.

1. Press ∨ to lower the temperature. Press ∧ to raise the temperature again.

- Press and hold ∧ or ∨ to turn off the seat heater, or press ∨ multiple times until it turns off.

- Seat heater automatically turns off once the temperature reaches the limit, and turns on again when the temperature drops.

- Press multiple times to turn on the seat heater when the seat ventilator is on. (if equipped)

Air Ventilation Seats

The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks.

When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the air ventilation seats OFF.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the air ventilation seats:

• Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly.
• Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Front air ventilation seats (if equipped)

Close-up of a car dashboard with control buttons and dials, showing no readable text or symbols.

While the engine is on, press the seat ventilator button on the center console to select the intensity level.

• Ventilation intensity level can be adjusted to strong, medium, or weak. Pressing the button each time will change the intensity in turn from strong, to medium, weak, and off.
• Press and hold the seat ventilator button to turn it off.
• Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings (for driver's seat)
  The air ventilation seat automatically controls the seat temperature depending on the ambient temperature when the engine is running.
  To use this function, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

• Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Warmer/Ventilation Features → Automatic Controls Linked to Climate Control Settings → Driver Seat Warmer/Ventilation

• When touching the icon for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the operation will turn OFF.

• The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position. However, if the Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings function is ON, the driver's seat warmer will turn on and off depending on the ambient temperature.

Rear air ventilation seats (if equipped)

ORS032044N

1. While the engine is on, press button from the left side menu on the armrest touchscreen.

• Climate screen is displayed.

1. Press √ next to the seat which requires ventilating, from the air conditioning screen.

- Seat ventilator is turned on with strong intensity level.

1. Press to lower ventilation intensity. Press to raise intensity again.

- Press and hold √ or ↗ to turn off the seat ventilator, or press ∧ multiple times until it turns off.

- Seat ventilator automatically turns off once the seat temperature falls below a the certain temperature, and turns on again when the temperature rises.

- Press √ multiple times to turn on the seat ventilator when the seat heater is on. (if equipped)

Using the rear seat ventilator from the front seat (if equipped)

ORS032108N

ORS032045N

Rear seat ventilators can be turned on/off from the front seat.

1. Press REAR from the upper part of the air conditioning display while the engine is on.

- Rear seat air conditioning screen is displayed.

1. Press √next to the seat which requires ventilating, from the air conditioning screen.

- Seat ventilator is turned on with strong intensity level.

1. Press ∧ to lower the ventilation intensity. Press √ to raise intensity again.

- Press and hold √ or ∧ to turn off the seat ventilator, or press √ multiple times until it turns off.

- Seat ventilator automatically turns off once the seat temperature falls below the a certain temperature, and turns on again when the temperature rises.

SEAT BELTS

This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things not to do when using seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety Precautions

Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.

WARNING

Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts:

• Children under the age of 13 should be properly restrained in the rear seats.
- Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. If a child is seated move the seat as far back as possible. And the child must always be restrained in the seat properly.
- NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
- NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
- Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.
- Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.

• Never wear a seat belt over fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt can damage it.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
  • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism, because any materials in the buckle can cause the seat belt not to be fastened securely.
• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

WARNING

Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:

• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing.
  • Damaged hardware.
• The entire seat belt assembly after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent.

Seat Belt Warning Light Front seat belt warning

Interior view of a car dashboard with a steering wheel and a warning sign (no readable text or symbols)

As a reminder to the driver and front passenger, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position regardless of belt fastening.

If the seat belt is not fastened, the warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds and the waning light will stay ON until the seat belt is fastened.

If the seat belt is not fastened, when vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph (9 km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h) the warning light will continue to illuminate and warning chime will sound until the seat belt is fastened.

If the seat belt is not fastened, when vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. (warning chime will sound in three stages)

WARNING

Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger to be seated properly as instructed in this manual.

Information

• Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat.

Seat Belt Restraint System

WARNING

Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:

• Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
  • Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
• NEVER position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point System with Emergency Locking Retractor

Lap/shoulder belt

Medical illustration of a person wearing a bandage and holding a device, with numbered labels 1 and 2 pointing to the band (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab ① into the buckle ②. There will be an audible “click” when the tab locks into the buckle.

You should place the lap belt ① portion across your hips and the shoulder belt ② portion across your chest.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.

If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

NOTICE

If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNING

Illustration of a person's abdomen with a bandage and a downward arrow indicating pressure or movement (no text or symbols)

Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:

• Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This allows your strong pelvic bones to absorb the force of the crash, reducing the chance of internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
  • Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the four different positions for maximum comfort and safety.

The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.

Front seat:

To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up ①. To lower it, push it down ③ while pressing the height adjuster button ②.

Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has lock into position.

Illustration of a person adjusting a seatbelt with an arrow indicating upward motion (no text or symbols)

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button ① in the locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Rear center seat belt (if equipped)

Close-up of a car seatbelt buckle with numbered components (1 and 2), no visible text or symbols on the main subject.

1. Take out the buckle ②, which is stored between the seat/seatback cushions.

2. Insert the metal plate ① into the buckle ②, until it clicks.

You can make sure its secure fastening by pulling the seatbelt webbing. The buckle with 'CENTER' mark should be used for the 3-point seatbelt.

1. Restore the buckle between the seat/seatback cushion after unfastening the seatbelt.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

3D illustration of a car interior with a person wearing a seatbelt, no visible text or symbols

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's and rear passengers Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal or side collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position.

In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

WARNING

• Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
- Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
- Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
- NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners by yourself. Have the pre-tensioners inspected, serviced, repaired or replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.

WARNING

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioner can become hot and can burn you.

CAUTION

Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, have the system serviced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Top-down view of a car with four seats and two side legs marked '4' (no text or symbols on the car itself)

ORS031144L

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:

① SRS air bag warning light
② Retractor pre-tensioner
③ SRS control module
④ Rear Retractor pre-tensioner (if equipped)

NOTICE

The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument cluster will illuminate for approximately three to six seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have the pre-tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control module be inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Information

• Pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollover situations.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pretensioner seat belts were activated.

WARNING

• Fasten your seat belt while sitting properly in an upright position to maximize the effectiveness of the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate only once. Replace the pre-tensioner seat belt system, if it was activated in an accident.

Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) (if equipped)

The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat Belt is to tighten the seat belt when a collision is sensed, during emergency braking, or when a loss of control is sensed.

NOTICE

Pre-Active Seat Belt is a supplementary system. Pre-Active Seat Belt activates only when the passenger is wearing his/her seat belt.

Pre-Active Seat Belt operation

In order to maximize the safety of the passenger, Pre-Active Seat Belt system operates as below.

• Full retraction
  The seat belt is tightened when:
• Emergency braking situation occurs
• Losing control of the vehicle
• The vehicle senses a collision
• Driving on a slippery frozen road

• Unstable rolling of the vehicle occurs

• Slack removal
  Tightens a lose seat belt when the seatbelt is fastened.

- Belt parking

Tightens a loose seat belt when the seat belt is unfastened.

Warning message

ORS032152L

Check Pre-Active Seat Belt

The Pre-Active Seat Belt warning message will appear if there is a problem with your Pre-Active Seat Belt.

Have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products if the warning message comes on while the vehicle is in motion. When the Pre-Active Seat Belt warning message disappears, the master warning light (⚠️) will illuminate.

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions

Seat belt use during pregnancy

The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.

Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded part of the belly.

WARNING

• Pregnant woman are more vulnerable to any impacts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.

Seat belt use and children

Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the “Child Restraint Systems” section in this chapter.

WARNING

ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a Child Restraint System appropriate for the child's height and weight.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving. The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 who are too large for a booster seat should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best safety restrained by a proper Child Restraint System in the rear seats.

If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.

WARNING

• Always make sure larger children's seat belts are worn and properly adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.

Seat belt use and injured people

A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.

One person per belt

Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down

Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly.

During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.

The more the seat back is reclined, the greater the chance for the passenger's hips to slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck to strike the shoulder belt.

WARNING

• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats with the seatbacks upright and should be belted properly.

Care of Seat Belts

Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Our Recommendation: Children Always In the Rear

WARNING

Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).

Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.

WARNING

An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:

• NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
  • Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
  • Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that “hooks” over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
  • After an accident, have retailer of Genesis Branded products check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)

When selecting a Child Restraint System for your child, always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
- Select a Child Restraint System based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
- Select a Child Restraint System that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
- Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the Child Restraint System.

Child Restraint System types

There are three main types of Child Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, forward-facing and booster Child Restraint Systems.

They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.

WARNING

NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.

Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

Interior view of a car seatbelt with visible seatbelt and seat, no text or symbols present

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.

All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.

3D rendered image of a person seated in a car seatbelt, no text or symbols visible

Forward-facing Child Restraint System

A forward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forward-facing Child Restraint System with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your Child Restraint System's manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the forward-facing Child Restraint System, your child is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a Child Restraint System designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the stronger parts of your child's body. Keep your children in booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly.

For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)

WARNING

Before installing your Child Restraint System always:

• Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions regarding Child Restraint Systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat as described in the child seat system manual, the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:

• Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the Child Restraint System. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the Child Restraint System according to the Child Restraint System manufacturer's instructions.

CAUTION

A Child Restraint System in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the Child Restraint System.

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)

The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.

To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

Top-down view of a car with visible structural components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.

WARNING

Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position. There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.

A: Lower Anchorage Position Indicator, B: Lower Anchorage

The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
  • Always have the LATCH system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

NOTICE

The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).

How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:

Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

3D rendered image of a car seat with visible branding and model number (ORS031051), no text or symbols on the main subject.

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

WARNING

ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

3D rendered image of a car seat with visible design and branding (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” mode to secure a child restraint.

The “Automatic Locking” mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:

1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

Information

When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the “Rear Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3-point system” section in this chapter.

Illustration of a car seatbelting a person, showing how to lift the seatbelt (no text or symbols present)

1. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.

Information

Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3D rendered image of a person pushing a car seat, no visible text or symbols

1. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

2. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

3. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.

4. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
5. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS (child restraint system) manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.

Information

When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the “Automatic Locking” mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

WARNING

If the retractor is not in the “Automatic Locking” mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

① Driver's front air bag

② Passenger's front air bag

③ Side air bag

④ Curtain air bag

⑤ Driver's knee air bag

⑥ Front center side air bag

The vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.

The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.

You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

WARNING

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.

NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated.

An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.

All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

Where are the Air Bags?

Driver's and passenger's front air bags

Interior view of a car dashboard with the Seatset logo (no readable text or symbols beyond branding)

A: Driver's front air bag, B: Driver's knee air bag,

©: Passenger's front air bag

Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.

The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel, and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.

The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center console.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad cover, mobile phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the front windshield and inside mirror.

Side air bags and front center side air (if equipped)

Close-up of a car interior corner with a black arrow pointing to a specific area (no text or symbols visible)

Close-up of a white car side panel with a black arrow pointing to a small mark, no visible text or symbols.

Close-up of a white car seat with a black arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Interior view of a car cockpit with visible seats and dashboard (no text or symbols)

A: Side air bag (Front row),
B: Side air bag (Second row),
©: Front center side air bag (Driver's seat)

Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front and outboard second row seat. Additionally, a front center side air bag is provided in the inboard side of the driver seatback. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags and front center side air bag are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.

For vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor the front center side air bag, side and/or curtain air bags and pretensioners on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.

The side air bags and front center side air bag are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag and front center side air bag, take the following precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.

• Do not hang other objects except clothes. In an accident it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when air bag is inflated.

• Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
• Do not cause impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or START position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the system serviced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Curtain air bags

Interior view of a car showing driver seats and dashboard (no visible text or symbols)

Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.

For vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor the side and/or curtain air bags and pre-tensioners on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.

The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions:

• All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
  • Properly secure Child Restraint System as far away from the door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects.
  In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
• Do not attempt to open or repair the side curtain air bags yourself. If necessary, have the air back be inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

How Does the Air Bags System Operate?

The SRS consists of the following components:

① Driver's front air bag module

② Passenger's front air bag module

③ Front center side air bag module

④ Side air bag modules

⑤ Curtain air bag modules

⑥ Front retractor pre-tensioner

⑦ Air bag warning light

⑧ SRS control module (SRSCM) / Rollover sensor

⑨ Front impact sensors

⑩ Side impact sensors

⑪ Side pressure sensors

⑫ Driver's knee air bag module

Driver's and front passenger's seat belt buckle sensors

⑭ Rear retractor pre-tensioner (if equipped)

⑮ Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the Engine Start/Stop button is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential problem with your air bag system, which could include your side and/or curtain air bags used for rollover protection.

WARNING

If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident, increasing the risk of serious injury or death.

If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:

• The light does not turn on for approximately three to six seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately three to six seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the engine is running.

Have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.

During a moderate to severe frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's rapid deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags, at the time and with the force needed.

The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover by supporting the side upper body area.

• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or START position and it can be activated within about 3 minutes after the engine is turned off.
  • Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in serious side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and/or curtain air bags and front center side air bag will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
  When a rollover is detected, curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

• To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.

You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers sit as far as possible between the center of the steering wheel and the chest while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the front passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

WARNING

To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:

• Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates

After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.

WARNING

After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:

• Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.
  • Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap.
• Have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag

When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle.

This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.

Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

Occupant Classification System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of the Occupant Classification System

• A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
- An indicator light located on the overhead console which illuminates the words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
- The overhead console air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.

The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.

The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For smaller adults it may turn off. However, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.

You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator overhead console panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.

The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include:

• Failing to sit in an upright position.
- Leaning against the door or center console.
- Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
- Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
- Wearing a thick clothes like ski wear or hip protection wear.
- Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
- Putting electrical devices (for example, notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the occupant classification system	Indicator/Warning light Devices
	“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator light	SRS warning light	Front passenger air bag
1. Adult *1	Off Off Activated
2. Infant *2 or child restraint system with 12 months old *3 *4	On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied	On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system	Off On Activated

*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2: Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3: Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4: The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

WARNING

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

3D illustration of a car seat with a no-smoking symbol (no text or labels on the diagram itself)

- NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.

Illustration of a person seated on a chair using a robotic arm with a no-smoking symbol (no text or labels)

- NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.

Illustration of a person sitting in a chair with a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers on the figure itself)

- NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.

Silhouette of a person sitting in a chair with a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers on the figure itself)

- NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.

Illustration of a person seated in a chair holding a large circle with a diagonal line, no text or symbols present.

• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.

Illustration of a person sitting in a car seat with a no-smoking symbol nearby (no text or numbers present)

- NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

Person sitting in a chair with a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers on the person or chair)

- Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.

3D rendered image of a car seat with a no-smoking symbol (no text or labels on the car itself)

- Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.

White car seat with a black circular vent and a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers on the vehicle itself)

- Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.

- Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

White car seat with a small object inside, no visible text or symbols on the device itself

- If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.

Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When replacing the seat, use original Genesis parts only. The OCS has been developed based on using original Genesis parts car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

3D rendered human figure seated in a car seat, no text or symbols visible

Proper seated position for OCS

If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.

WARNING

NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition themselves in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themselves properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.

NOTICE

The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator generally illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or after the engine is started. But, if the ignition switch or ENGING START/STOP button is turned to the ON position within 3 minutes after ignition OFF, the indicator does not illuminate. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.

WARNING

• NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
  • Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off In a Collision?

There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death:

• Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine Genesis part. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF or ACC position and wait for 3 minutes, when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Close-up of a car's wheel and dashboard with a small boat on the floor (no visible text or symbols)

Close-up of a white car hood with mesh grille and side brackets (no visible text or symbols)

Close-up of a car wheel rim with a visible tire, no text or symbols present

Abstract grayscale architectural or architectural interior with curved and angular shapes (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical component with a dark rectangular part, no visible text or symbols

ORS031067L

Ⓐ SRS control module/Rollover sensor
⑧ Front impact sensor
© Side impact sensor (Pressure): Front door
(D) Side impact sensor (Acceleration): B-Pillar
E Side impact sensor (Acceleration): C-Pillar

Air bag inflation conditions

Black-and-white illustration showing a car collision with a magnified inset of a hand holding a circular object (no text or symbols)

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision.

Two grayscale images showing a car collision with a starburst impact, and an interior view of a car with two people inside (no text or symbols)

Side and curtain air bags and front center side air bag

Side and curtain air bags and the front center side air bag are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags and the front center side air bag are designed to inflate in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.

Also, the side and curtain air bags and the front center side air bag are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

Illustration of a collision between two cars, one with a helmet and the other showing a broken car (no text or symbols)

In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

Illustration of a car collision with a magnified inset showing a driver in a car (no text or symbols)

Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

Illustration of a collision between two cars, one with a starburst effect (no text or symbols)

Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.

However, side and curtain air bags and the front center side air bag may inflate depending on the severity of impact.

Top-down illustration of two cars collision on a road, forming an 'V' shape with a starburst effect (no text or symbols)

In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

Illustration of a car collision with impact effect, showing a collision between a truck and a sedan (no text or symbols)

Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this “underride” situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “underride” collisions.

Stacked car seats in a collision (no visible text or symbols)

Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.

Information

With rollover sensor

The side and curtain air bags and the front center side air bag may inflate in a rollover situation, when it is detected by the rollover sensor.

3D rendering of a silver sedan parked near a vertical pole, no visible text or symbols

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have the system immediately inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death take the following precautions:

• Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
  • Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury.

Additional Safety Precautions

Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is

moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.

Do not use any accessories on seat

belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Do not modify the front seats.

Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.

Do not place items under the front

seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.

Do not cause impact to the doors.

Impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or START position may cause the air bags to inflate.

Modifications to accommodate

disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact Genesis Customer Care at 844 340-9741

Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels

Interior view of a car dashboard with two directional arrows pointing to the dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

4. Instrument Cluster, Armrest touchscreen, Infotainment system

Instrument Cluster 4-4

Instrument Cluster Control 4-5

Instrument panel illumination 4-5

Gauges and Meters 4-5

Speedometer 4-5

Tachometer 4-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge.... 4-6

Fuel gauge....4-7

Outside temperature gauge.... 4-8

Odometer 4-8

Distance to empty 4-9

Fuel economy 4-9

Transmission Shift Indicator 4-10

Automatic transmission shift indicator 4-10

Warning and Indicator Lights 4-10

Seat belt warning light 4-10

Air bag warning light 4-10

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light 4-11

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light 4-12

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light 4-12

Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light 4-13

Charging system warning light 4-13

Engine oil pressure warning light 4-13

Low fuel level warning light 4-14

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) 4-14

Master warning light 4-15

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light 4-15

Low tire pressure warning light 4-16

Forward Safety warning light 4-16

Lane Safety indicator light 4-16

All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light 4-17

LED headlight warning light 4-17

Icy road warning light 4-17

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light 4-18

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light 4-18

Immobilizer indicator light 4-18

AUTO STOP indicator light 4-19

Turn signal indicator light....4-19

High beam indicator light 4-19

Low beam indicator light 4-20

Light ON indicator light 4-20

High Beam Assist indicator light 4-20

AUTO HOLD indicator light 4-20

LCD Display Messages....4-21

Vehicle is on 4-21

Shift to P 4-21

Vehicle is in N. Press START button and shift to P 4-21

Low key battery 4-21

Press brake pedal to start engine 4-21

Key not in vehicle 4-21

Key not detected....4-21

Press START button again 4-21

Press START button with key 4-22

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse 4-22

Shift to P or N to start engine 4-22

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices 4-22

Check rear wheel steering system 4-22

Door, Hood, trunk open indicator 4-23

Sunroof open indicator 4-23

Low tire pressure 4-23

Lights 4-24

Wiper 4-24

Low washer fluid 4-25

Low fuel 4-25

Low engine oil 4-25

Engine overheated....4-25

Check haptic steering wheel system 4-25

Check headlight....4-25

Check turn signal 4-25

Check headlight LED 4-25

4. Instrument Cluster, Armrest touchscreen, Infotainment system

LCD Display 4-26

LCD Display Control 4-26

View Modes 4-26

Driving Assist view 4-27

Normal View 4-27

Armrest Touchscreen 4-29

Operating the Touchscreen 4-29

Touchscreen Functions 4-29

Setting Touchscreen 4-30

Vehicle Settings (Infotainment System) 4-31

Setting Your Vehicle 4-31

INSTRUMENTCLUSTER

A

B

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter.

ORS042002N/ORS042001N

1. Speedometer
2. Tachometer
3. Fuel gauge

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display
7. Widget

Information

Press the mode button (S) on the steering wheel to select between instrument cluster type A or type B.

Instrument Cluster Control

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)

Close-up of a white electronic device with a circular lens and indicator lights (no visible text or symbols)

When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control switch to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.

When pressing the illumination control switch, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.

WARNING

Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.

OJWEV041001L

• The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.

Gauges and Meters

Speedometer

A

ORS042004N

B

ORS042005N

The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (RPM).

Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

NOTICE

Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

Engine coolant temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

NOTICE

If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H (Hot)" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" section in chapter 8.

WARNING

Never remove the engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Information

• The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

WARNING

Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.

NOTICE

Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by increments of 1^ F ( 1^ C).

Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)

You can change the temperature unit from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → General → Unit → Temperature Unit → °C/°F

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also:

-Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

Distance to empty

• The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "----" as range.
• The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

i Information

• If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance.
• The distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Fuel economy

The average fuel economy ① and instant fuel economy ② is displayed at the bottom of the cluster.

Automatic reset

To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between 'After Vehicle On' or 'After Refueling' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

Transmission Shift Indicator

Automatic transmission shift indicator

This indicator informs the current gear engaged.

Warning and Indicator Lights

Information

Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.

Seat belt warning light

This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" section in chapter 3.

Air bag warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed.
• The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation.
  If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The parking brake & brake fluid warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
  -If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” section in chapter 9). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking system. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

WARNING

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning light

Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The ABS warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with the ABS.
  Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light

When the ABS warning and Parking Brake warning lights are on simultaneously, it may indicate a problem with the Electronic Brake Force Distribution system.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light

When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.

If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light When the ABS warning light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS warning light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The electric powering steering warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with the electric power steering.
  If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Charging system warning light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
   If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system.
   If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light illuminates:

When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" section in chapter 9). If the level is low, add oil as required.
   If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.
   Continued driving with the warning light on may cause engine failure.

Information

3.5T-GDI, 3.5T-GDI 48 V MHEV

When engine oil pressure decreases due to insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine Oil Pressure warning light will illuminate. In addition, the enhanced engine protection system which limits engine power will be activated. If the engine oil pressure is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure warning light and the enhanced engine protection system will turn off.

However, when the engine oil pressure is restored, the warning light and the enhanced engine protection system will turn off after the engine is restarted.

NOTICE

If the engine is not stopped immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure warning light is illuminated while the engine is running, severe damage could result.

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

NOTICE

Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below “E” can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The malfunction indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

• Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
• For 3.5T-GDI, 3.5T-GDI 48 V MHEV If the enhanced engine protection system becomes activated due to lack of engine oil, engine power will be limited. If such condition continues repeatedly, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will illuminate.

NOTICE

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Master warning light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems:

-Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
-Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked
-Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
-Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked
-LED headlight malfunction (if equipped)
-High Beam Assist malfunction
-Smart Cruise Control malfunction
-Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
-Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
-Rear wheel steering system malfunction (if equipped)

To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light

EPB

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The EPB warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with EPB.
  If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Information

The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light comes on to indicate that ESC is not working properly. This does not indicate malfunction of EPB.

Low tire pressure warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The low tire pressure warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display.)

For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 8.

This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:

When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in chapter 8.

WARNING

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

Forward Safety warning light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The Forward Safety warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
  If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 7.

Lane Safety indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Green: When Lane Keeping Assist operating conditions are satisfied.
• Gray: When Lane Keeping Assist operating conditions are not satisfied.
• Yellow: Whenever there is a malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.

All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

Whenever there is a malfunction with the AWD system.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to "All Wheel Drive (AWD)" section in chapter 6.

LED headlight warning light

This warning light illuminates:

- When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

-The LED headlight warning light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.

- Whenever there is a malfunction with the LED headlight.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

This warning light blinks:

Whenever there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

Continuous driving with the LED Headlight warning light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.

Icy road warning light (if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.

When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 40^ F ( 4^ C), the Icy Road warning light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.

You can activate or deactivate Icy Road Warning function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Cluster → Content Selection → Icy Road Warning

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Information

If the Icy Road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  -The Electronic Stability Control indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with ESC system.
  If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

While ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter 6.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

- When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

-The ESC OFF indicator light illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.

- When you deactivate ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.

For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” section in chapter 6.

Immobilizer indicator light

This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:

When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position.

-Once the smart key is detected, you can start the engine.
-The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:

When the smart key is not in the vehicle.

-If the smart key is not detected, you cannot start the engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:

If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

Whenever there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

AUTO STOP indicator light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

When the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.

This indicator light blinks:

When the engine automatically starts, the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.

For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system" section in chapter 6.

Information

When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned.

Turn signal indicator light

This indicator light blinks:

When you operate the turn signal indicator stalk.

If any of the following occur, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system.

-The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
-The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly
-The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all

If any of these conditions occur, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

High beam indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Low beam indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the headlights are on.

Light ON indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the parking lamps or headlights are on.

High Beam Assist indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the high-beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO position.

• White: When High Beam Assist is ready to operate.
• Green: When High Beam Assist is operating.

If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.

For more details, refer to “High Beam Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD indicator light

AUTO HOLD

This indicator light illuminates:

• White: When you activate Auto Hold by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
• Green: When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with Auto Hold activated.
• Yellow: Whenever there is a malfunction with the Auto Hold function.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

For more details, refer to “Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)” section in chapter 6.

LCD Display Messages

Vehicle is on

This message is displayed if you open the driver's door when the gear is in P (Park) and the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON or START position.

Turn the engine off before leaving the vehicle.

Shift to P

This message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle without the gear in the P (Park) position.

If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position.

Vehicle is in N. Press START button and shift to P

This message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the gear in N (Neutral).

To turn off the vehicle:

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. The button will change to the ON position.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button again, then the vehicle will turn off.

Low key battery

This message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

This message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.

You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.

Key not in vehicle

This message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON or Start position.

Always turn off the engine before leaving your vehicle.

Key not detected

This message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press START button again

This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.

If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again.

If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Press START button with key (if equipped)

This message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message “Key not detected” is displayed.

At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

This message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.

You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine.

If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

This message is displayed if you try to start the engine in any other position except P (Park) or N (Neutral).

Information

You can start the engine with the gear in N (Neutral). But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the gear shifted to P (Park).

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices (if equipped)

This message is displayed if the 12V battery voltage is weak due to any non-factory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged. If the message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check rear wheel steering system (if equipped)

This message is displayed if the rear wheel steering system or related devices is not working properly. Also, The warning light will illuminate on the cluster. If the message appares after engine is restarted, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Door, Hood, trunk open indicator

Top-down grayscale image of a car viewed from the side (no text or symbols visible)

ORS041021

This warning is displayed if any door or hood or trunk is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.

CAUTION

Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door, hood and trunk are fully closed.

Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)

Top-down view of a car (no text or symbols visible)

ORS041022

This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.

Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.

Low tire pressure

ORS041024L

This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" section in chapter 8.

Lights

This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.

You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights display function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Cluster → Content Selection → Wiper/Lights Display See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Wiper

This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.

You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights display function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Cluster → Content Selection → Wiper/Lights Display

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Low washer fluid

This message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.

Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuel

This message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.

When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on.

It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.

Low engine oil (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed when the engine oil level should be checked.

If this warning message is displayed, check the engine oil level as soon as possible and add engine oil as required.

Slowly pour the recommended oil little by little into a funnel.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" section in chapter 2.)

Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on the dipstick.

Information

After adding engine oil, if you travel approximately 31\~62 miles (50\~100 km) after the engine warms up, the warning message should disappear.

Engine overheated

This message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 248^ F ( 120^ C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" section in chapter 8.

Check haptic steering wheel system

This message is displayed if there is a problem with the haptic steering wheel system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check headlight (if equipped)

This message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.

Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

Check turn signal (if equipped)

This message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.

Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

Check headlight LED (if equipped)

This message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

LCD DISPLAY

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control switches.

Switch Operation Function
A		Press MODE button for changing gauge mode
B		Press SELECT/RESET switch for selecting pop upSELECT/RESET switch for entering or exiting widget navigation mode
		Press and hold SELECT/RESET switch for selecting certain pop upSELECT/RESET switch for hiding or showing widget mode
		Press 3 times SELECT/RESET switch for resetting the selected Normal view mode
		Tap up, down,left, right When in widget mode, the switch is used to navigate the widgets.When not in widget mode, the switch is used to change to previous or next song.
C	,	Press UP, DOWN switch for changing View modes

View Modes

View modes Explanation
Driving Assist view	Driving Assist view displays the status of the vehicle's Driver Assistance systems
Map view Show map and navigation related information
Normal view	Show trip computer or widget on center without background information

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Driving Assist, Map and Normal View modes are displayed in the instrument cluster.

Normal view is also show in the widget mode.

Driving Assist view

Black and white illustration of a car driving on a road with hills in the background (no text or symbols)

ORS041026

The status of Smart Cruise Control, Lane Following Assist, Highway Driving Assist, etc. is displayed when Driving Assist view is selected.

For more details, refer to each system information section in chapter 6.

Normal View

In the Normal View, using the Optical mouse), you may change through items in the following order.

ORS042025N

Drive info

Trip distance, average fuel economy, and total driving time are displayed.

The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.

To manually reset the information, press the ■ button three times on the steering wheel when Drive Info is displayed. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

ORS042029N

Since refueling

Trip distance, average fuel economy, and total driving time after the vehicle has been refueled are displayed.

To reset manually, press the ■ button three times on the steering wheel when 'Since Refueling' is displayed.

ORS042028N

ORS041032L

Accumulated info

Accumulated trip distance, average fuel economy, and total driving time are displayed.

The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.

To manually reset the information, press the ■ button three times on the steering wheel when Accumulated Info is displayed. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

ORS041031L

Tire pressure

The tire pressure of each tire is displayed. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" section in chapter 8.

Top-down view of a car with four rectangular panels arranged around it (no text or symbols visible)

ORS041030L

Driving force distribution (if equipped) The distribution status of the driving power of the front and rear wheels are displayed when Auto 4WD mode is activated.

For more details, refer to "Four Wheel Drive (4WD)" section in chapter 6.

Auto stop (if equipped)

AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go system.

To manually reset the information, press the ■ button three times on the steering wheel when 'AUTO STOP' is displayed.

For more details, refer to "Idle Stop and Go (ISG)" section in chapter 6.

ARMREST TOUCHSCREEN

The armrest touchscreen on the rear seat allows occupants to access various functions of the vehicle. Tap the screen twice quickly to start.

Information

Functions available from the armrest touchscreen may vary depending on vehicle specifications.

Operating the touchscreen

Press the button on the upper left or right of the screen to either: display home screen, lock or turn off the screen.

1. Home: Returns to the home screen.

2. LOCK: Locks the rear armrest touch screen and infotainment system controller to disable its operation. Press LOCK again to unlock. Only the POWER button can be operated while locked.

3. POWER: Turns off the touchscreen. The touchscreen automatically turns off if there are no movements in the screen for 2 minutes. You can change the settings from the display menu.

Using Touchscreen Functions

To use convenience functions, press the menus from the home screen or the left side menu of the touchscreen.

1. Climate: Heater and air conditioner can be operated from the rear seat. For more details, refer to “Automatic Climate Control System” section in chapter 5 or “Seat warmers”, “Air ventilation seats” section in chapter 3.
2. Seat: Adjusts seat positions and operates convenience functions equipped on the rear seat. For more details, refer to "Rear seats" section in chapter 3.
3. Massage (if equipped): Operates body massage functions. For more details, refer to "Rear seats" section in chapter 3.
4. Shades: Operates powered sunshades for the rear seats. For more details, refer to “Panorama sunroof”, “Rear side window sunshades” and “Rear window sunshade” section in chapter 5.
5. Lights: Turns on or off the indoor lighting. Adjusts the color temperature and brightness of the lighting. For more details, refer to "Interior lights" section in chapter 5.
6. Setup: Access to other functions or changes the setting of the touchscreen. For more details, refer to "Setting touchscreen" section in this chapter.

Setting Touchscreen

Press Setup from the main menu of the touchscreen.

Settings for other functions can be accessed on the left side of the Setup

menu.

• Fragrance (if equipped): Select the fragrance for pleasant riding. For more details, refer to “Built in diffuser” section in chapter 5.
• Seat (if equipped): Select different seat modes for rear right seat occupant. For more details, refer to "Seats" section in chapter 3.
• Rear Wireless Charging (if equipped): Turn on/off the wireless cellphone charge function for rear seat occupants. For more details, refer to “Wireless smart phone charging system” section in chapter 5.
• Display: Change the screensaver timeout setting and screen display method while using massage buttons from the rear door.

-Screen Time-out: 15 sec, 30 sec, 1 Min, 2 Min (default), 5 Min, 10 Min

-Massage Notification/Status (if equipped): Massage Screen (default), Pop-up, OFF

- Graphic Themes: Select the display theme of the screen.

-Use Audio System's Display Theme (default)
-User-Set Time : Select between white and black theme, or set the screen to change automatically to white theme during the day and black during the night.

- Illumination: Select the brightness of the screen.

-Adjust Brightness Automatically: The brightness of the display is automatically adjusted depending on outside brightness.
-Manual adjustment: Manually adjust the brightness to desired level. Brightness is maintained at the adjusted level.
-Reset: Returns all settings to default.

- Blue Light Filter: Select whether to turn the blue light filter on or off, and set the color when the blue light lifter is on.

-Use Blue light filter/color adjustment: Select or deselect whether to use the blue light filter, and adjusts the display color when the blue light filter is on.
-Auto: Adjusted blue light filter is turned on automatically when the surrounding area is dark.
-User-Set Time: Adjusted blue light filter turns on at the time set.

VEHICLE SETTINGS (INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM)

Vehicle Settings in the infotainment system provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Vehicle Settings menu

-Driver Assistance
-Drive Mode
-Active Sound Design
-Head-Up Display
-Cluster
-Climate
-Seat
-Lights
-Door
-Digital key
-Convenience

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

WARNING

Do not operate the Vehicle Settings while driving. This may cause distraction resulting in an accident.

Setting Your Vehicle

1. Press the SETUP button on the head unit of the infotainment system.

1. Select 'Vehicle' to change the Vehicle Settings.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

5. Convenience Features

Accessing Your Vehicle 5-6

Using Smart Key 5-6

Smart Key Precautions.... 5-11

Replacing the Battery 5-13

Immobilizer System 5-14

Genesis Digital Key 5-16

Digital Key (Smart Phone) 5-16

Digital Key (Card Key)....5-22

Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings 5-25

Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance 5-28

Limitations of the System 5-28

Fingerprint authentication system 5-29

Fingerprint Authentication System Settings 5-29

Fingerprint Authentication System Operation 5-30

Limitations of the System....5-31

When purchasing a used vehicle 5-31

Door locks.... 5-32

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle 5-32

Power Door Latch....5-37

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle 5-38

Easy Close....5-41

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features 5-43

Electronic Child Safety Lock.... 5-44

Theft-Alarm System 5-46

Advanced Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) 5-47

System Setting....5-47

System Operation....5-47

System Precautions.... 5-48

Declaration of Conformity 5-49

Integrated memory system 5-50

Storing Memory Positions 5-51

Recalling Memory Positions 5-51

Seat Easy Access 5-52

Resetting the System 5-53

Smart Posture Care System 5-54

Steering Wheel 5-55

Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) 5-55

Tilt/Telescopic Steering 5-56

Horn....5-57

Heated Steering Wheel 5-57

Steering Wheel Grip Sensor....5-59

Haptic Warning/Steering Wheel Vibration Warning 5-59

Rear Wheel Steering (RWS) 5-59

Mirrors 5-61

Inside Rearview Mirror....5-61

Side View Mirrors 5-71

Reverse Parking Aid 5-74

Windows....5-75

Power Windows....5-76

Remote Window Open Feature (Remote Window Control) 5-79

Panoramic Sunroof 5-80

Power Sunshade....5-80

Tilt Open/Close....5-82

Slide Open/Close 5-82

Automatic Reverse 5-83

Resetting the Sunroof 5-84

Rear Seat Power Sunshade 5-85

Sunroof Open Warning 5-85

Hood 5-86

Opening the Hood....5-86

Closing the Hood....5-86

Power Trunk 5-87

Power Trunk Operating Conditions 5-87

Operating the Power Trunk 5-88

Power Trunk Settings 5-91

Trunk Lid Control Button....5-91

Resetting the Power Trunk 5-92

Emergency Trunk Safety Release 5-92

Smart Trunk 5-94

How to Use the Smart Trunk.... 5-94

Detecting Area....5-95

Precautions While Using the Head-up Display 5-100

Over-The-Air Software Update 5-101

Downloading Software 5-101

Approving Software Update 5-101

Preparing Software Update ....5-101

Updating Software 5-102

Exterior Lights 5-104

Lighting Control....5-104

High Beam Operation 5-105

Turn Signals and Lane Change Signals 5-106

Battery Saver Function 5-106

Headlight Delay Function 5-107

Headlight Moisture Removal Function 5-107

Interior Lights 5-108

Interior Lamp AUTO Cut 5-108

Front Lamps 5-108

Rear Lamps....5-109

Interior Lamp Color Temperature 5-110

Interior Lamp Brightness 5-111

Vanity Mirror Lamp....5-111

Rear Mirror Lamp 5-111

Glove Box Lamp 5-112

Mood Lamp/Foot Lamp/Door Foot Lamp 5-112

Trunk Lamp 5-112

Puddle Lamp....5-113

Welcome System....5-113

High Beam Assist (HBA) 5-115

High Beam Assist Setting 5-115

High Beam Assist Operation 5-116

High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations 5-117

Wipers and washers 5-118

Front Windshield Wipers 5-118

Windshield Washers....5-119

Automatic Climate Control System 5-121

Automatic Temperature Control Mode 5-125

Manual Temperature Control Mode 5-126

System Maintenance 5-138

Photo-catalyst Module 5-140

Windshield defrosting and defogging 5-142

To Defog Inside Windshield 5-142

To Defrost Inside Windshield.... 5-143

Defogging Logic 5-143

Rear Window Defroster.... 5-144

Climate Control Additional Features 5-145

Auto Defogging System 5-145

Auto Dehumidify 5-146

Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid is Used 5-147

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation 5-147

Auto. Controls that Use Climate Control Settings (for driver's seat) 5-147

Recirculation Mode Plus 5-148

Storage compartment 5-149

Center Console Storage 5-149

Rear Console Storage 5-149

UV-C sterilizer system....5-150

Armrest Storage Box 5-152

Glove Box....5-152

Sunglass Holder 5-153

Interior Features 5-154

Cup Holder 5-154

Sunvisor 5-155

Rear Mirror....5-155

Power Outlet 5-156

USB Charger 5-157

Wireless Smart Phone Charging System 5-158

Clock 5-161

Coat Hook 5-161

Floor Mat Anchor(s)....5-161

Rear Side Window Sunshades.... 5-162

Rear Window Sunshade 5-164

Luggage Net Holder 5-165

5. Convenience Features

Infotainment system 5-166

USB-C Port 5-166

Antenna....5-167

Steering Wheel Remote Controls 5-167

Infotainment System....5-168

Voice Recognition 5-168

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 5-169

Bang & Olufsen Sound System 5-169

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

Using Smart Key

Two white electronic lockers with labeled buttons, shown from different angles (no text or symbols on the keys)

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear trunk.

① Door lock
② Door unlock
③ Trunk open
④ Panic
⑤ Remote Start
⑥ Remote Smart Parking Assist (Forward/Backward)

Locking your vehicle

Close-up of a metallic USB flash drive with a cable, no visible text or symbols

To lock your vehicle using the door handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:

1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the trunk are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
3. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor on the door handle (the engraved part) or press the Door Lock button ① on the smart key. The hazard warning lights will blink.

- Make sure the doors are locked. When doors lock, the handle become flush to the body.

Information

- The side view mirror will fold if 'Enable on Door Unlock' is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Convenience → Welcome Mirror/Light → On door unlock

• The door handle touch sensor will only operate when the smart key is within 28\~40 in. (0.7\~1 m) from the outside door handle.
  • Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle touch sensor if any of the following occur:

• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

• The Engine Start/Stop button is from ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except for the trunk.

WARNING

Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/Stop button and may operate power windows, lock the doors or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is off)

Close-up of a metallic door handle and handle with a clip, shown from two angles (no text or symbols visible)

To unlock your vehicle using the door handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:

1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor on the door handle (the engraved part) or press the Door Unlock button ② on the smart key.
3. When all doors unlock, door handles will pop out and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

Unlocking your vehicle (When the Two Press Unlock feature is on)

To unlock your vehicle using the door handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:

1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor on the door handle (the engraved part) or press the Door Unlock button ② on the smart key.
3. The driver's door handle will pop out and unlock.
4. If you touch the door lock/unlock sensor on the door handle or press the Door Unlock button ② on the smart key once more within 4 seconds, all of the doors unlock. When the doors unlock, door handles will pop out. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the chime will sound.
5. After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.

Setting the Two Press Unlock feature

The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.

Setup → Vehicle → Door → 2 Press Unlock

Information

• If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock.
• The Two Press Unlock feature is off when the vehicle is first delivered. To use the feature, enable the feature from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

Information

• The side view mirror will unfold if 'On door unlock' is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:
• Setup → Vehicle → Convenience → Welcome Mirror/Light → On door unlock
• The door handle touch sensor will only operate when the smart key is within 28\~40 in. (0.7\~1 m) from the outside door handle.
  • After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.

Setting the door lock/unlock prevention feature

The doors may lock or unlock if the touch sensor of the outside door handle is recognized while washing your vehicle or due to heavy rain.

To prevent unintentional door lock or unlock:

Press the lock button on the smart key and immediately press the unlock button along with the lock button for more than 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights will blink four times. At this time, the doors will not lock or unlock even though the touch sensor is touched on the outside door handle.

To deactivate the function, press the door lock or unlock button on the smart key.

Information

• During a car wash or rain, in order to minimize unintentional operation of the touch sensor, the touch sensor may become insensitive. This is not a malfunction.
  • The doors may not lock or unlock in the following situations.

- If the touch sensor is touched with gloves on

- If you suddenly approach the door and touch the sensor

Opening the trunk

Exterior view of a modern car with two inset images showing a location pin (no text or symbols on the car itself)

1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press either the trunk open button on the vehicle or press and hold the Trunk Open button ③ on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the trunk will open.

Information

• The trunk open button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 in. (0.7 m) from the trunk.
• For more details on opening or closing the trunk, refer to "Power Trunk" section in this chapter.

Panic button

Press and hold the Panic button ④ for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.

Remotely starting vehicle (if equipped)

You can start the vehicle using the Remote Start button ⑤ on the smart key.

To start the vehicle remotely:

1. Press the door lock button on the smart key within 32 feet (10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button ⑤ for more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds after pressing the door lock button. The hazard warning lights will blink and the engine will start.
3. To turn off the remote start function, press the Remote Start button ⑤ once.

Information

• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the remote start function to start.
- The engine turns off if you get in the vehicle without a registered smart key.
- The engine turns off if you do not get in the vehicle within 10 minutes after remotely starting the vehicle.
- The Remote Start button ⑤ may not operate if the smart key is not within 32 feet (10 m).
- The vehicle will not remotely start if the engine hood or trunk is opened.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
- Do not operate remote start in closed areas where there is no adequate ventilation for the engine exhaust.

Remotely moving vehicle forward or backward (if equipped)

With the smart key, the driver can move the vehicle forward or backward using the Forward/Backward button ⑥ on the smart key.

For more details, refer to “Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)” section in chapter 7.

Start-up

You can start the engine without inserting the key.

For more details, refer to the “Engine Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.

Using mechanical key

If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.

1. Press the Genesis text section of the Mechanical key to remove the case.

3D renderings of a device casing with visible internal components and a small tag, no text or symbols present.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the case.
2. After use, reinstall the mechanical key in the reverse order of removal.

Loss of a smart key

A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, it is recommended that you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

Smart Key Precautions

• Avoid keeping a smart key with accessories in the same location such as pants or jacket pocket. The smart key button may be pressed by the accessory.

• The smart key may not work if any of the following occur:

• The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a mobile phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
• Connecting an external device to the power outlet and placing the smart key near the external device.

If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key, To start the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button directly with the smart key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended to contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the smart key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.

Information

If the smart key is not moved for some time, the detection function for smart key operation will pause. Lift the smart key to activate the detection again.

NOTICE

To prevent damaging the smart key:

• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.

NOTICE

• Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
  • Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Replacing the Battery

If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.

Battery Type: CR2032

To replace the battery:

White electronic device with attached cable and labeled point A (no visible text or symbols on body)

1. Press the button Ⓐ to remove the keyring fixed appliance.

2. Insert a phillips screwdriver into the inner groove to remove the battery cover.

Exploded view of a car battery showing internal components and casing (no text or symbols)

1. Remove battery cover using a phillips screwdriver.

2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.

3. Reinstall the battery cover and smart key cover in the reverse order of removal.

If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON BATTERY.

If swallowed, a lithium button battery can cause severe or fatal injuries within 2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of children.

If you think batteries may have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention.

Information

An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.

When the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, then press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position again.

In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key.

If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.

If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.

WARNING

In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.

NOTICE

The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device

GENESIS DIGITAL KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

Genesis digital key provides convenience to the driver, which the driver can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the trunk and turn on the vehicle.

Digital Key (Smart Phone)

Information

• Genesis digital key is only available for smart phones that support the digital key feature, provided by the smart phone manufacturer.
• The driver can confirm supported/ compatible devices on our website (https://owners.genesis.com).
• Certain functions may not operate depending on whether the service is provided in the vehicle.
• During the digital key system update, the smart key may not work temporarily.

Setting your smart phone

To use the digital key (smart phone), download the Genesis Intelligent Assistant App and sign up for a Genesis account and service.

Registering your digital key (smart phone)

1. Turn on the vehicle with a smart key. Have your smart key with you in the vehicle.

ORS052311N

Close-up of a computer mouse with a labeled pad (A) and control buttons, no visible text or symbols beyond the label.

Ⓐ: Vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging pad)

1. From the infotainment system Settings menu, select 'Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Smartphone Key → My Smartphone Key'.

2. After selecting ‘Digital Key → Set Up Digital Key’ from the Genesis Intelligent Assistant App in the smart phone, register the digital key according to the guidance in the smart phone screen.

- Ultra Wide Band unsupported smart phone

- Place your smart phone on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad) with the screen facing up.

- Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone

- The digital key can be registered if the smart phone is inside the vehicle even without placing it on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad).

1. Press the 'Save' button from the infotainment system screen. The saving process begins automatically.

- When the digital key (smart phone) is saved, a message appears on the infotainment system screen.

Information

• If you want to register a digital key (smart phone) again, refer to ‘How to Delete Digital Key (Smart Phone)’ and delete the digital key (smart phone) before re-registering.

• During the digital key saving process, the process will cancel when:

• The smart phone is removed from the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad)

• The infotainment system screen is changed
• The vehicle is turned off

• The gear is shifted

• The registering process does not start if a smart key is not in the vehicle.

• Some smart phones may not start the registering process depending on the internal structure. Move the smart phone to the left or right on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charger pad) and try registering the smart phone.

Using the digital key (smart phone)

Digital key touch control

The driver can lock or unlock the door by placing the smart phone on the outside door handle, and the vehicle can be started by placing the smart phone on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad).

Digital key close proximity control

• If you have the smart phone in possession, the doors can be locked or unlocked without touching the smart phone to the door handle, but by touching the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the door handle. Also, the vehicle can be started by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button without placing the smart phone on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad).
• When the smart phone and vehicle is connected by Bluetooth, the Remote Start, Door Lock/Unlock, and Panic functions are available using the App provided by the smart phone manufacturer.

Information

• The function is only available for Ultra Wide Ban supported smart phone digital keys. To use the function, the smart phone's Bluetooth must be activated.
• The necessary distance between the smart phone and vehicle for Bluetooth connection may vary depending on the surroundings of the vehicle and smart phone.

Locking places the digital key (smart phone)

- Ultra Wide Band unsupported smart phone

Two smartphones, one with a labeled 'A' and the other with 'B', connected by an arrow (no text or symbols on devices)

Ⓐ: Door handle authentication pad
B: NFC antenna (Backside of the smart phone) (The antenna position differs depending on models.)

- The door will lock or unlock by touching the registered digital key (card key) NFC antenna to the driver's or passenger's door handle authentication pad Ⓐ for more than 2 seconds.

- If the Two Press Unlock feature is set, only the driver's door pops out and unlocks when the digital key (smart phone) is placed on the driver's door handle authentication pad Ⓐ. Place the digital key (smart phone) on the driver's door handle authentication pad once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.

- Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone

• If you touch the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the door handle with the smart phone in possession, the door locks or unlocks.
• If you approach the front door handle with the smart phone in possession when ‘On driver approach’ is set, the door unlocks automatically.

• After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
- If the smart phone digital key does not operate, try again after moving the smart phone away from the door handle authentication pad (more than 4 in. (0.1 m)).

i Information

- You cannot lock your vehicle using the digital key (smart phone) if any of the following occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position.

• Any of the doors, hood, or trunk are open.

• The door may not unlock automatically if you stay near the vehicle for several minutes with the Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone in possession.

• If the smart phone is kept in the back pocket or bag, it may cause poor Bluetooth connection, or the door lock/unlock or vehicle start-up operation my be delayed.

Starting the vehicle

- Ultra Wide Band unsupported smart phone

- After placing your registered digital key (smart phone) on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad), depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button.

- Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone

• With the smart phone inside the vehicle, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button.
• To start the vehicle remotely, use the App provided by the smart phone manufacturer to lock the vehicle with the door lock button, and press the remote start button within 4 seconds.

The vehicle starts and the hazard warning lights blink.

- Press the remote start button again to turn off the vehicle.

After starting the vehicle, the digital key (smart phone) may be removed from the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad).

Information

If a shared digital key (smart phone) is used for the first time, the activating time may take longer.

• Place the shared digital key (smart phone) on the door handle authentication pad until the vehicle door lock/unlock activates.
• If a shared digital key (smart phone) is first used on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charger pad), the initial start of the vehicle may fail.
• If the door lock/unlock is activated once with the shared digital key (smart phone) or the vehicle is started with the digital key (smart phone) on the vehicle authentication pad, the digital key (smart phone) will be registered in the vehicle.

Operating the power trunk

Illustration of a car front view with an Apple logo icon on the right side (no text or symbols on the car itself)

- Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone

If the vehicle is locked, press the power trunk open button with the smart phone in possession to open the trunk.

If you are in the detecting area behind the trunk for more than 3 seconds with the smart phone in possession when 'Smart Trunk' is set, the trunk opens automatically.

WARNING

The vehicle can be started when the registered smart phone is in the vehicle. Therefore, do not leave unsupervised children or people who are not aware of the system since it can result in serious injury or death. In addition, always have the registered smart phone with you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving the vehicle.

Information

- The Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone digital key can be used only when the smart phone and vehicle are connected with Bluetooth.

- The necessary distance between the smart phone and vehicle for Bluetooth connection may vary depending on the surroundings. - Window tinting substances may cause poor Bluetooth connection. - If the smart phone is kept in the back pocket or bag, it may cause poor Bluetooth connection, or the door lock/unlock or vehicle start-up operation my be delayed.

- The Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone digital key can be used only for a certain amount of time to optimize the performance of the smart phone and vehicle battery. If you stay near the vehicle for several minutes with the Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone, the Auto Unlock feature may not operate.

- Check the smart phone's setting menu or the App provided by the smart phone manufacturer for connection of the vehicle and smart phone.

- The Ultra Wide Band supported smart phone digital key can also use the NFC function.

Deleting your digital key (smart phone)

Turn on the vehicle with a smart key. Have your smart key with you in the vehicle.

ORS052330N

Deleting all registered digital key (smart phone)

To delete all the registered digital key (smart phone), from the Settings menu select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Smartphone Key → Delete All’ in the infotainment system.

- The ‘Delete All’ button is disabled if there is no registered digital key (smart key).

ORS052312N

Deleting my registered digital key (smart phone)

To delete only my registered digital key (smart phone), from the Settings menu select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Smartphone Key → My Smartphone Key → Delete’ in the infotainment system.

• If a shared digital key (smart phone) is registered, it cannot be deleted.
• A new smart phone can be registered after deleting the existing digital key (smart phone) from 'My Smartphone Key' menu.

i Information

• If the registered digital key (smart key) is deleted, the digital key saved in the smart phone will also be deleted.
• If the digital key is deleted from the smart phone, the digital key (smart phone) registered in the vehicle will also be deleted.
• The shared digital key registered in the vehicle cannot be deleted individually.
• Even though the Genesis Connected Services App is deleted from the smart phone, the digital key saved in the smart phone will not be deleted.
• Management of the digital key saved in the smart phone is available from the App provided by the smart phone manufacturer.

Digital Key (Card Key) (if equipped)

To use the card key as a digital key, follow the following procedure.

Registering your digital key (card key)

1. Have both of your smart keys with you in the vehicle.

OJWEV051290N

1. Select 'Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Card Key' from the Settings menu, and check whether 'Enabled Cark Key' is selected in the infotainment system.

Close-up of a car's front panel with a black rectangular button labeled 'A' and a small inset showing window controls (no readable text or symbols)

(A): Vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging pad)

1. Place your card key on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad) while the vehicle is on.
2. Register your card key by selecting 'Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Card Key → Save' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system.

i Information

• When there is a digital key (card key) already registered in the vehicle, a new digital key (card key) cannot be registered. Re-register a new digital key (card key) after deleting the exiting digital key (card key).
• To register a digital key (card key), both of your smart keys must be in the vehicle.
  • A registered digital key (card key) cannot be registered in other vehicles.

Using the digital key (card key)

The driver can lock or unlock the door by placing the card key on the outside door handle, and the vehicle can be started by placing the card key on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad).

A: Door handle authentication pad,
B: Card key NFC antenna

Locking/Unlocking the doors

• If the driver places the digital key (card key) on the driver's or passenger's door handle authentication pad Ⓐ for more than 2 seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
• If the Two Press Unlock feature is set, only the driver's door pops out and unlocks when the digital key (card key) is placed on the driver's door handle authentication pad. Hold the digital key (card key) near the driver's door handle authentication pad once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
  • After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.

i Information

You cannot lock your vehicle using the digital key (card key) if any of the following occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors, hood, or trunk are open.

Starting the vehicle

After placing your registered digital key (card key) on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad), depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button.

For more details on the basic way to start the vehicle, refer to "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 6.

WARNING

The vehicle can be started when the registered card key is placed on the vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad). Therefore, do not leave unsupervised children or people who are not aware of the system since it can result in serious injury or death. In addition, always have the registered card key with you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving the vehicle.

NOTICE

• The digital key (card key) may not work under the following conditions:

- The digital key (card key) is not placed on the center of the door handle authentication pad or vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging pad) correctly.

- The digital key (card key) is near NFC-enabled cards such as credit cards or smart phones.

- If the digital key (card key) does not work, try again after moving the digital key (card key) away from the door handle authentication pad (more than 4 in. (0.1 m)).

• The digital key (card key) can be damaged by impacts. If the digital key (card key) is damaged, replace the digital key (card key) with a new one and register it again.
• Long-time exposure to high temperature may cause the digital key (card key) to malfunction. Be careful not to expose the digital key (card key) to direct sunlight or high temperature.

Deleting your digital key (card key)

1. Turn on the vehicle with a smart key. Have your smart key with you in the vehicle.

OJWEV051291N

1. From the infotainment system settings menu, select 'Setup → Vehicle → Digital Key → Card Key → Delete'.

- The ‘Delete’ button is disabled if there is no digital key (card key) registered.

Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings

You can set the registered digital key (smart phone) profiles for Driver 1 and Driver 2. When you use the digital key (smart phone), the vehicle can be set to the user-defined personalized profile (includes items such as vehicle settings and audio preferences).

Linking / Unlinking profile

How to link user profile

1. Select 'Setup → User Profile → Profile Settings → Link Digital Key (Smartphone)' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system.
2. Select 'Link' to connect the registered smart phone's digital key and the user's profile.
3. Follow the instructions according to the message on the infotainment system screen.

How to unlink user profile

Select ‘Setup → User Profile → Profile Settings’, and then deselect ‘Link Digital Key (Smartphone)’ from Settings menu in the infotainment system.

- Unlinking is possible only when user profile is linked.

Information

• User profile cannot be linked to both Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are connected to a single smart phone. Personalization will operate with the recently linked user profile, and the previously linked user profile will be automatically canceled.
• User profile link works only when the digital key is registered to the vehicle.
• Digital key (Card key) cannot be linked with a user profile.
• If the user profile linked digital key in the smart phone is deleted, the digital key should be re-registered and personalized by linking the user profile again.

Vehicle personalization operation

• The personalization function linked with digital key works when the profile linked smart phone is placed on the outside door handle authentication pad to lock or unlock the doors.
  The profile set by the digital key can be changed manually from the infotainment system.
• The personalization function using the digital key can be operated after linking the digital key in the infotainment system profile menu.
• The personalization function works only when the vehicle is OFF or when the vehicle is started remotely. If the vehicle is not started remotely, the personalization function does not work with the digital key.

i Information

User profile operation according to door lock/unlock system is as follows:

Item	Personalization operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked smart phone key	Linked profile
Profile unlinked smart phone key	Recently activated profileNFC card key
Smart key

Vehicle personalization with digital key

The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows:

System Personalization Item
Infotainment system vehicle settings	Head Up Display (HUD)	Position adjustment of image, Information display selection
	Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
	Cluster	Information display on the cluster, Voice volume, Welcome sound
	Seat/Mirror/Steering wheel	Seat position, O/S mirror position, Steering wheel position, Easy Access
		Smart heating wire/ventilation On/Off
	Door Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock
	Smart phone wireless charging	Wireless charging On/Off
	Air conditioning	Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/Automatic ventilation/Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment menu	Navigation	Preferred volume of the navigation system
		Recent destination
	User preset My menu list	settings, Radio preset
	Phone connectivity	Bluetooth preferential connection
		CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning	Operating condition	Latest operation setup of the following functions: Temperature (AUTO), air flow direction, air volume, air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front windshield defroster, OFF

For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.

CAUTION

If you leave the digital key in the vehicle after locking or unlocking the doors or starting the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked with the central door lock. Have the digital key with you at all times.

Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance

Purchasing used vehicle

If any of the digital key devices (smart phone key, card key) are registered in the vehicle, the ‘Digital key registered’ message appears once on the instrument cluster when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position after unlocking the doors. When purchasing a used vehicle, be sure to check the message and delete the smart phone key and card key registered by the previous user and inform the purchase of a used vehicle through Genesis Customer Care.

If the card key comes with the vehicle, check whether it operates properly.

Digital Key Maintenance

If you need to have your Digital Key System repaired or replaced, the registered smartphone key or card key can be deleted.

Limitations of the System

- Genesis digital key may not operate if any of the following occurs:

- The smart phone battery or the vehicle battery is discharged

- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in the smart phone settings

- A credit card is near your smart phone, or a metal or thick smart phone case is used

- The card key is near other cards, or used in a wallet or card holder

- There is electronic interference by other vehicles, objects, etc.

- The vehicle may not be controlled by the smart phone if any of the following occurs:

- The basic necessary functions of the smart phone are operating (general call, urgent call, audio, etc.)

- Using a wireless earphone (general call, urgent call, audio, etc.)

FINGERPRINT AUTHENTICATION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Fingerprint Authentication system provides convenient features such as allowing the driver to have access to personal information, unlock profile and exit valet mode with a registered fingerprint.

A fingerprint must be registered in the User Profile Settings from the infotainment system to use the system.

The maximum of two fingerprints can be registered. Driver 1 and Driver 2 can register one fingerprint each.

Information

If no fingerprint is registered in the infotainment system, Fingerprint Authentication system does not operate.

Fingerprint Authentication System Settings

You can set or delete a fingerprint through the infotainment system.

Follow the following procedure.

Registering fingerprint

Top-down view of a car dashboard with a circular dial labeled 'A' and three rectangular compartments (no text or symbols beyond the label)

A: Fingerprint sensor

1. Have both of your smart keys with you in the vehicle.
2. Turn on the engine and select 'Setup → User Profile → Driver 1 → Fingerprint Identification' from the infotainment system.
3. After entering the profile password, select 'Set/Delete Fingerprint → Set'.
4. Place your finger that you wish to register on the fingerprint sensor according to the instruction.
5. Following the instructions, place several parts of your fingerprint until the scanning process is complete. When scanning is complete, the "Saving fingerprint...." appears and the fingerprint registering process is proceeded.

Information

• Remove all substances including protection film on the fingerprint sensor, and then register your fingerprint.

• The fingerprint registering process is canceled when the following condition occurs:

• The infotainment system screen is altered

• The Engine Start/Stop button turns on or off
• The gear is shifted, and the vehicle is driven

Deleting fingerprint

1. Have one of your smart key with you in the vehicle.
2. Turn on the and select 'Setup → User Profile → Driver 1 → Fingerprint Identification' from the infotainment system.
3. After entering the profile password, select 'Set/Delete Fingerprint → Delete'.
4. Delete the registered fingerprint according to the message "Delete all Driver 1 fingerprints?".

CAUTION

Do not participate in duplicating your fingerprint with anyone.

Fingerprint Authentication System Operation

Using features with touch control

The convenience features such as personal information access, profile unlock, and valet mode exit are available with the Fingerprint Authentication system.

When the fingerprint shape appears on the infotainment system screen, you should place your finger on the fingerprint sensor in the vehicle according to the instruction message for authorization and then you can operate the linked features without entering the password.

If the Fingerprint Authentication system does not work, pull your finger away from the fingerprint sensor and then try again.

Fingerprint linked features can be turned on or off from the Settings menu. Select:

- ‘Setup → User Profile → Driver 1 (or Driver 2) → Fingerprint Identification

Fingerprint linked features	Characteristic
Personal information access	Use with a fingerprint without a password
Profile unlock
Valet mode exit

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Information

The same fingerprint cannot be registered for Driver 1 and Driver 2. The personalization function works with the recently linked profile, and the previously linked profile is automatically canceled.

Limitations of the System

• Fingerprint Authentication system may not work when:
• Fingerprint authentication is performed with an unregistered fingerprint.
• The fingerprint is not placed on the center of the fingerprint sensor.
• The fingerprint sensor or fingerprint is wet or dirty.
• The film on the sensor is not removed.
• The registered fingerprint is wounded or swollen.
• The hand is overly dry.
• The sensor is touched shortly.

- If fingerprint authentication fails repeatedly, fingerprint recognition is temporarily restricted. You should try it later or try other methods such as inputting your password.

- All registered fingerprints may be deleted during repair due to a malfunction of the fingerprint authentication system or related parts. Have your smart key when you visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

- You cannot use the fingerprint sensor when the vehicle is discharged.

- Gently place your finger on the fingerprint sensor. Fingerprint authentication attempts with excessive force may fail.

WARNING

Do not register children's fingerprints in the vehicle.

If you register children's fingerprints and leave them in the vehicle, unexpected accidents may occur.

When purchasing a used vehicle

If you purchase a used vehicle, you should confirm and delete all of the registered fingerprints in Driver 1 and Driver 2 profile.

DOOR LOCKS

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle

Using smart key

To lock or unlock the doors from outside the vehicle with the smart key button, refer to the "Smart Key" section in chapter 5.

Illustration of a car with a person pushing it, showing motion direction (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a USB flash drive with a metallic tip, shown against a plain background (no text or symbols visible)

When ‘On driver approach’ is set

1. Approach within 40 in. (1 m) to the front outside door handle while carrying the smart key.

2. Outside door handles of all doors pop out.

3. The hazard warning lights blink two times and all doors unlock.

- Approaching the driver's door with 'Two Press Unlock' set

1. Approach the driver's outside door handle while carrying the smart key.

- Only the outside door handle of the driver's door pops out and unlocks.

1. With door handle popped out, touch the sensor (engraved part) on the outside door handle within 4 seconds.

- Outside door handles of all doors pop out and unlock.

- Approaching the front passenger's door with 'Two Press Unlock' set

1. Approach the front passenger's outside door handle while carrying the smart key.

- The doors do not unlock.

1. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the outside door handle.

- Outside door handles of all doors pop out and unlock.

Close-up of a metallic door handle with a pull rod, shown from two angles (no text or symbols visible)

When 'On driver approach' is not set

1. Touch the front door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the driver's outside door handle.

2. Outside door handles of all doors pop out.

3. The hazard warning lights blink two times and all doors unlock.

- Approaching the driver's door with 'Two Press Unlock' set

1. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the driver's outside door handle.
2. Only the outside door handle of the driver's door pops out and unlocks.
3. With door handle popped out, touch the sensor (engraved part) on the outside door handle within 4 seconds.
4. Outside door handles of all doors pop out and unlock.

- Approaching the front passenger's door with 'Two Press Unlock' set

1. Touch the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the front passenger's outside door handle.

- Outside door handles of all doors pop out and unlock.

Setting door lock/unlock features

The functions can be activated or deactivated from the Settings menu in the infotainment system.

• 2 Press Unlock: Select or deselect 'Setup → Vehicle → Door → Remote Power Door Open → 2 Press Unlock'.
• On driver approach: Select or deselect 'Setup → Vehicle → Door → On driver approach'.

i Information

• After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened, and the outside door handle will return to its original position.
- Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle touch sensor if any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is from ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except for the trunk.
- Unlock the door and pull the outside door handle to open the door. To close, push the door with your hand.
- The infotainment system may change after software updates. For more information, refer to the online manual provided in the infotainment system and the quick reference guide.

WARNING

Be careful not to get your fingers or body caught between the door and vehicle body when opening or closing the door. It may lead to injury.

CAUTION

• The door might open again if not properly closed.
• Do not leave the vehicle unlocked for a long time. The battery may discharge, and you will not be able to open the other doors except the driver's door.
• Do not leave the mechanical key in the vehicle. You will not be able to open the doors in an emergency.

NOTICE

• The door handle may freeze during winter. Tap the door handle lightly or use other methods to warm the handle and remove the ice. For more details, refer to “Removing Ice from Door Handle” section in this chapter.
• Do not apply excessive force on the door handle or use sharp tools to pop out the door handle. It may damage the door handle.

Information

• When the battery level is low, the driver's door will automatically shift to emergency mode. If you pull the door handle, you may hear a click noise. This is a normal sound due to motor operation.
• When the door handles do not operate properly due to battery discharge or other causes, you can manually pop out the door handle by pressing the front part of the door handle. When it pops out, unlock the door with the key and pull the handle to open the door. For more details, refer to “Using Mechanical Key” section in this chapter.
• When you shift the gear to R (Reverse) even when the doors are unlocked, the outside door handle will return to its original position.
• If you shift the gear to R (Reverse) when using the automatic door lock feature, the outside door handle returns to its original position and the door will be locked.
• When the vehicle speed is within 1.8 mph-9 mph (3 km/h-15 km/h) with the doors unlocked, the doors will remain unlocked, and only the door handle will return to its original position. If the vehicle is stopped in this condition, the passenger will not have to unlock the door. The door will be opened when the door handle pops out by touching the door lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) on the outside door handle.
• When the outside door handle goes in and pops out, a noise may sound from inside the vehicle.

Cautions when washing the vehicle

If touch sensors are equipped, an unexpected warning may sound, and the doors might lock or unlock when the smart key is within the detectable range and the outside door handle is wet.

- Conditions when using the automatic car wash

• Prior to wash, keep the Engine Start/Stop button in ACC or ON position, stay in N (Neutral) and enter the automatic car wash. For details of staying in N (Neutral), refer to "To Stay in N (Neutral)" section in chapter 6.
• Enter the automatic car wash with the doors locked and the outside door handle in its original position.

• Conditions when self car washing

• Wash your car with the doors locked and the outside door handle in its original position.
• If any water or a rag is touching the door handle lock/unlock sensor, the door handle will pop out and the door will be unlocked. To prevent unintended operation of the door handle sensor, keep the key over 6.5 ft. (2 m) away from the vehicle.
• Be careful to avoid theft of your smart key during car wash.
• Make sure to keep your smart key with you after car wash or keep the key over 6.5 ft. (2 m) from the vehicle.
• If an unexpected waring sounds during car wash, keep the Engine Start/Stop button in ACC or ON position and leave the smart key inside the vehicle.

Using mechanical key

Close-up of a device component with directional arrows indicating movement or flow (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical component with labeled parts A, B, and numbered 2 (no readable text or symbols beyond labels)

A:Lock,B:Unlock

Lock or unlock the door with the mechanical key. Use the mechanical key according to the following direction.

1. Pull the door handle while pressing the front part of the outside door handle ① (front side of the vehicle). Then remove the cover under the rear part of the door handle.
2. Insert the key into the key hole ② and turn it to lock or unlock the door.
3. After unlocking with the mechanical key, remove the key.
4. Release the door handle.
5. Press the front part of the door handle again to manually pop out the handle, then pull it out to open the door.

Close-up of a mechanical component with a black arrow pointing to a feature, no visible text or symbols

1. Reinstall the removed cover.

When the door handle or keyhole freezes, lightly tap or indirectly warm it (for example, hand temperature, etc.) to remove ice.

For more details, refer to "Removing Ice from Door Handle" section in this chapter.

Locking and unlocking the door multiple times with the key or lock button or switch may engage the protection circuit and temporarily disable the lock/unlock function. When you exit the vehicle, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off, close all windows and lock the doors.

NOTICE

Do not apply excessive force on the door and door handle. It may damage the door and door handle.

Removing ice from door handle

Inner part of the door handle may freeze during cold winter. Tap the door handle with the palm side of the fist to remove the ice.

Follow the instructions below to remove the ice from the door handle.

Close-up of a hand holding a car door handle, no visible text or symbols

1. Tap around the door handle with the palm side of your fist to remove the ice inside the door handle.

2. Unlock the door and see if the door handle pops out. If the handle does not pop out, continue tapping around the handle and remove more ice.

3. Hold the door handle, and open and close the door multiple times to remove the remaining ice.

CAUTION

- Do not tap the vehicle while wearing accessories or carrying other objects. It may damage the painting.

- Do not tap the vehicle with tools or with excessive force. Vehicle body may be caved. Tap it with the strength when knocking on the door.

Power Door Latch (if equipped)

Side view of a car showing the door and side panel, with a black arrow indicating the direction (no text or symbols)

If a door does not close completely but is closed to the first detent position, the door will close automatically.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of injury:

• Before closing the door, check there are no obstructions in the path of the door.
• Keep your fingers away from the edge of the door or they may become trapped when the power door latch operates.

Resetting the power door latch

The power door latch may need to be reset after the battery is discharged or disconnected or a related fuse has been replaced or disconnected.

To reset the power door latch, perform the following steps:

1. Close the door to the first detent positon.
2. Open the door.
   When this is complete, the power door latch resets.

If the door does not close completely even after resetting the power door latch, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle

Using the door open button

Close-up of a white electronic device with a circular button and a black arrow pointing to it, no visible text or symbols.

Press the door open button from inside the vehicle to open the door.

• Always close and lock the doors when the vehicle is moving. Locking the doors prevent others from entering the vehicle while the vehicle is stopped or moving slowly.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and either front door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the door lock button on the smart key or central door lock switch is pressed.

NOTICE

• Do not open the door excessively multiple times using the door open button. It may engage the protection circuit and temporarily disable the button.
• If equipped with the Easy Close feature, the door will open about 7.9 in. (20 cm). Check for any obstacles before opening the door.

WARNING

Only open the door with the door open button when the vehicle has completely stopped.

The door may open while the vehicle is in motion if you press the button.

Opening the door manually

Close-up of a white electronic device with a circular button labeled 'ORS051026' and an arrow icon, no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

If the door does not open with the door open button due to battery discharge or vehicle breakdown, pull the emergency open lever under the door pocket twice to open the door. You may use the emergency open lever even if there is no problem with the door open button.

CAUTION

Do not apply excessive force on the door, door handle and emergency open lever to avoid damage.

Information

The door will open in the following conditions by pulling the emergency open lever only once.

• When the door emergency open lever is already used once (for all doors)
• When the battery is low. (for driver side door)
• When the mechanical key on the driver's door is used

WARNING

• Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury.
• The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
• Do not leave the elderly, children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to the elderly, unattended children or animals who cannot escape from the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
• Do not pull the emergency open lever while the vehicle is in motion. If a door opens while driving, it may lead to a serious injury or death.

Using the door lock/unlock switch

Close-up of a computer mouse control knob with two buttons labeled 1 and 2, showing no text or symbols beyond labels.

A: Driver's door, B: Front passenger's door

Driver and passenger door central door lock switch

The driver and passenger side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock switch is indicated by a (☐) symbol. The unlock switch is indicated by a (☐) symbol.

When the lock switch ① is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock.

When the unlock switch ② is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.

Close-up of a computer mouse with two control buttons labeled '1', showing no text or symbols on the device itself.

Rear door lock switch

Press the lock switch ① on the rear door to lock the corresponding door. When the door is locked, the indicator light on the switch illuminates.

However, if the door is opened, the door will not lock.

Note that the doors cannot be unlocked with the rear door lock switch.

WARNING

- Lock all the doors using the central door lock switch in the driver's seat or front passenger's seat before driving. Especially when children are in the vehicle. If the vehicle door accidentally opens while the vehicle is in motion, it may lead to a serious injury.

- Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows, lock the doors or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

Information

If the door is locked with children or animals in your vehicle, you can unlock the driver's door the mechanical key. For more details, refer to "Using Mechanical Key" section in this chapter.

In case of an emergency

Close-up of a car's side panel with a magnified inset showing the blade and handle mechanism (no text or symbols)

In case of emergency such as when the battery is discharged, the only way to lock the door(s) is with the mechanical key from the outside key hole.

Doors without an outside key hole can be locked as follows:

1. Open the door. Then, remove the plug to use emergency lock.
2. Insert the key into the emergency door lock hole and turn the key to the lock position (left door: counterclockwise, right door: clockwise).
3. Close the door securely.

Information

If the electrical power door lock switch does not operate (for example, dead car battery) and the trunk is closed, you will not be able to open the trunk until power is restored.

Easy Close (if equipped)

Side view of a car with a door open and a black arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Each door closes automatically with a door switch.

Information

If the vehicle is equipped with easy close feature, pressing the door open button while the door is closed will automatically open the door about 7.9 in. (20 cm)

Closing door with switch

A: Door handle, B: Front center console,
C: Door trim, D: Rear armrest console

Touch the lock/unlock sensor (engraved part) of the door handle from the outside, or press the open switch from the inside, or press the close switch on the console.

Closing driver's door by depressing brake (if equipped)

If you set the 'Link to Brake Pedal', you can close the driver's door by depressing the brake pedal.

To set the brake pedal link, go to 'Setup → Vehicle → Automatic Door Operation → Link to Brake Pedal' in the infotainment system.

WARNING

Completely enter the vehicle before depressing the brake pedal to close the door. Leaving a leg out of the vehicle and closing the door may trap your leg and lead to injury.

Closing the door remotely

3D rendering of a car with open doors and structural components, no visible text or symbols

To close the door remotely, point the smart key towards the vehicle and press and hold the door lock button on the smart key for over 3 seconds while the engine is turned off. If the distance from the vehicle and your smart key changes while the door is being closed, the door may not be completely closed. Do not stand too far away from the door when remotely closing the door.

WARNING

• Be careful not to get a body part caught between the door and vehicle when the door is being closed.
  • Make sure there are no people or other objects between the door and the vehicle before closing the door.

CAUTION

Check if the hazard warning light has blinked once after all doors are closed. If it blinks once, the vehicle is armed. (see "Theft Alarm System" for armed state.) It does not blink if there are doors that are not completely closed. Check for unclosed doors.

Resetting easy close

To reset the easy close feature, close the door to the second detent position and open the door again.

Reset the easy close feature in the following conditions.

• The discharged battery is recharged
• The disconnected battery is reconnected
• Related fuses are disconnected and reinstalled

CAUTION

If the easy close feature does not work properly after reset, have you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products

Information

- The following situations are normal and may happen when using the easy close feature.

• Before resetting easy close, opening and closing the door manually may require more strength.
• When the door opens about 7.9 in. (20 cm) and stops, or is automatically opened or closed, a sound may occur due to motor rotation.
• If the door is repeatedly opened and closed manually, a noise may sound due to the motor brake.
• When the battery is low, starting the engine while the door is open may cancel the initial setting of the easy close feature. When canceled, manually opening and closing the door requires more force. Pressing the door close button or closing the door manually will normalize the setting of the easy close feature.

- During cold weather, opening and closing the door manually may require more strength due to low lubrication. If the door can be automatically closed with the door switch or key, the doors are working properly.

WARNING

If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features

Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the infotainment system screen.

Auto LOCK Enable on driving

When this feature is set in the infotainment system screen, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).

Auto LOCK Enable on shift

When this feature is set in the infotainment system screen, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is running.

Auto UNLOCK On shift to P

When this feature is set in the infotainment system screen, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park) while the engine is running.

Auto UNLOCK Upon vehicle Off

When this feature is set in the infotainment system screen, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is turned off.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Additional unlock safety feature air bag deployment

As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Electronic Child Safety Lock (if equipped)

Close-up of a car's control panel with a black arrow pointing to a button, no visible text or symbols on the panel itself.

When the electronic child safety lock button is pressed and the indicator light on the button illuminates, the rear doors cannot be opened from inside the vehicle.

- The rear door window cannot be opened or closed while the electronic child safety lock button is in the LOCK position (indicator light ON).

For more details, refer to "Windows" section in this chapter.

- Electronic child safety lock does not automatically turn on unless the driver presses the electronic child safety lock button.

- If 3 minutes passes after the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position, the indicator on the button turns off, and the driver cannot turn off electronic child safety lock by pressing the button. To turn off the function, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ACC or ON position, and then press the electronic child safety lock button.

- If the power is supplied again after removing the battery or battery is discharged while the electronic child safety lock button is in the LOCK position, press the button once more to match the state of the indicator on the electronic child safety lock button and actual status of the electronic child safety lock function.

- If the airbag is activated while the electronic child safety lock button is in the LOCK position (indicator light ON), the rear doors will unlock automatically.

- Vehicles equipped with the electronic child safety lock feature is not provided with a manual child safety lock.

WARNING

If children accidentally opens the rear door while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. Electronic child safety lock should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

NOTICE

Child safety lock failure

OJX1059018L

When electronic child safety lock does not work even though the button is pressed, the message will be displayed and an alarm will sound. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer Genesis Branded products.

Safe Exit Assist (if equipped with electronic child safety lock)

Safe Exit Assist prevents the rear occupant from opening the rear door. When an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after the vehicle stops, the rear doors will not unlock even when the driver tries to unlock the rear doors using the electronic child safety lock button.

For more details, refer to “Safe Exit Assist (SEA)” section in chapter 7.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur:

• A door is opened without using the smart key.
• The trunk is opened without using the smart key.
• The engine hood is opened.

The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key.

The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the trunk. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the trunk from outside the vehicle with the smart key or by touching the touch sensor on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.

The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, opening any door, the trunk, or the hood without using the smart key will cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the trunk, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the trunk, or the doors are fully closed.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

i Information

• Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the engine by directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the trunk is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.

ADVANCED REAR OCCUPANT ALERT (ROA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Advanced Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help prevent the driver from leaving the vehicle with the rear passenger left in the vehicle.

System Setting

To use Rear Occupant Alert, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Convenience → Rear Occupant Alert

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Information

Deselect ‘Rear Occupant Alert’ from the settings menu to turn the system off.

System Operation

- First alert

When you turn off the engine and open the driver's door after opening and closing the rear door, the ‘Check rear seats’ warning message appears on the instrument cluster.

- Second alert

After the first alert, the second alert operates when any movement is detected in the vehicle after the driver's door is closed and all the doors are locked. The horn will sound for approximately 25 seconds. If the system continues to detect a movement, the alert operates up to 8 times. Also, a text message is sent to members of Genesis Connected Services (if available). If the system continues to detect a movement, the alert operates up to 8 times.

Unlock the doors with the smart key to stop the alert.

- The system detects movement in the vehicle for 10 minutes after the door is locked.

Information

• The second alert is available for vehicles equipped with the ROA sensor.
• Rear Occupant Alert also activates when movement is detected in the cargo area.
• The second alert is activated only after the prior activation of the first alert.

A

A: Cluster, B: Steering wheel

If you do not want to use Rear Occupant Alert, press the OK button on the steering wheel when the first alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the second alert one time.

- If the vehicle is started remotely (if equipped with Remote Start), inside movement detection will stop.

System Precautions

• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may operate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (for example, wind or bugs).
• The alert may operate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
• If the doors are locked with a passenger inside the vehicle, the alert may operate.
• An alert can occur if there is an impact on the vehicle.
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the vehicle, the system may not detect passengers. Or, the alert may operate if the boxes or objects fall off.
• The alert may operate when the vehicle is pushed or shaken, or while washed, or by surrounding noise or vibration after the vehicle is locked.
• The alert may operate when there are metallic or liquid objects in the vehicle.

WARNING

Even if your vehicle is equipped with Rear Occupant Alert, always make sure to check the rear seat before you leave the vehicle.

Advanced Rear Occupant Alert may not operate when:

• Movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
  • A child is not seated in a child restraint system.
• The detection signal is weak because the signal is obscured by seat or CRS (for example, child is restrained in the forward-facing CRS).
• Movement is detected in areas other than the rear seats.
• The rear passenger is covered with a fabric containing metallic substance such as a blanket.
  • An object in the vehicle blocks the sensor.
  • The sensor is contaminated by foreign material.
• An animal at the rear seat is not large enough to be detected by the sensor or there is hardly any movement.
• Attaching objects or modifying the interior ceiling, or the interior ceiling is deformed or damaged.
  • There are electronic interference around the vehicle.
  • Other environmental reasons that may affect the system.

Declaration of Conformity

The radio frequency components (ROA Radar Sensor) complies:

- For USA

FCC ID: NSZVITA001

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

OANATEL323

- For Canada

Model: VitaSense

IC: 3019A-VITA001

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

A: Driver's seat, B: Front passenger's seat,
©: Rear seat (if equipped)

Integrated Memory System for the driver's seat is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation.

• Seat position
  • Steering wheel position (power adjustment)
  • Side view mirror position
  • Head-Up Display (HUD) position and brightness (if equipped)

WARNING

Never attempt to operate the integrated memory system while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.

Information

• If the battery is disconnected, the memory settings will be erased.
- If integrated memory system does not operate normally, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Storing Memory Positions

1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the seat position, side view mirror position, steering wheel position and head-up display height/brightness to the desired position.
3. Press and hold one of the memory buttons (1, 2 or 3). The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.

'Settings 1 (2 or 3) saved' will appear on the cluster LCD display.

Recalling Memory Positions

1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1, 2 or 3). The system will beep once, and then the seat position, side view mirror position, steering wheel position and head-up display height/ brightness will automatically adjust to the stored positions.

'Settings 1 (2 or 3) applied' will appear on the cluster LCD display.

If you press the corresponding button which the setting is being recalled, the setting will temporarily deactivate. If you press the other buttons, the setting of the pressed button will activate.

For example, if you press number 1 button with the number 1 setting in operation, the setting will temporarily deactivate. If you press the number 2 button, the number 2 setting will activate.

If you adjust the seat, side view mirror, steering wheel or head-up display while recalling the stored positions, the pre-set settings will become ineffective.

i Information

• Up to 3 memories for front seats and up to 2 memories for rear seats can be saved.
• Only the driver's seat memory is displayed by message through the infotainment system screen.
• The front and rear passenger seat position memory can be saved and adjusted while the vehicle is being driven.
• If the seat is moved to the foremost position, or if the seatback is completely tilted forward, the seat memory cannot be saved.

Seat Easy Access

Seat easy access will move the driver's seat and steering wheel automatically as follows:

Easy accessing for driver's seat

- Exiting the vehicle:

The driver's seat, steering wheel and seat bolster will move as follows when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position with the gear in P (Park) and the driver's door open.

• Driver seat: Moves rearward depending on the distance selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system.
• Steering wheel: Moves upward
• Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted to the default position.

However, the driver's seat may not move rearward if there is not enough space between the driver's seat and the rear seats.

Also, on a regular basis, the steering wheel will also move forward to adjust its location by itself.

- Entering the vehicle:

The driver's seat, steering wheel and seat bolster will move as follows when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ACC, ON or START position or while carrying the smart key, the driver's door is closed with the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position.

• Driver seat: Moves back to its original position.
• Steering wheel: Moves back to its original position.
• Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted to the default position.

• Easy accessing for rear seat

3D rendered car interior view showing seat, rear seats, and dashboard controls (no text or symbols on the car itself)

ORS031024L

The rear seat automatically moves when exiting the vehicle. Adjust the setting of each rear seat from the rear armrest touchscreen.

- Setting Seat Easy Access :

You can set the Seat Easy Access function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Driver seat

Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Seating

Easy Access → Driver Seat Easy

Access → Normal Distance/

Extended Distance/Off

- Steering wheel

Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Seating

Easy Access → Steering Easy Access

- Left rear seat

Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Seating

Easy Access → Left Rear Seat

- Right rear seat

Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Seating

Easy Access → Right Rear Seat

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Resetting the System

Take the following procedures to reset integrated memory system, when one of the seat does not operate properly.

Resetting integrated memory system

1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position and the shift the gear to P (Park). Open the corresponding door of the seat that does not work properly.
2. Adjust the corresponding seat and seatback to the foremost position.
3. Press the number 1 button and push forward the seat movement switch over 2 seconds simultaneously.

While resetting integrated memory system

1. Resetting starts with a notification sound.
2. The corresponding seat and seatback is adjusted to the rearward position with the notification sound.
3. The corresponding seat and seatback is re-adjusted to the default position (central position) with the notification sound.

However, in the following cases, the resetting procedure and the notification sound may stop.

• The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
• The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h).
• The driver's door is closed.

NOTICE

• While integrated memory system is being reset, if the resetting and notification sound stops incompletely, restart the resetting procedure again.
• Make sure that there is no objects around the driver's seat in advance of resetting the integrated memory system.

SMART POSTURE CARE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The Smart Posture Care system automatically provides a healthy posture (position) for the driver's back, and sets the steering wheel, side view mirrors, head-up display positions according to the driver's body measurements.

Information

If the Seat Posture Care system does not operate normally, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OJWEV051211N

1. Check that the gear is in P (Park) while the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat → Smart Posture Care → Enter Driver’s Information’ from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.
3. Enter information (Height, inseam, Weight) in the infotainment system screen.
4. After entering the driver's information, press 'Posture Analysis Adjust Posture'. The driver's seat, steering wheel, side view mirror and head-up display will be adjusted.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

STEERING WHEEL

Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)

The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.

Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

CAUTION

If Motor Driven Power Steering does not operate normally, the ⚙! warning light and the message ‘Check motor driven power steering’ will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take the vehicle to an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products and have the system checked as soon as possible.

Information

The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be high immediately after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. This happens as the system performs the MDPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you might have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
• When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from MDPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated in order to prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Tilt/Telescopic Steering

When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position.

Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Power adjustment

To change the steering wheel angle and height:

• Push the switch ① up and down to adjust the angle ②.
• Push the switch ① forward or rearward to adjust the height ③.

NOTICE

Do not adjust the steering wheel longer than necessary when the engine is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain.

Resetting steering wheel power adjustment

If adjustment is no longer possible within the operable range while adjusting the steering wheel position (angle or height), reset as follows.

1. From the position the steering wheel has stopped, push the control switch ① for 10 seconds in the direction you were adjusting the steering wheel. The steering wheel will move in the direction the control switch is pushed.

2. Continue pushing the switch ① for at least 2 seconds after the steering wheel has stopped. Resetting will be complete after the operational range is recognized.

If the adjustment is still not possible after resetting the steering wheel power adjustment, have the system inspected by authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Horn

Top-down view of a car's head panel with a stylized wing logo and an arrow pointing to it (no text or symbols on the main body)

To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

NOTICE

Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

Heated Steering Wheel

While the engine is running, touch the heated steering wheel icon to warm the steering wheel.

Manually adjusting temperature

Each time you press the heated steering icon, the temperature changes as follows.

• OFF → HIGH → LOW
- Pressing the icon when temperature is low, the heated steering wheel will turn off.

Automatically adjusting temperature

• When HIGH is manually selected, the heated steering wheel automatically changes to the LOW position after 30 minutes. You can turn off the heated steering wheel by pressing the icon to the OFF position.
• When LOW is manually selected, the heated steering wheel will not be controlled manually.

Automatic Controls Linked to Climate Control Settings

The heated steering wheel automatically controls the steering wheel temperature depending on the ambient temperature when the engine is running.

To use this feature, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

Select:

• Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Warmer/Ventilation Features → Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings → Heated steering wheel See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.
• If you press the heated steering wheel icon when the feature is set, you must control the heated steering wheel manually.
• The heated steering wheel defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position. However, if the Automatic Controls Linked to Climate Control Settings feature is ON, the heated steering wheel will turn on and off depending on the outside temperature.

NOTICE

• Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.
• Do not strike the steering wheel grip surface with sharp objects. It may damage the heating element in the steering wheel.
• Do not clean the steering wheel surface using the following products. Heater and steering wheel surfaces may be damaged.
• Organic solvents such as thinner, alcohol and gasoline
• Chemical products such as leather cleaner, coating agent, and wax

Steering Wheel Grip Sensor

While driving the vehicle with the Driver Assistance system on, it detects whether the driver is holding the steering wheel and displays the Hands-off warning when the driver is not holding the steering wheel. See ‘Hands off warning’ from ‘Lane keeping assist (LKA)’, ‘Lane following assist (LFA)’, ‘Highway driving assist (HDA)’ section in chapter 7 for details.

In the following situations, the sensor may fail to detect the driver's hands although the driver is holding the steering wheel.

• When the driver is wearing gloves.
• When accessories such as a cover is attached on the steering wheel.
• When electronic device is touching the steering wheel.
• When the steering wheel is wet.

CAUTION

The steering wheel sensor may not work properly if the following precautions are not followed.

• Do not modify the steering wheel cover.
• Do not attach accessories on the rim of the steering wheel.
• Do not touch the steering wheel with electronic devices. (for example, Laptop, tablet PC, etc)
• Do not touch the steering wheel with metallic or conductive objects. (for example, Tumbler, soda can, etc)
• Do not excessively wet the steering wheel. (for example, spilled water, wet tissue, vapor from steam wash)

Haptic Warning/Steering Wheel Vibration Warning (if equipped)

If haptic steering wheel is equipped, the Driver Assistance system vibrates the steering wheel to warn the driver when the system indicates hazardous situations.

Setting haptic warning

• While the engine is on, select 'Setup → Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Haptic Warning' on the infotainment system.
  • Vibration intensity can be set to 'Strong', 'Medium', 'Light' or 'Off'

See description of each function from ‘Driver Assistant System’ in chapter 7 for details.

Rear Wheel Steering (RWS) (if equipped)

The Rear Wheel Steering system helps increase vehicle maneuverability and improve vehicle stability by using an electric motor to control the steering angle of the rear wheels according to the driving speed of the vehicle and the steering angle of the front wheels.

When driving at low speed, turning radius is reduced by steering the rear wheels in the opposite direction of the front wheels to increase maneuverability. At high speeds, the rear wheels are steered in the same direction as the front wheels to improve stability when turning and changing direction.

NOTICE

When using snow chains, be sure to turn off the Rear Wheel Steering by selecting 'Snow Chains Installed' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system to protect the vehicle.

After removing the snow chain, deselect 'Snow Chains Installed' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system. If it is not deselected, Rear Wheel Steering will not operate. For more details on setting the menu, refer to "Winter Tire" section in Chapter 6.

CAUTION

- If there is a problem with the Rear Wheel Steering system, a warning light and warning message appears on the instrument cluster and Rear Wheel Steering system stops working. If the warning light and warning message are still displayed even when the vehicle is stopped and the engine is restarted, have the vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

- If the Rear Wheel Steering system operation is stopped while the rear wheels are not straight, the vehicle may lean to one side while driving.

Information

With no warning light on the instrument cluster, the following conditions are normal:

• Immediately after starting the engine, Rear Wheel Steering system performs diagnostics and operates normally after about 2 seconds.
• When turning the engine on or off, Rear Wheel Steering system can operate for about 2 seconds even though the steering wheel is not steered to check system condition.
• Motor noise may be heard when you steer the vehicle while stopping or driving at low speed.
• In driving conditions in which the rear wheels are steered in the same direction as the front wheels when (_) is on the instrument cluster by pressing the Lane Following Assist button on the steering wheel or Highway Driving Assist function is activated, keep the rear wheels straight to improve Lane Keeping Assist performance.
• If ‘Snow Chains Installed’ is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system, the Rear Wheel Steering system stops operating, and the rear wheels are straightened.

MIRRORS

Inside Rearview Mirror

Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered.

WARNING

Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

NOTICE

When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system

Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System.

During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.

① HomeLink Channel 1
② HomeLink Channel 2
③ HomeLink Channel 3
④ Garage Door Opener Status Indicator: Closing or Closed
⑤ HomeLink Operation Indicator
⑥ Garage Door Opener Status Indicator: Opening or Opened
⑦ HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)

The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, refer to the Gentex website:

www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System

The HomeLink® Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio-frequency transmitters used to activate compatible devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, and home lighting.

NOTICE

HomeLink® operates while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position for safety reasons. It is to prevent unintentional security problems from happening when the vehicle is parked outside the garage.

WARNING

Before programming HomeLink® to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the HomeLink® with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982).

A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling the door to stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.

For more information, contact HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or call Home-Link customer support at 1-800-355-3515.

It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the handheld transmitter of the device being trained to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency.

1. Programming HomeLink®

The following steps show how to program HomeLink. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink website or call the HomeLink customer support toll-free number. Do this, before going back to the dealer who sold you the car.

• Visit the HomeLink website at: www.homelink.com. Then at the top of the page, choose your vehicle make. Then watch the YouTube video, and/or access additional website information.
  • If you choose to access the website via your cell phone, scan the QR code.

- Or, call HomeLink customer support at 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the vehicle make/model AND the opener device make/model readily available.)

1) Programming Preparation

1. When programming a garage door opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.

2. It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the handheld transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

3. Place the ignition switch to the ACC (Accessory) position for programming of HomeLink.

2) Programming a New HomeLink®

1. Press and release the HomeLink button (1), (2) or (3), you would like to program. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will flash orange slowly (if not, perform the steps of "Erasing HomeLink Buttons" section, and start over).

Close-up of a white car interior panel with a hand holding a small object (no visible text or symbols)

1. Position the garage door opener remote 1 - 3 inches (2 - 8 cm) away from the HoleLink buttons.

2. While the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ is flashing orange, press and hold the hand-held remote button. Continue pressing the handheld remote button until the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ light changes from orange to green. You may now release the handheld remote button.

3. Wait until your garage door comes to a complete stop, regardless of position, before proceeding to the next steps.
4. Press and release the HomeLink button you are programming and observe the indicator light.

- If the indicator light remains solid green, your device should operate when the HomeLink button is pressed. At this point, if your device operates, programming is complete.

- If the indicator light rapidly flashes green, firmly press, hold for two seconds and release the HomeLink button up to three times in a row slowly to complete the programming process. Do not press the HomeLink button rapidly. At this point if your device operates, programming is complete. If the device does not operate, continue with step 6.

1. At the garage door opener motor, (security gate motor, etc.) locate the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit (see the device's manual to identify this button). The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.

* A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.

1. Firmly press and release the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program" button. You now have up to 30 seconds in which to complete the next step.

2. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two seconds and release, the HomeLink button up to three times in a row slowly. Do not press the HomeLink button rapidly. As soon as you see the garage door start to move, stop pressing any buttons until a few seconds after the garage door has come to a complete stop, regardless of position. At this point, programming is complete and your device should operate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.

3) Two-Way Communication Programming (For select garage door openers)

If your garage door opener has the 'myQ' logo on its side, your opener likely has Two-Way Communication capability. HomeLink has the capability to establish Two-Way Communication with your garage door opener. HomeLink can receive and display "closing" or "opening" status messages from compatible garage door openers. At any time, Home-Link can also recall and display the last recorded status communicated by the garage door opener to indicate your garage door being "closed" or "opened".

To check if your garage door opener is compatible with this feature, refer to www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-way-Communication. If your garage door opener has this functionality, AND the Two-Way Communication indicators ④, ⑥ in the mirror appear while the garage door is opening/closing, then no further steps are needed. Two-Way Communication Programming is already complete. However, if your garage door opener has this functionality, AND the Two-Way Communication indicators ④, ⑥ in the mirror DO NOT appear while the garage door is opening/closing, use the following instructions to enable this functionality.

1. In your vehicle, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 seconds, then release. Confirm that the garage door is moving. AFTER it stops, you will have one minute to complete the following steps:

* A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.

1. On your garage door opener in your garage, locate the "Learn" button (usually near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the garage door opener). If there is difficulty locating this button, reference the device's owner's manual.
2. Press and release the "Learn" button.
3. A light on your garage door opener may flash, and your Two-Way Communication indicators ④, ⑥ in your vehicle may flash, confirming completion of the process.
4. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button to activate your garage door. The Two-Way Communication indicators ④, ⑥ flash in orange when the door is moving. Do not make any additional button presses until AFTER the garage door has come to a complete stop.
5. Your Two-Way Communication programming is now complete.

i Information

If your garage door opener has Two-Way Communication functionality, it is possible for HomeLink to stop functioning the garage door shortly after initial programming, IF the Two-Way Communication Programming wasn't properly completed. This usually happens after the first 10 times a programmed HomeLink button is pressed. If you experience this, completing the “Programming a New HomeLink Button” and “Two-Way Communication Programming” will restore door operation.

4) Canadian Programming

Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter remote signals to “time-out” (or quit) after a couple seconds of transmission, which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming.

If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the programming procedures, replace

"Programming a New HomeLink Button" step 3 with the following:

While the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ is flashing orange, press and release (“cycle”) your device’s handheld remote every two seconds until the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ changes from orange to green. You may now release the hand-held remote button. Then proceed with “Programming a New HomeLink Button” step 4.

1. Operating HomeLink®

1) Operating HomeLink®

1. Press and release the desired programmed HomeLink button (①, ② or ③).

i Information

The HomeLink indicator ⑦ should light green, solid or flashing, and your programmed device should operate.

If your device does not operate, the HomeLink programming was not successful, and you'll need to reprogram the button.

2) Two-Way Communication Display Behavior

Close-up of a white car interior panel with three black arrows pointing to the front panel (no text or symbols on the panel itself)

1. Press and release one of the programmed HomeLink buttons (①, ② or ③).

1. The indicator ④ and ⑥ operates as below, if your garage door opener has Two-Way Communication functionality.

2. If the indicator ④ flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Closing".

3. The indicator ④ turns solid green once the garage door has closed.
4. If the indicator ⑥ flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Opening".
5. The indicator ⑥ turns solid green once the garage door has fully opened.
6. If the indicator ④ or ⑥ does not turn to green, it indicates that the last status of garage door was not received properly. The HomeLink mirror tries to receive the last known status of the garage door for a few seconds.

3) Recalling Garage Door Status

HomeLink mirror with Two-Way Communication provides a way to view the last stored message from the garage door opener. In order to recall the last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.

• If the indicator ④ appears solid Green, it indicates that the last activated device was “closed” properly.

• If the indicator ⑥ appears solid Green, it indicates that the last activated device was “open” properly.

• Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
  1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single HomeLink® Button:

• Press and hold the desired HomeLink button you want to re-program. DO NOT release the button.
• The HomeLink indicator light ⑦ will illuminate solid green. Release the button as soon as the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ begins to flash orange, usually about 20 seconds.
• Proceed with the steps in the "Programming a New HomeLink Button" section.

Information

If you do not complete the re-programming of a new device to the button, it will revert to the previously stored programming.

2) The following instructions will erase ALL HomeLink® programming from ALL buttons:

Close-up of a car rearview mirror with a black arrow pointing to a small inset showing two dots labeled '7' (no text or symbols on the main subject)

1. Press and hold the buttons ① and ③ simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light ⑦ will illuminate solid Orange for about 10 seconds.
3. Release the buttons once the HomeLink indicator light ⑦ changes to Green and flashes rapidly.
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons ①, ② and ③ are cleared of any programming.

Information

HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House logo are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation.

The myQ logo is a registered trademark of The Chamberlain Group, Inc.

FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)

This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and Innovation, Science, and Economic Development Canada RSS-210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation. WARNING: The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and ISED rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

This equipment complies with FCC and ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End Users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This transmitter must be at least 20cm from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

graph TD
    A["Programming Preparation Follow PP1 ~ PP3"] --> B["Programming a New HomeLink Button Step P1 ~ P4"]
    B --> C["Check HomeLink Indicator(4) status? Solid Green or Flashing Green Step P5"]
    C --> D{Does HomeLink indicator(4) appear solid green?}
    D -->|Yes| E["Does GDO operate(opening/closing)?"]
    D -->|No| F["Go to Erasing and Reprogramming a Single HomeLink Button"]
    E --> G["Requires to press Learn button at GOD Step P6 ~ P7"]
    F --> G
    G --> H{Does GDO operate(opening/closing)? Step P8}
    H -->|No| I["Complete Programming"]
    H -->|Yes| J["Does GDO operate and Two-Way Communication Indicator(S), (6) appears orange while GDO is opening/closing?"]
    J --> K{Does GDO operate and Two-Way Communication Indicator(S), (6) appears orange while GDO is opening/closing?}
    K -->|No| L["Two-Way Communication GDO Steps TP1 ~ TP4"]
    K -->|Yes| M["Does GDO operate and Two-Way Communication functionality?"]
    M --> N{Does your GDO have Two-Way Communication functionality?}
    N -->|No| O["Three Ways: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    N -->|Yes| P["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication GDO Does GDO operate and Two-Way Communication Indicator(S), (6) appears orange while GDO is opening/closing?"]
    P --> Q["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    P -->|Yes| R["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    R --> S["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    S --> T["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    T --> U["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    U --> V["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    V --> W["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    W --> X["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    X --> Y["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    Y --> Z["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    Z --> AA["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AA --> AB["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AB --> AC["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AC --> AD["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AD --> AE["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AE --> AF["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AF --> AG["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AG --> AH["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AH --> AI["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AI --> AJ["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AJ --> AK["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AK --> AL["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AL --> AM["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AM --> AN["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AN --> AO["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AO --> AP["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AP --> AQ["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AQ --> AR["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]
    AR --> AS["Three Ways: Two-Way Communication Functionality Through: www.homelink.com, Call 1-800-355-3515, GDO Manual"]

ODL3A040518

Side View Mirrors

Close-up of a car's side mirror and handle, showing no text or symbols on the object itself.

Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.

The right side view mirror is convex.

Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.

Use the inside side view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving.

WARNING

Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

NOTICE

• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
• Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.

Adjusting the rearview mirrors

Adjusting the rearview mirrors:

1. Turn the outer ring to the left or right ① to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch ② to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, return the outer ring to the center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE

• The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the rearview mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

Folding the rearview mirrors

Close-up of a car dashboard knob with a black arrow pointing to the center (no text or symbols visible)

The rearview mirrors can be folded or unfolded by pressing the button.

Infotainment system setting

- On door unlock

If ‘Setup → Vehicle → Welcome Mirror/Light → On Door Unlock’ is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen,

• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the touch sensor on the outside door handle.

- On driver approach

If ‘Setup → Vehicle → Welcome Mirror/Light → On Driver Approach’ is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen, the mirror will unfold when the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

NOTICE

• The electric type side view mirror operates even though the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running.
• Do not fold the electric type side view mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure.

i Information

• 'On door unlock' must be set in the infotainment system to select 'On driver approach.
• For the safety reasons, the side view mirrors do not fold when vehicle speed is above 9 mph (15 km/h).

Reverse Parking Aid (if equipped)

Close-up of a car dashboard with two circular gauges and directional arrows indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

When the gear is shifted to the R (Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid with driving in reverse.

The position of the side view mirror outer ring ① determines whether or not the mirrors will move:

How it works

• When the outer ring is either in the left side or right side, both side view mirrors will move.
• If the outer rings is in the center position, both side view mirrors will not move.

The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions if any of the following occur:

• The Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to either the OFF position or the ACC position.
• The gear is shifted to any position except R (Reverse).

Reverse parking aid user settings mode

You may change the angle of the side view mirror if it is difficult to see the side view with the basic downward mirror angle provided when reversing.

When the vehicle is first delivered, the set downward angle of the left and right side view mirror are different to ensure driver visibility.

1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift the gear to R (Reverse). When the outer ring is either in the left position or right position, both side view mirror angle will move downward to the basic set position.
3. Rotate the outer ring either to the left position or right position to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust. Then press “▼, ▲, ◀, ▶” switch to adjust the side view mirror to the desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the adjusted side view mirror angle, shift the gear to another position other than R (Reverse), or rotate the outer ring to the center position.
5. Set the other side view mirror following the above procedure 1 to 4.

Resetting reverse parking aid user settings mode

To change the side view mirror angle back to the basic angle, shift the gear to R (Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle higher than when the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) and D (Drive).

i Information

When changing the angle of both side view mirrors, it is recommended to change the angle one side at a time following the procedure 1 to 4.

WINDOWS

① Driver's door power window switch
② Front passenger's door power window switch
③ Rear door (left) power window switch
④ Rear door (right) power window switch
⑤ Window opening and closing
⑥ Automatic power window
⑦ Rear side window sunshades
⑧ Power window lock switch/Electronic child safety lock

Information

If the rear passenger seat sunshades are equipped, you can fold/unfold the sunshades with the window switch. For details, see "Rear Side sunshades" in chapter 5.

Power Windows

The Engine Start/Stop button must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock button which can block the operation of rear passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 3 minutes after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 3 minute period.

Window opening and closing

To open:

Press the window switch down to the first detent position ⑤. Release the switch when you want the window to stop.

To close:

Pull the window switch up to the first detent position ⑤. Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.

Auto up/down window

Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position ⑥ completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

Resetting the power windows

If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Automatic reverse

Illustration of a toy car with a teddy bear and a numbered inset showing a 6-inch head (no text or symbols on the main image)

If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 in. (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

Information

The automatic reverse feature is only active when the “Auto Up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Objects less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.

Power window lock button

Close-up of a car control panel with a black arrow pointing to a button, no visible text or symbols on the panel itself.

The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock button.

When the power window lock button is pressed:

• The rear passenger control will not be able to operate the rear passenger power window.
• Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock button in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child.

NOTICE

• To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

Remote Window Open Feature (Remote Window Control) (if equipped)

White electronic device with attached cable, no visible text or symbols on body

You can open the window remotely with the smart key.

1. Press and hold the door unlock button ① for over 3 seconds, while the engine is turned off.

2. Rear doors are unlocked and windows are completely opened.

3. If you release the button while the window is opening, the window will stop operating.

CAUTION

• If the distance between the vehicle and your smart key changes while the window is being opened or closed, the window may stop operating. Do not stand too far away from the vehicle when remotely opening or closing the window.
• Note that the doors are also unlocked when you open the window with the remote opening feature.

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof switch located on the overhead console.

Top-down view of a white car interior with vent slots and side grilles (no text or symbols visible)

The sunroof can only be operated when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON or START position.

The sunroof can be operated for approximately 3 minutes after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front door is open, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 3 minute period.

WARNING

• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when your vehicle stops. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause injury, or property damage.
• Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.

NOTICE

Do not operate the sunroof when roof bars are installed on the vehicle or when there is luggage on the roof.

Power Sunshade

Use the power sunshade to block direct sunlight coming through the sunroof glass.

Using front seat power sunshade

Two views of a car interior showing directional arrows and internal components (no text or symbols)

• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the first detent position, the power sunshade automatically slides open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward to the first detent position, the power sunshade automatically closes. However, if the sunroof glass is open, the glass will close first.

To stop the power sunshade at any point, push the sunroof switch in any direction.

Using the rear seat power sunshade (if equipped)

Close-up of a white car seat cover with a black arrow pointing to the center (no text or symbols visible)

Operating rear seat sunshade switch

Press the switch to open the rear seat power sunshade. Press again to close the sunshade.

The sunroof will not be opened.

Operating rear seat sunshade from touchscreen

: Stops the rear seat power sunshade from opening or closing.

: Stops the seat mode and the rear seat power sunshade from operating.

1. Press from the left side menu of the armrest touchscreen.

- Sunshade adjusting screen is displayed.

1. Press and slide in the center of the display upward or downward to completely raise or lower the power sunshade.

- To adjust the power sunshade to the desired position when the sunshade is opening or closing, press 🖼️ on the upper right part of the touchscreen or press 📄 again.

CAUTION

Do not push or pull the power sunshade with your hands. The sunshade may be damaged and cause malfunction.

i Information

• Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade are normal due to material characteristic.
• While the power sunshade is opened or being operated, the mood lighting turns off.

Tilt Open/Close

Close-up of a car's front bumper with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

• Push the sunroof switch upward, the sunroof glass tilts open. However, if the power sunshade is closed, the sunshade will open first.
• Push the sunroof switch upward or forward when the sunroof glass is tilt opened, the sunroof glass automatically closes.

To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof switch in any direction.

Slide Open/Close

Top-down view of a car's front panel showing a right-pointing arrow icon, and the lower panel with an arrow pointing to a control panel (no text or symbols on the main components)

- Push the sunroof switch rearward to the first detent position, the sunroof glass opens. However, if the power sunshade is closed, the power sunshade will open first.

Push the sunroof switch forward to the first detent position, the sunroof glass closes. However, if the sunroof glass is closed, the power sunshade will close.

- Push the sunroof switch forward or rearward to the second detent position, the power sunshade and sunroof glass operate automatically (auto slide feature).

To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof switch in any direction.

Automatic Reverse

Illustration of a cartoon character on a tiled surface with an arrow pointing right (no text or symbols)

If the power sunshade or sunroof glass senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop at a certain position.

The auto reverse feature may not work if an object thin or soft is caught between the sliding power sunshade or sunroof glass and sunroof sash.

WARNING

• Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof. Body parts or objects may get caught causing injuries or vehicle damage.
• Never deliberately use your body parts to test the automatic reverse feature. The power sunshade or sunroof glass may reverse direction, but there is a risk of injury.

NOTICE

• Do not continue to push the sunroof switch after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the sunroof motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may cause the motor or sunroof system to malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated dust on the sunroof rail.
• Dust accumulated between the sunroof and roof panel can make noise. Open the sunroof and remove dust regularly using a clean cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice. The sunroof may not work properly and may break if opened by force.
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof glass open immediately after rain or washing the vehicle. Water may wet the interior of the vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside the sunroof while driving. Vehicle damage may occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.

WARNING

Do not extend your head, arms, body parts or objects outside the sunroof while driving. Injuries may occur if the vehicle suddenly stops.

Resetting the Sunroof Front seat power sunshade and glass

Top-down view of a car interior with visible windows and roof tiles (no text or symbols)

In some circumstances resetting the sunroof operation may need to be performed. Some instances where resetting the sunroof may be required include:

• When the 12-volt battery is either disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/CLOSE operation is not functioning properly

Sunroof resetting procedure:

1. It is recommended to perform the reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and sunroof glass are in the fully closed position. If the power sunshade and sunroof glass are open, push the switch forward until the power sunshade and sunroof glass are fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the power sunshade and sunroof glass are fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the power sunshade and sunroof glass move slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sunroof switch forward until the power sunshade and sunroof glass slide open and close.
6. Do not release the switch until the operation is completed.
   If you release the switch during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.

i Information

If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.

Rear Seat Power Sunshade

Interior view of a car seatbelt with a black arrow pointing to the backrest (no text or symbols visible)

Reset the rear seat power sunshade in the following situations.

• When the 12-volt battery is either disconnected or discharged.

• When the rear seat power sunshade is not working properly.

• It is recommended to perform the reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in P (Park).

• Press and hold the switch until the rear seat power sunshade is fully closed.

• Hold the switch until the rear seat power sunshade slightly moves. Release the switch until the sunshade moves slightly.

• Press and hold the switch again until the power sunshade is opened then closed.

- Do not release the switch until the rear seat sunshade completes opening/closing. If you release the switch during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.

CAUTION

The rear seat power sunshade may not work properly if it is not reset.

Sunroof Open Warning

Top-down view of a car on a dark background (no text or symbols visible)

If the driver turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for several seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display.

Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

CAUTION

Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.

HOOD

Opening the Hood

Close-up of a mechanical component with a close-up inset showing a curved tool or bracket (no visible text or symbols)

1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

1. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch ① inside of the hood center and lift the hood ②.

After the hood has been lifted halfway, it will raise completely by itself.

Closing the Hood

1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:

2. Any tools or other loose objects are removed from the engine compartment area or hood opening area

3. All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed from the engine compartment

4. All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed

5. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 in. (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.

WARNING

• Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.

POWER TRUNK

Power Trunk Operating Conditions

The power trunk operates when vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h).

WARNING

• Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children may operate the power trunk. Doing so can result in injury to themselves or others and can damage the vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people or objects and enough space around the trunk before operating the power trunk or smart trunk prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects (for example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.) may result if contact with the trunk occurs.
• Make sure there are no people or objects around the trunk before operating the power trunk. Wait until the liftgate is opened fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.
• Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.

NOTICE

• Do not close or open the power trunk manually. This may cause damage to the power trunk. If it is necessary to close or open the power trunk manually when the battery is discharged or disconnected, do not apply excessive force.
• Do not operate the power trunk more than 10 times continuously when the engine is not running. Use the power trunk with the engine running when the power trunk is used repeatedly to prevent battery discharge.
• Do not leave the trunk open for a long period of time. This may drain the battery.
• Do not modify or repair any part of the power trunk by yourself. Have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not operate the power trunk under the following conditions. The power trunk may not operate properly.
• One side of the vehicle is lifted to inspect the vehicle or change a tire
• Parking on an uneven road such as a slope, etc.
• Close the trunk completely and lock all doors and trunk using the central door lock button before using an automatic car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly on the power trunk outside open/close button. The trunk may open unintentionally.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, the outside power trunk open button may not work properly due to freezing conditions. If this occurs, remove the ice before using the outside power trunk open/close button or use the power trunk open/close button on the smart key or the instrument panel.
• If you leave the smart key in the trunk and close the trunk, a warning will sound for about 5 seconds. If this occurs, open the trunk by pressing the power trunk open button on the outside of the trunk.
• If there are obstacles such as snow on the trunk, the trunk may not open automatically. After removing the obstacle, try to open it again.
• Be careful where there is an incline, as the trunk lid may drop slightly when it is stopped before it fully opens.

Operating the Power Trunk

Power trunk open button (Smart key)

White electronic device with a coiled cable and a black arrow pointing to it, no visible text or symbols on the device body.

When the trunk is closed, press the power trunk open button for 1 second. The trunk will open with a warning sound.

While the trunk is opening, press the button to stop power trunk operation.

Power trunk open/close button (Instrument panel)

Close-up of a white electronic device component with a circular button and label 'ORS051060' (no readable text or symbols on the device itself)

When the trunk is closed, press the power trunk open/close button for 1 second. The power trunk will open with a warning sound.

While the trunk is opening, press the button to stop power trunk operation.

When the trunk is opened, press and hold the trunk open/close button to close the power trunk. If you release the button while the trunk is closing, power trunk operation will stop with a warning sound for 5 seconds.

Power trunk open button (Outside the power trunk)

Side profile of a modern sedan with a close-up of its logo (no visible text or symbols on the car body)

When the trunk is closed, press the power trunk open button to open the trunk.

If the vehicle is locked, press the power trunk open button with the smart key in your possession.

While the trunk is opening, press the button to stop power trunk operation.

Power trunk close button (Inside the power trunk)

Close-up of a car's front bumper with a car icon and directional arrow, next to a small inset image (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Press the power trunk close button. The trunk closes automatically.

While the trunk is closing, press the button to stop power trunk operation.

Power trunk lock button (Inside the power trunk)

Close-up of a smart car head panel with a lock button, no visible text or symbols on the device itself.

Press the power trunk lock button while carrying the smart key. The power trunk closes and locks automatically.

Additionally, all doors will lock.

The trunk will close and lock, and all doors will lock only when the engine is off.

Switching the power trunk from manual to automatic

If you apply over a certain amount of power manually when the trunk is opened, the power trunk system detects the direction and closes or opens automatically.

• The power trunk fully opens when the trunk is raised
• The power trunk closes completely when the trunk is lowered

Information

The power trunk may not operate properly if the trunk is not opened above a certain height.

Automatic reverse

During power trunk operation if the power trunk senses any obstacle, the trunk will stop or will fully open. The automatic reverse feature may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• The automatic reverse feature may not detect the resistance if the detected resistance is below a certain level, or if the trunk is almost fully closed near the latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may operate if a strong impact is applied with no obstructions placed.

WARNING

Never intentionally place any object or part of your body in the path of the power trunk to make sure the automatic reverse feature operates. Serious injury, or damage to the vehicle or object may occur.

Information

The power trunk may stop operating if the automatic reverse feature operates more than two times while attempting to open or close the trunk. If this occurs, carefully open or close the trunk manually, and then after 30 seconds try to operate the power trunk automatically again.

Power Trunk Settings

Power trunk opening height

To adjust the power trunk opening height, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Door/Trunk → Power Trunk Opening Height’ in the infotainment system.

The infotainment system may change after updates. For detailed information on system settings, see the infotainment system web manual.

Trunk Lid Control Button

Close-up of a car interior panel with a highlighted electronic component (no visible text or symbols)

When the trunk lid control button is in the UNLOCK (button not pressed) position, the trunk can be controlled with the power trunk open or close button.

When this trunk lid control button is in the LOCK (button pressed) position, the power trunk can be opened using the trunk safety release lever.

The smart trunk does not operate, when the trunk lid control button is pressed to the LOCK position.

WARNING

Always be careful that all faces, hands, arms, body parts are not in the path of the power trunk. Even though the trunk lid control button is in the LOCK (button pressed) position, the trunk will still be propelled upward by mechanical force if the trunk is manually opened more than 10 degrees beyond the fully closed position. In addition, if the trunk is manually closed to the secondary latch position, the trunk will be electrically moved to the fully latched position.

CAUTION

• Always keep the trunk lid control button in the LOCK (button pressed) position when not in use. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional operation.
- Do not leave valuables in the trunk. Even though the trunk lid control button is in the LOCK (button pressed) position, the trunk can be opened using the trunk release lever.

Information

Close the trunk and keep the trunk lid control button in the LOCK (button pressed) position before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash.

Resetting the Power Trunk

In some circumstances resetting the power trunk operation may need to be performed. Some instances where resetting the power trunk may be required include:

• When the 12-volt battery is recharged
• When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled after removal or replacement

• When the related fuse is reinstalled after removal or replacement

• With the engine off or running, put the gear in P (Park).

• While Pressing the power trunk close inner button, press the power trunk open outer button for more than 3 seconds. A chime will sound.

• Slowly close the trunk manually.

• Press the power trunk open outer button. The trunk will open with a chime sound.

Wait until the trunk fully opens to complete resetting. If the trunk stops before it is fully open, resetting cannot be completed.

Information

If the power trunk does not operate properly after the above procedure, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Emergency Trunk Safety Release

Inside the trunk

Close-up of a hand holding a car's air vent with a switch labeled 'OPEN' and directional arrows indicating rotation (no text beyond label)

Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency trunk safety release lever located inside the trunk. When someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the trunk can be opened by moving the lever in the direction of the arrow and pushing the trunk lid to open.

Inside the vehicle

Follow the below procedure to open the trunk manually when the battery is discharged or when there is a problem with the vehicle:

1. Open the pass through cover ① at the center of the rear seat.

2. Pull trunk release lever all the way back that is located behind the left side of the pass through cover.

1. With the lever pulled to the end, fix the lever ③ on the projecting part ②.

2. Lift and open the trunk manually.

3. Place manual trunk release lever back to original position or trunk will not close.

SMART TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED)

Illustration of a car with open trunk and a 3D figure carrying a package, no text or symbols present

On a vehicle equipped with a smart key, the trunk can be opened with hands-free activation using the smart trunk system.

How to Use the Smart Trunk

The hands-free smart trunk system can be opened automatically when the following conditions are met:

• The smart trunk option is enabled in the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.
• The smart trunk is activated and ready 15 seconds after all the doors are closed and locked
• The smart trunk will open when the smart key is detected in the area behind the vehicle for 3 seconds

Information

The smart trunk will NOT operate when:

• Any door is open, or all doors are closed but not locked
- The smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked
- For vehicles equipped with illuminated exterior front door handles, if the smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked or if the smart key is within 60 in. (1.5 m) from the front door handles
• The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Settings

To use smart trunk, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Door/Trunk → Smart Trunk

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

2. Detect and Alert

The smart trunk detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in. (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound to alert you that the smart trunk will open.

Information

Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the trunk to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, move away from the area behind the vehicle with the smart key. The trunk will remain closed.

3. Automatic opening

After the hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds 6 times, the smart trunk will open.

Deactivating smart trunk

White keychain with four labeled buttons (1-4) and a black tag, no visible text or symbols on the main body.

① Door lock
② Door unlock
③ Trunk open/close
④ Panic

If you press any button on the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the smart trunk function will be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the smart trunk function for emergency situations.

Information

• If you press the door unlock button ②, the smart trunk function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart trunk function will be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button ③ for more than 1 second, the trunk opens.
• The smart trunk function will still be activated if you press the door lock button ① or trunk open button ③ on the smart key as long as the smart trunk is not already in the Detect and Alert stage.
• In case you have deactivated the smart trunk function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the smart trunk function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.

Detecting Area

• The smart trunk detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in. (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you that the smart trunk will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key is moved outside of the detecting area within the 3 second period.

Information

- The smart trunk function may not operate properly if any of the following instances occur:

• The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.

• The smart trunk detecting area may change when:

• The vehicle is parked on an incline
• or slope.
• One side of the vehicle is raised or lowered relative to the opposite side.

FUEL FILLER DOOR

Opening the Fuel Filler Door

Abstract grayscale graphic with a curved line and a black arrow icon, no readable text or symbols

1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver's door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3 o'clock position.

Close-up of a car fuel plug with labeled parts (1 and 2), showing internal components and a circular valve mechanism (no text or symbols beyond labels)

1. Pull the fuel filler door ① outward to access the fuel tank cap.
2. To remove the fuel tank cap ②, turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
3. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information

If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Closing the Fuel Filler Door

1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.

i Information

The fuel filler door will not close if the driver's door is locked. If you lock the driver's door while fueling, unlock it before closing the fuel filler door.

WARNING

Automotive fuel is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Fuel Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.

• Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other fuel source, with your bare hand.

• When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
  Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.

• Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store fuel.
• When refueling, always shift the gear to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause fuel spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
  • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

Information

Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel Requirements” section in suggested in chapter 1.

NOTICE

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Genesis cap or the equivalent (of the genuine part) specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

HEAD-UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Interior view of a vehicle showing steering wheel, dashboard display, and control panel (no readable text or symbols)

The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving.

Head-up Display Settings

ORS051237L

- Head-up display can be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Head-Up Display → Enable Head-Up Display

- After turning on the head-up display, you can change the settings of 'Display Control' and 'Content Selection' of the head-up display.

The infotainment system may change after updates. See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Head-up Display Information

ORG3051266N

① Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
② Traffic signs or speed limit
③ Speedometer
④ SCC set speed
⑤ SCC vehicle distance
⑥ Lane Following Assist
⑦ Lane Safety
⑧ Blind-Spot Safety
⑨ Highway Auto Speed Change
⑩ Highway Driving Assist
⑪ Surrounding vehicles

Precautions While Using the Head-up Display

- It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head-up display in the following situations.

• The driver is improperly positioned in the driver's seat.
• The driver wears polarizing-filter sunglasses.
• An object is located above the head-up display cover
• The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
• Any improper lighting accessory is installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle.
• The driver wears glasses.
• The driver wears contact lenses.

When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the image height or brightness level from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

• For your safety, make sure to stop the vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• Do not tint the front windshield glass or add other types of metallic coating. Otherwise, the head-up display image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the crash pad or attach any objects on the windshield glass.
• When replacing the front windshield glass, replace it with a windshield glass designed for head-up display operation. Otherwise, duplicated images may be displayed on the windshield glass.

WARNING

The warning information of Blind-Spot Safety on the head-up display are supplemental. Do not solely depend on them to change lanes. Always take a look around before changing lanes.

Information

Head-up Display includes GPL, LGPL, MPL and other open source license softwares. All license notices including related source code are provided at http://www.mobis.co.kr/opensource/list.do.

If the driver requests on-board software open source code via [e-mail] within 3 years after buying this product, a CD-ROM or other storage device will be sent with the minimum cost covering storage device cost and delivery cost.

OVER-THE-AIR SOFTWARE UPDATE

The Over-The-Air software update feature allows you to wirelessly update software to the latest version. Using this feature, you can keep your vehicle system up to date with the latest software without visiting an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

• Over-The-Air software update is an option, visiting your selected dealer will continue to be an option.

Downloading Software

Vehicles with Active and Enrolled Genesis Connected Services can automatically download software while driving. After the latest software has been successfully downloaded, you will receive a notification on your phone or on the vehicle screen that the software update is available and ready to install.

Approving Software Update

After the vehicle ignition is turned off, the vehicle system will provide the option to start the update.

• To start the update, press 'Start' ①.
- To postpone the update, press 'Later' ②.

Preparing Software Update

If you press the 'Start' button on the screen, the vehicle will begin installing the update automatically. The following conditions must be satisfied:

• The vehicle must be off.
• The gear must be in P (Park).
- The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) must be applied.
• The exterior lights must be turned off.
• The hood must be closed.
• The battery must be sufficient.
- The systems to be updated must not be running.

• To update immediately, press 'Update Now'.
• To cancel the update, press 'Cancel Update'.

Updating Software

ORS052314N

You can see the progress of the update on the screen.

After the update is complete, you will receive a notification on your phone or the vehicle screen that the software update is complete.

Information

The screen turns off automatically after 3 minutes to save the battery. If the screen turns off automatically, you can check the update progress by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.

Information

• After the update starts, you can exit the vehicle.
- The Over-The-Air software update feature is only available for Active and Enrolled Genesis Connected Services users.
- The update details may vary, for details you can visit the What's New link.
- Check the notice for the Over-The-Air software update on mygenesis.com
- If the update fails, the ECU will attempt to recovery itself automatically (rollback). If you want to retry the software update, even after a successful recovery, contact Genesis Customer Care.
• If the update or recovery fails, contact Genesis Customer Care.
- After the update is complete, it may provide new functions or improvements. For more information, see the “Over-The-Air software update” page on mygenesis.com

NOTICE

- Observe the following restrictions during the update.

• You cannot use the vehicle during the update. Be sure to have enough time for the update, and safely park the vehicle before starting the update process.
• You cannot use remote features, including remote start.
• The Rear Occupant Alert feature may not work. Check if there are any occupants in the rear seat.

• If there is an update for the Genesis Digital Key feature, the doors cannot be locked or unlocked using the digital key, or fingerprint recognition. If the Genesis Digital Key feature is being updated, use the smart key to lock or unlock the doors.

• The update will be automatically canceled if any vehicle conditions required for the update are changed before starting the update.

• Once the update has started, you cannot cancel the update.
• You cannot use the Over-The-Air software update feature if you modify or replace any vehicle software.
• Do not open the hood or replace the battery in the vehicle during the update. The update may fail.
• If a diagnostic tool of any kind is connected to the vehicle OBD (On-board Diagnostic) terminal, the vehicle cannot be updated. The vehicle can be updated by removing the diagnostic tool connected to the OBD terminal and then restarting the vehicle.
• If the update is not completed successfully, contact Genesis Customer Care.
• Vehicle reception must be identified as Verizon to safely install any downloaded software.
• Vehicle signal strength, must be strong (above -82 dbm) to safely install any downloaded software.

EXTERIOR LIGHTS

Lighting Control

To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:

① OFF
② AUTO headlight
③ Parking lamp
④ Headlight

Daytime Running Light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when:

• The headlights are ON.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle is turned off.

AUTO headlight

The parking lamp and headlight will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor ① at the upper end of the windshield glass.

Even with the AUTO headlight feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlights when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

NOTICE

• Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor ① located at the upper end of the windshield glass.
• Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle window is tinted or other types of metallic coating are on the front windshield, the AUTO headlight system may not work properly.

Parking lamp (→)

Close-up of a gray handheld device with a black curved arrow pointing to its neck (no visible text or symbols)

The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Headlight (≡D)

Close-up of a remote control device with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols visible)

The headlight, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

i Information

The Engine Start/Stop button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlight.

High Beam Operation

Close-up of a handheld device with a 'AUTO' control panel and sun icon, no visible text or symbols on the device itself.

To turn on the high beam headlight, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position.

The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on.

To turn off the high beam headlight, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

Close-up of a handheld device with a black arrow pointing to its left side, showing no visible text or symbols.

To flash the high beam headlight, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

Turn Signals and Lane Change Signals

To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position Ⓐ.

If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

One touch turn signal

To use One Touch Turn Signal push the turn signal lever up or down to position Ⓑ and then release it.

The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.

You can enable the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle → Lights → One Touch Turn Signal → 3 flashes/5 flashes /7 flashes/Off’ in the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Battery Saver Function

The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.

With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.

However, the parking lamps stay ON even when the driver-side door is opened if the headlight switch is turned to the parking lamp or AUTO (if equipped) position after the engine is turned off.

If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn the parking lamps OFF and ON again using the headlight switch on the steering column after the engine is turned off.

Headlight Delay Function

If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC position or the OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.

The headlights (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning the headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO position.

You can enable the headlight delay function by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle → Lights → Headlight Delay’ in the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

NOTICE

If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight delay function does not turn OFF automatically.

This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlights manually from the headlight switch before exiting the vehicle.

WARNING

If the function does not work properly, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself.

Headlight Moisture Removal Function

When moisture fogs up inside of the headlight, if the headlights are on for certain period of time, the fan circulates the air inside to remove moisture. If moisture is not removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

WARNING

Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.

NOTICE

Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.

Interior Lamp AUTO Cut

The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 25 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

Front Lamps

Interior view of a car air vent with three directional arrows pointing to the vent (no text or symbols visible)

A: Front overhead console
B: Rear seat armrest touchscreen

- Front map lamp

Touch either icons to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.

- Front door lamp (1)

The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened. When doors are unlocked by the smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is closed. However, if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps will stay on for about 5 minutes.

- Front room lamp (※)

Press the button to turn on the room lamp for the front and rear seats. Press the button again to turn off all the lamps.

Information

To adjust the lights using the rear armrest touchscreen, press 📋 from the left side menu on the touchscreen.

Rear Lamps

Close-up of a metallic vehicle front panel with three black arrows pointing upward, no visible text or symbols.

B

Interior view of a car cockpit with three seats and three illuminated buttons, no visible text or symbols on the main objects.

ORS051251L

A: Rear seat (if equipped)
⑧: Rear seat armrest touchscreen (if equipped)

• Touch the icon to turn either lamp on or off.
  • 📋: Touch the icon to turn the lamp on or off.

Information

To adjust the lights using the rear armrest touchscreen, press 📋 from the left side menu on the touchscreen.

Close-up of a car interior panel with a directional indicator and arrow pointing to the button (no text or symbols on the panel itself)

Interior view of a car cockpit with two seats and control buttons, no visible text or symbols on the main body.

Ⓐ: Rear seat (if equipped)
B: Rear seat armrest touchscreen

- Press the button to turn the lamp on or off.

i Information

To adjust the lights using the rear armrest touchscreen, press from the left side menu on the touchscreen.

Interior Lamp Color Temperature

Interior view of a car dashboard with a numbered component and an arrow pointing to it (no readable text or symbols)

A: Front overhead console
B: Rear armrest touchscreen
① Press the button to turn all the lamps on. Hold the button for over 1 second to change the color temperature as follows.

- Warm → Normal → Cool

② From the lighting menu of the rear armrest touchscreen, slide the left sidebar or touch the arrows to change the color temperature as follows.

- Warm → Normal → Cool

i Information

To adjust the lights using the rear armrest touchscreen, press 📋 from the left side menu on the touchscreen.

Interior Lamp Brightness

Interior view of a car dashboard with a door and seat, showing no visible text or symbols.

A: Front overhead console
B: Rear armrest touchscreen
① Press the button and turn on all the lamps. Press and hold the button for over 1 second to change the brightness.
② From the lighting menu of the rear armrest touchscreen, slide the right sidebar or touch the arrows to change the brightness in 3 stages.

i Information

To adjust the lights using the rear armrest touchscreen, press 📋 from the left side menu on the touchscreen.

Vanity Mirror Lamp

Close-up of a car interior panel showing a sun icon and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror lamp.

Rear Mirror Lamp (if equipped)

Close-up of a gray computer mouse with an arrow icon and a highlighted button (no text or symbols on the main image)

Press the cover and it will slowly open and the mirror lamp will turn on.

Glove Box Lamp

Exterior view of a modern office building (no signage)

The glove box lamp turns on when the glove box is opened.

If the glove box is not completely closed, the lamp will stay on for about 20 minutes.

Mood Lamp/Foot Lamp/Door Foot Lamp

- Mood lamp®: The lamp turns on when 'Setup → Vehicle → Lights → Ambient Light' is selected from the infotainment system screen.

- Foot lamp ^B , Door foot lamp Ⓒ : The lamp turns on when a door is opened and turns off when the door is closed.

Trunk Lamp

Exterior view of a car trunk with illuminated windows and a highlighted rectangular area (no text or symbols)

The trunk lamp comes on when the trunk is opened.

Puddle Lamp

Illustration of a modern sedan with a close-up of its roof marking (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Welcome light

When all doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.

• The doors are unlocked by the smart key.
- The outside door handle touch sensor is touched with the smart key in possession.
• The vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession. (if equipped)

The puddle lamp turns off if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC position with a door open.

For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.

Escort light

When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position and the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will turn on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 second period, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately.

The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the engine is turned off.

Welcome System

Illustration of a modern sedan with a magnified inset showing a cut-out battery (no text or symbols)

Welcome system helps keep the driver visible by turning on vehicle lights when the driver approaches the vehicle.

Puddle lamp and door handle lamp

With 'Setup → Vehicle → Welcome Mirror/Light → On door unlock' selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen, and all the doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp and door handle lamp will turn on for approximately 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.

• The door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
• The outside door handle touch sensor is touched with the smart key in possession.
• The vehicle is approach with the smart key in possession when ‘Setup → Vehicle → Convenience → Welcome Mirror/Light → On Driver Approach’ is selected from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Interior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is in the position and all doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.

• The door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
• The outside door handle touch sensor is touched with the smart key in possession.

At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the smart key the lamps will turn off immediately.

HIGH BEAM ASSIST (HBA)

Close-up of a handheld device with a circular button labeled 'AUTO' and directional arrows indicating rotation (no readable text or symbols beyond the button)

High Beam Assist will automatically switch between high beam and low beam depending on the detected brightness from the lamps of oncoming vehicles or vehicles in front.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

①: Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect ambient light and brightness while driving.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

NOTICE

Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of High Beam Assist. For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 7.

High Beam Assist Setting

ORS051241L

With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select ‘Lights → High Beam Assist’ from the Settings menu to turn on High Beam Assist and deselect to turn off the function.

WARNING

For your safety, change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.

High Beam Assist Operation Display and control

- After selecting 'High Beam Assist' in the Settings menu, High Beam Assist will operate by following the procedure below.

- Place the headlight switch in the AUTO position and push the headlight lever towards the instrument cluster. The High Beam Assist (ID) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster and High Beam Assist will be enabled.

- When High Beam Assist is enabled, high beam will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (25 km/h), high beam will turn off.

- The High Beam (E) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster when high beam is on.

- When High Beam Assist is operating, if the headlight lever or switch is used, High Beam Assist operates as follow:

- If the headlight lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without High Beam Assist cancelled. When you let go of the headlight lever, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.

- If the headlight lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by High Beam Assist, low beam will turn on and High Beam Assist will turn off.

- If the headlight switch is placed from AUTO to another position (headlight/position/off), High Beam Assist will turn off and the corresponding lamp will turn on.

- When High Beam Assist is operating, high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur:

- When the headlight of an oncoming vehicle is detected.

- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.

- When the headlight or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.

- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.

- When streetlights or other lights are detected.

Information

The images and colors in the instrument may differ depending on the instrument type or theme selected from the instrument.

High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations

High Beam Assist malfunction

OJWEV051094L

When High Beam Assist is not working properly, the 'Check High Beam Assist system' warning message will appear and ⚠️ warning light will illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of High Beam Assist

• Light from an oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
• Headlight of an oncoming or front vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.
• An oncoming or front vehicle's headlights are off, but the fog lamps are on, etc.
• There is a lamp that has a similar shape as a vehicle's lamp.
• Headlights have been damaged or not repaired properly.
  • Headlights are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow-curved road, curved road, rough road, uphill or downhill.

• Vehicle in front is partially visible on a crossroad or curved road.
- There is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
- There is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
- The road conditions are bad such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.
- A vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
- The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or is being towed.
- Light from an oncoming or front vehicle is not detected due to obstacles in the air such as exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, or water spay or blizzard on the road, or fogging in the lamp, etc.

Information

For more details on the limitations of the Front View Camera, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 7.

WARNING

• At times, High Beam Assist may not work properly High Beam Assist is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety.
• When High Beam Assist does not operate properly, change the headlight position manually between high beam and low beam.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Front Windshield Wipers

Operates as follows when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

MIST: For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.

OFF: Wiper is not in operation.

AUTO: The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob.

LO: The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI: The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information

If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

AUTO (Automatic) control

Side view of a car with a mounted sensor or camera component, shown in an inset image (no text or symbols on the main subject)

The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval.

The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall.

When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the sensitivity control knob.

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to the OFF position when the wiper is not in use.

WARNING

To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode:

• Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.

NOTICE

• When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system components could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.

Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield.

The washer fluid is sprayed as the wipers rise while operating. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.

If the lever is released, the wipers operate approximately 4 times and the lever returns to it's original position

Recirculating air when washer fluid is used

When washer fluid is used, in order to reduce any objectionable scent of the washer fluid from entering the cabin, recirculation mode and air conditioning are automatically activated depending on the outside temperature.

• When the air intake control button is pressed while fresh mode is selected, air intake control will switch to recirculation mode.
• When windshield lever is used while recirculation mode is selected, air intake control will switch to fresh mode
• The function may not work in some conditions such as cold weather or engine off.

For more details, refer to “Climate Control Additional Features” section in this chapter.

Information

For Gasoline 3.5T-GDI 48 V MHEV vehicles, outside air may enter the vehicle even while preventing washer fluid scent from flowing in the cabin to cool the 48 V battery.

WARNING

When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

NOTICE

• To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

ORS052100N

Front seat control

1. Driver's temperature control
2. Passenger's temperature control
3. Fan speed control
4. Driver's mode selection
5. Passenger's mode selection
6. AUTO (automatic control)

7. OFF (system off)

8. Front windshield defroster

9. Air intake control
10. Rear window defroster
11. SYNC
12. A/C (air conditioning)
13. Rear control
14. Built in diffuser

ORS052102N

Rear seat control from the front

1. Temperature control
2. Mode selection

3. AUTO (automatic control)

4. OFF (system off)

5. Climate control information screen
6. Fan speed control

i Information

Use microfiber cloth when wiping finger prints off the touchscreen.

ORS052104N

Rear seat control (Armrest touchscreen)

1. Fan speed control
2. Temperature control

3. OFF (system off)

4. AUTO (automatic control)

5. Mode selection
6. SYNC (Front and rear seats adjusted same as the rear seat)

i Information

• Press ‘Front’ and select the desired function from the rear armrest touchscreen to access functions available on the front seats. The following functions are available.
• AUTO, mode selection, temperature control, air intake control, fan speed control, A/C and diffuser.
• Operating the fan speed from the rear seat adjustment screen will only operate the rear seat fan speed.

ORS052134N

Front seat control from the rear (Armrest touchscreen)

1. Driver's temperature control

2. OFF (system off)

3. Passenger's temperature control

4. Air intake control

5. Fan speed control

6. A/C (air conditioning)

7. Driver's mode selection

8. Built in diffuser

9. Passenger's mode selection

10. Front control

11. AUTO (automatic control)

Information

Operating the fan speed from the front seat adjustment screen will only operate the front seat fan speed.

Automatic Temperature Control Mode

The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.

1. Press the AUTO button.

The mode selection, fan speed, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select. (To select the rear seat AUTO from the front seat, press the icon in the climate control information screen.)

ORS051144

1. When the climate control system is being automatically controlled, fan speed can be selected (Low/Medium/High).

• High: Use when quick heating or cooling is preferred.
- Medium: Use when medium fan speed is preferred for cooling or heating.
- Low: Use when low fan speed is preferred for cooling or heating.

1. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.

To turn the automatic operation off, select any function of the following:

• Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the climate information screen once again.)
• Fan speed control icon

The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.

For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72^ F ( 22^ C).

To change the temperature unit from ^ C to ^ F or ^ F to ^ C:

Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds while pressing the OFF button.

Information

Side view of a car with a mounted sensor or camera on the windshield and an inset image showing a device (no text or symbols visible)

Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

Manual Temperature Control Mode

The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.

When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.

1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:

• Heating:

• Cooling:

• Set the temperature control to the desired position.

• Set the air intake control to Fresh or Recirculation mode.
• Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
• If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
• Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.

The climate control system settings will be maintained, even when the vehicle is turned OFF. However, the climate control system settings will be initialized when the battery has been discharged, or when the cables have been disconnected.

In this case, adjust the climate control system settings again.

Mode selection

A

B

Ⓐ : Front seat control, Ⓑ : Rear seat control

Front seat mode selection

• Touch each air flow direction on the climate control information screen to select the desired flow direction.
• Press the SYNC button and when the indicator light on the button turns off, the air flow direction of the driver's seat, passenger seat, and rear seat can be controlled individually. However, passengers and rear seats cannot select ↗.
• Touch REAR ① to control the second row seat mode selection from the front seats.
• You may select 2\~3 modes at the same time.

Interior view of a car seat rack with visible rear seats and seat covers, no text or symbols present.

A: Rear seat control, B: Front seat control

Rear seat mode selection

• Touch each air flow direction on the armrest touchscreen to select the desired air flow direction.
• Front seat air flow direction can be selected individually for each seats.
  • Air flow direction of the rear left and right seats change together.

Air flow direction

The mode selection icon or button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.

Air flow direction F (if equipped) changes along with air flow direction G.

- Front seat air flow selected from the front

Face-level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body.

Face-level (A, B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.

Bi-Level (B, C, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and floor.

Bi-Level (A, B, C, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body, face and floor.

Floor-level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. This air flow direction is usually used when heating.

Bi-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Defrost (A, D)

Air flow is directed toward the face.

- Rear seat air flow selected from the front

Face-level (F, G)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body.

Bi-Level (E, F, G)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and floor.

Floor-level (E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, This air flow direction is usually used when heating.

Front windshield defroster

Close-up of a black square button with white icons and an arrow pointing to it, no readable text or symbols present.

Defrost-level (A, D)

Press the button, and the indicator light on the button will illuminate and the windshield defroster indicator will appear on the climate control information screen.

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

When Defogging logic is enabled, Fresh mode is selected and air conditioning is selected according to outside temperature.

Press the button again, the indicator light will turn off and the previous settings will be selected.

Instrument panel vents

Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and gear shifters, showing internal flow arrows (no text or symbols)

Top-down view of a car's rear side showing a double-headed arrow indicating clockwise motion (no text or symbols)

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.

The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever.

Move the lever to ⊗ position to close, and to ≈ position to open.

Temperature control

A: Front seat control from the front,
⑧: Rear seat control from the front,
©: Rear seat control from the rear,
D: Front seat control from the rear

Set the desired temperature using the temperature control switch or the icon button on the climate control information screen.

• Push the switch up (red) to increase the temperature. Push the switch down (blue) to decrease temperature/
• Press the icon (✓ / ↗) in the climate control information screen to adjust the rear seat temperature from the front seat.
• The temperature will increase or decrease by 1^ F ( 0.5^ C) for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.

SYNC

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

Adjusting the temperature, air flow direction and fan speed equally

• Press the SYNC button (indicator light ON) from the front seat, the front and rear seat temperature, air flow direction and fan speed will be adjusted same as the driver's control.
• Press the SYNC button (indicator light ON) from the rear seat, the front and rear seat temperature, air flow direction and fan speed will be adjusted same as the rear seat control.
• The SYNC button does not operate when the climate control system is off.

Air intake control

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

i Information

Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed. Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the air conditioning ON can cause fogging of the windshield. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.

WARNING

• Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the air conditioning OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to the desired speed touching the ✕ or ✗ on on the climate control information screen or rear armrest touchscreen.

A

B

ORS052145N

C

ORS052146N

D

ORS052316N

A: Front seat control from the front,
⑧: Rear seat control from the front,
©: Front seat control from the rear,
D: Rear seat control from the rear

When the front and rear fan speed can be adjusted

The driver seat, front passenger seat, and the rear seat fan speed can be adjusted individually.

Air conditioning

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat
Touch the A/C icon to manually turn the air conditioning on (indicator light on) and off.

Built in diffuser (if equipped)

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat
3 types of fragrances are provided. The fragrance type is automatically recognized when the cartridge is installed.

Diffuser setting

Fragrance and its intensity can be set as follows.

- Infotainment system 'Setup → Vehicle → Climate → Fragrance → Intensity/Scent'

- Rear armrest touchscreen: 'Home → Setup → Fragrance' or 📋 → Front → 📋

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

Press from the climate control information screen or armrest touchscreen to select the desired fragrance intensity.

• Intensity can be selected among Strong, Medium and Light. Pressing the button each time will change the intensity in the order of Strong, Medium, Light and Off.
• The fragrance cannot be selected with the button. Fragrance can only be selected from the settings menu.

Mechanical component with arrows indicating motion, shown in two views (top: plastic part; bottom: plastic housing) — no text or symbols present.

How to replace cartridges

1. Turn the engine off, and open the glove box.
2. Press the upper part of the diffuser tray.
3. Replace the cartridge.

i Information

• For smooth operation of diffuser, it is recommended to install 2 cartridges.
- If the cartridge is empty or diffuser replacement alarm is displayed, replace with a new cartridge.
- The built-in diffuser may not work if the cartridge is not installed properly. Check whether the cartridge is installed properly.

OFF

ORS051128

A: Front seat control from the front,
B: Rear seat control from the front,
©: Rear seat control from the rear,
(D): Front seat control from the rear

Touch the OFF icon or button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the Engine is in the ON position.

• If OFF is pressed from the front seat, the front and rear climate control system will turn off.
• If OFF is pressed from the rear seat, only the rear climate control system will turn off.

System Operation

Cooling / Ventilation

1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

Heating

1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the Front Defrost 🎨 mode.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to the to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.

1. Start the vehicle.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the lowest position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

NOTICE

When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
  • After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection to the position and fan speed control to the lowest speed.

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

(A): Outside air,
B: Recirculated air,
©: Climate control air filter,
D: Blower,
E: Evaporator core,
F: Heater core

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.

We recommend that the cabin air filter be replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, have the system inspected at an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

NOTICE

• The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to insure proper and safe operation.
  • The refrigerant system should be serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) shall never be repaired or replaced with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.

WARNING

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable and operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.

All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.

Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

Close-up of a car engine hood with open lid and visible engine compartment (no text or symbols)

You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.

Each symbols and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below:

① Classification of refrigerant
② Amount of refrigerant
③ Classification of compressor lubricant
④ Caution
⑤ Flammable refrigerant
⑥ To require registered technician to service air conditioning system

Photo-catalyst Module (if equipped)

Front view of a car with internal engine components (no visible text or symbols)

Freshens a vehicle's inner space by deodorization of lingering odor through PCM installed in HVAC system.

Your Genesis is equipped with the PCM which includes a visible ray LED and photo-catalytic material. The PCM is activated automatically when the vehicle is started.

The PCM deodorizes harmful gases such as NH_3 or HCHO and reduces the number of floating viruses and bacteria nearby PCM and eventually air inside cabin of your vehicle will be refreshed by continuous air flow through PCM installed in HVAC system.

3D rendering of a black rectangular electronic component with a grid top and mounting base (no text or symbols visible)

Ex) 2 HCHO + 2 H2 O + 2 O2 2 CO2 + 4 H2 O

- Photocatalytic radical reaction → Removal of harmful substances (VOC gases/microorganisms)

Air cleaning mechanism

Mechanical assembly diagram showing components A and B with directional arrows, plus an inset close-up of a component (no text or symbols on the main diagram)

A: Outdoor air, B: Clean air

Part Function
HVAC	Intakes indoor and outdoor air into the HVAC, passes it through the PCM, and then supplies clean air to the interior of the vehicle.
PCM	The visible ray LED photo-catalyst module produces radicals by photocatalytic reaction.
Radicals	Radicals generated by the PCM attach to viruses, bacteria and harmful gases such as NH_3 and HCHO and reduce the number of them in HVAC system.

PCM parts

ORS052327N

• Size: 2x2x1 in. (53x53x27 mm)
• Weight: 1.6 oz (46 g)

A: Upper cover

B: PCB & Connector

©: Water protection PCB cover

D: Photo-catalyst

E: Lower cover

⑤: Leakage protection seal

Direction for use

The PCM, Photo-catalyst Air Purifier Module for HVAC is activated automatically when the engine of automobile is started and deactivated automatically when the engine is turned off.

NOTICE

• Do not disassemble, modify or repair. Any changes or modifications to product can void your manufacturer's warranty.
  • If you need servicing, visit a designated service center.
• Do not use the product for anything other than its original purpose.
• Do not drop or cause excessive impact to the product.
• Do not apply any other substances on the photo catalyst surface.
  • If water is on the product, dry it thoroughly before using it.

NOTICE

• Disposal Dispose of contents and containers according to the regulations stipulated in the wastes control act.
• Storage

- Do not store near acids. As packed massive products may constitute a manual handling risk. (e.g., sharp)

- Do not store in areas with high concentrations of dust or airborne materials.

WARNING

• This product should be sold only through and be installed by automobiles. Other uses are not acceptable device.
• PCM may be particularly helpful when additional ventilation with outdoor air is not possible without compromising indoor comfort (temperature or humidity), or when outdoor air pollution is high.
• The use of PCM alone cannot ensure adequate indoor air quality, particularly where significant pollutant sources are present, and ventilation is insufficient.

Information

EPA company number: 101282-KOR-1

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING

Windshield heating

Do not use the 🔊 position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. In this case, set the mode selection button to the ➕ position and fan speed control knob to a lower speed.

• For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting and the fan speed control to the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors and all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.

NOTICE

If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.

To Defog Inside Windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (###)
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.

Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control indicator light is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (indicator light OFF).

If the 🔊 position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.

To Defrost Inside Windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (↑↑).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.

Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control indicator light is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (indicator light OFF).

If the 📁 position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

Defogging Logic

To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button (☐) or (☐).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

The air intake control button indicator will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

Rear Window Defroster

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.

Close-up of a black square button with a white icon and an upward arrow, no readable text or symbols present.

The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running.

• To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
  • To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.

i Information

• If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.

Side view mirror defroster

If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Auto Defogging System

Side view of a car with a mounted sensor or camera on the windshield and an inset showing a camera mounted on a wall (no text or symbols visible)

Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.

When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate.

If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically:

Step 1) Air conditioning will turn ON. Step 2) Air intake control will change to Fresh mode.

Step 3) Mode will change to defrost to direct airflow to the windshield. Step 4) Fan speed will be set to MAX.

If the air conditioning is off or recirculation mode is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.

Information

The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 14 °F (- 10 °C ).

Turning the Auto Defogging System ON or OFF

Climate control system

Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON to turn the system on or off.

To check whether the system is on or off, go to the settings menu in the infotainment system and see if 'Auto Defog' is selected or not.

Infotainment system

Auto Defogging System can be turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle → Climate → Defog/Defrost Options → Auto Defog’ from the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Information

• When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto Defogging System, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
• When Auto Defogging System is operating, fan speed adjustment, temperature adjustment, and air intake control selection are all disabled.

NOTICE

Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass.

Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Auto Dehumidify (if equipped)

To increase cabin air quality and reduce windshield misting, recirculation mode switches off automatically after about 5 to 30 minutes, depending on the outside temperature, and the air intake will change to fresh mode.

Turning Auto Dehumidify ON or OFF

Climate control system

To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature on or off, select Face level (✗) mode and press the air intake control (☐) button at least five times within three seconds. When Auto Dehumidify is turned on, the air intake control button indicator will blink 6 times. When turned off, the indicator will blink 3 times.

Infotainment system

Auto Dehumidify can be turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle → Climate → Automatic Ventilation → Automatic Dehumidify’ from the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Recirculating Air When Washer Fluid is Used

Recirculation mode automatically activates to reduce any objectionable scent of the washer fluid from entering the cabin when the windshield washer is used.

Turning Activate upon Washer Fluid Use ON or OFF

Climate control system

To turn the Activate upon Washer Fluid Use feature on or off, select Floor level (√) mode, and then press the air intake control (○) button four times within two seconds while pressing the A/C icon.

When Activate upon Washer Fluid Use ON is turned on, the air intake control button indicator will blink 6 times. When turned off, the indicator will blink 3 times.

Infotainment system

Activate upon Washer Fluid Use can be turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle → Climate → Recirculate Air → Activate upon Washer Fluid Use (or Interlocking washer fluid)’ from the infotainment system screen.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

However, in cold weather to prevent the windshield from fogging up, the recirculation mode may not be selected.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation (if equipped)

When the is sunroof opened, fresh mode will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculation mode will be selected but will change back to fresh mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.

Auto. Controls that Use Climate Control Settings (for driver's seat)

The temperature of the driver's seat warmer, air ventilated seat and heated steering wheel is automatically controlled depending on the inside and outside temperature of the vehicle when the engine is running.

To use these features, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Seat → Heated/Ventilated Features → Heated/Ventilated Features → Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings

For more details on Auto Comfort Control, refer to “Seat Warmers” and “Air ventilation seats” section in chapter 3 and “Heated Steering Wheel” section in chapter 5.

Recirculation Mode Plus (if equipped)

• To prevent the inflow of polluted air into the vehicle when passing through a tunnel or air polluted area, this function automatically switches the air conditioner to Recirculation mode for about 7 seconds before entering a tunnel based on the map information of the navigation and the speed of the vehicle.
• The windows automatically closes before entering a tunnel and area requiring air recirculation. The windows open to the previous position after passing the area. If the power window switch is operated before the window opens, the window does not open to the previous position.
• To use these features, it must be enabled from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Climate → Recirculate Air → Recirculation Mode Plus

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Operating Condition

Type of road: Expressway, highway Air intake condition: Fresh mode selected.

Information

• The activation time for the recirculation mode may differ depending on the gap between the GPS data and vehicle speed.
• The Recirculation Mode Plus function will not activate again when tunnels exist continuously.
• When entering a tunnel, recirculation mode may cause fogging of the windshield. Press the windshield defrosting button.
  • After exiting the tunnel, fresh mode may be selected depending on the air condition inside the vehicle.
• The Recirculation Mode Plus function does not operate in tunnels within 50m in length.
• The Recirculation Mode Plus function may not activate if the GPS is not working properly.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

NOTICE

To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

Center Console Storage

Close-up of a mechanical component with a black arrow pointing to a circular feature, and an inset showing a metallic bracket (no text or symbols visible)

To open:

Press the button.

Rear Console Storage

Interior view of a car seatbelt with a close-up inset showing the right side of the seatbelt (no text or symbols visible)

To open:

Press the button.

UV-C sterilizer system

①: UV-C sterilizer system button,
②: UV-C LED,
③: UV-C Indicator light (upper part of armrest touchscreen)

The rear seat console is equipped with an antibacterial sterilization system for personal belongings.

WARNING

• Press the button to turn UV-C function off when it is not in use. Being exposed to ultraviolet rays from UV-C LED may be harmful to your skin and eyes.
• Do not place magnetic items (magnets, etc.) near the upper part of the UV-C storage box. It may cause malfunction to the UV-C sensor and unnecessarily operate the UV-C function.

NOTICE

• Press the button to turn UV-C function off when it is not in use. Prolonged exposure under ultraviolet rays may change the color and shape of the object.
• Do not sterilize food. Food cannot be sterilized. Prolonged exposure to ultraviolet rays may damage the wrapping or container and affect the food inside.

Using UV-C sterilizer system

Place the item in the UV-C storage box and turn it on. Within 10 minutes, up to 99.9% of germs on the surface can be removed.

1. Open the UV-C storage box while the engine is running.
2. Press the button inside the storage box.

• UV-C sterilizer system indicator light illuminates.
• Antibacterial tray is ready to operate.

1. Place the item in the center inside the storage box and close the cover.

• UV-C indicator light illuminates.
- UV-C LED is turned on and sterilization begins.
• After 10 minutes, the UV-C indicator light turns off as sterilization is complete.
- Press the UV-C sterilizer system button to turn off the function, after you are finished using the system.

i Information

• Only place the item which requires sterilization. Storing other items in the storage box may reduce the sterilization effect.
• UV-C sterilizer system does not guarantee 99.9% sterilization. The sterilization effect varies depending on the degree of exposure to UV-C light and the shape of the item. For effective use, change the position of the item and run additional sterilization.
• UV-C indicator light blinks or does not operate properly, visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Unit item verification number

Unit item verification number
	Type A	Registration Number: R-R-HdG-89910-T4AHO
	Type B	Registration Number: R-R-EpS-846R0-T4000
	Type A	DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
	Type A	ESTABLISHMENT NUMBER: 100891-KOR-1
	Type A	LISTING NUMBER: E115351
	Type A/B	DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

• This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
• For your safety, this appliance complies with the applicable standards and regulations (Low Voltage Directive, Electromagnetic Compatibility, Environmental, etc.
• This product uses the vehicle's battery voltage and should be used only at DC 9 V-16 V.

WARNING

This product emits ultraviolet rays. Do not gaze upon the UV rays while using the product. Exposing the eyes or skin to UV rays may have harmful effect to the body.

Armrest Storage Box

Close-up of a white car door handle with an arrow pointing to the side panel, and an inset showing a curved arrow pointing to a corner detail (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Use to store small items.

To open:

Press the button that is located inside of the door handle.

CAUTION

Always press the button to open the storage box. Forcibly opening the storage box may cause damage.

Glove Box

Close-up of a car door handle mechanism with two steps and a highlighted lever (no text or symbols)

The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key ①.

To open:

Pull the lever ②.

WARNING

ALWAYS close the glove box door after use.

An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

Sunglass Holder

Close-up of a car's front panel showing a button with an arrow and a circular inset highlighting a specific area (no text or symbols)

To open:

Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out.

To close:

Push back into position.

Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.

WARNING

• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The side view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

INTERIOR FEATURES

Cup Holder

Close-up of a mobile phone control panel with an arrow pointing to the left side, and a close-up inset showing two screens (no readable text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical component with an arrow pointing to a specific part, no visible text or symbols.

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.

Front seat:

Push the cover up and it will slowly open. Push it up once more to close the cover.

Rear seat:

Push the cover. The cover will slide open.

WARNING

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.

NOTICE

• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may damage the interior.

Sunvisor

To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket ① and swing it to the side ② towards the window.

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover ③.

Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward ④ as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder ⑤ to hold tickets.

Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.

WARNING

For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.

NOTICE

The tab ⑤ adjacent to the vanity mirror on the sunvisor can be used for toll road tickets or self parking tickets. Use caution when inserting tickets into the ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain from putting several tickets in the ticket holder as this could also damage the retaining tab.

Rear Mirror

Close-up of a gray USB flash drive with an upward arrow icon, shown in a zoomed-in inset (no text or symbols on the device itself)

To open:

Press the cover and it will slowly open and the mirror lamp will turn on.

To close:

Push back into position.

NOTICE

Make sure to close the rear mirror cover after use. If not, the rear mirror lamp remains ON, possibly draining the battery or damaging the rear mirror.

Power Outlet

3D rendered image of a white plastic tray with a small circular component and an inset showing a 12V 140W power indicator (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Close-up of a white appliance with a circular button, showing internal components and a magnified inset (no text or symbols visible)

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.

WARNING

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the power outlets:

• Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

USB Charger (if equipped)

Interior view of a rectangular storage unit with a small inset showing a device icon (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Close-up of a white electronic device with a close-up inset showing a device icon (no readable text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical device with an open lid and internal compartments, showing a directional arrow (no text or symbols)

A : Front seat, B : Rear seat (if equipped),
©: Rear seat

The USB-C charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB-C cable.

The electrical devices can be recharged when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON (or START) position.

The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB-C cable from the USB port after use.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn on an audio or to play media In the infotainment system.

Information

Charging may not be possible when using a Type-C converter sold by a mobile phone manufacturer or commercially available.

Wireless Smart Phone Charging System (if equipped)

Top-down view of a computer monitor with labeled buttons (no readable text or symbols)

Close-up of a mobile phone control panel with buttons and display screen (no readable text or symbols)

A: Front seat,
B: Rear seat (if equipped),
① : Indicator light,
② : Charging pad

Charging smart phone

The wireless smart phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled smart phones (qi). Read the label on the smart phone accessory cover or visit your smart phone manufacturer's website to check whether your smart phone supports the Qi technology.

The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled smart phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON (or START) position.
2. You can turn on or off the wireless charging function from the Settings menu. Select:

- Front seat (infotainment system):

Setup → Vehicle → Convenience → Wireless Charging System

- Rear seat (armrest touchscreen):

Setup → Rear Wireless Charging

1. The indicator light is orange when the smart phone is charging. The indicator light will turn blue when phone charging is complete.

Information

Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted.

If your smart phone is not charging:

• Slightly change the position of the smart phone on the charging pad.
  • Make sure the indicator light is orange.

The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.

In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your smart phone again.

The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the smart phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the vehicle is turned OFF and the front door is opened.

For some manufacturer's smart phones, the system may not warn you even though the smart phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the smart phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.

i Information

• The wireless smart phone charging system may not support certain smart phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification (Φ).
• When placing your smart phone on the charging pad, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your smart phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the smart phone may experience higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the smart key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain smart phones, the charging indicator may not change to blue when the smart phone is fully charged.
• The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless smart phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a certain level.

• The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless smart phone charging system and the smart phone.

• When charging some smart phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.

• If the smart phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
• If the smart phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
• If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
• When any smart phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the smart phone in any way.
• Some smart phones may not be able to charge depending on the internal structure of the smart phone. If this occurs, try charging the mobile phone by moving it to the left or right side of the wireless charging pad. However, for some foldable smart phones that have magnets inside the smart phone, try charging the smart phone while holding it close to the left side of the wireless charging pad.

NOTICE

Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the smart phone during the charging process.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Clock

The clock can be set from the infotainment system.

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

WARNING

Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.

Coat Hook

White plastic door handle with a black clip, shown against a plain background (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical component with a circular hole and curved surface (no visible text or symbols)

These hooks are not designed to hold large or heavy items.

WARNING

Black-and-white photo of a hanger with a no-smoking symbol on the side (no text or numbers on the hanger itself)

Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

WARNING

Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.

WARNING

The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.

• Ensure to remove a protective film attached on the carpet before attaching a floor mat on the front floor carpet. Otherwise, the floor mat may move freely on the protective film and it could result in unintentional braking or accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (for example, all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.

IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that the Genesis floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

Rear Side Window Sunshades (if equipped)

A: Rear window switch, B: Driver's window switch Use to block sunlight coming through the rear windows.

Using window open/close switch

Switch ① - Rear right window and sunshade

Switch ② - Rear left window and sunshade

1. Pull the switch up on the driver's or rear seat to completely close the window.

2. Once the window is closed, pull the same switch again to close the sunshades.

• To open the window when the sunshade is closed, push down the switch to first open the sunshade. Then push the switch again to open the window.

Using armrest touchscreen

ORS051206L

1. Press from the left side menu of armrest touchscreen.
   Rear side sunshade adjustment screen is displayed.
2. Press 'Open' or 'Close' to open or close the rear side window sunshades.

Information

If the operating sunshade is blocked by an object, the sunshade stops from opening or closing. The sunshade is only able to open (move downward) once stopped by obstruction.

NOTICE

Do not apply excessive external force on the rear side window sunshade while operating. It may cause a malfunction.

Resetting the rear side window sunshades

1. Start the engine.
2. Continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least 10 seconds when the window is closed.
   If the sunshade is not operating normally, it must be reset as follows:

If the rear side window sunshade does not work properly after following the above procedure, it is recommended that the system be checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Information

If the temperature inside the vehicle is below 5 ^ (-15 ^ ), the rear side window sunshade may stop in some sections while closing. If this occurs, operate the switch again after raising the temperature. The rear side window sunshades will operate normally.

Rear Window Sunshade (if equipped)

Front seat (A)

To raise or lower the sunshade, press the button.

Rear seat (B)

1. Press from the left side menu of the armrest touchscreen. The rear sunshade adjustment screen is displayed.

2. Press 'Open' or 'Close to open or close the rear window sunshade.

Interior view of a car dashboard with a circular dial indicator and a downward arrow pointing to the ceiling (no text or symbols on the dial)

- The rear window sunshade will be lowered automatically when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) and raised automatically when the vehicle is shifted from R (Reverse) to P (Park).

• After the rear window sunshade is lowered by shifting the vehicle to R (Reverse), if you drive more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the gear in D (Drive), the rear window sunshade will be raised automatically.

NOTICE

- Do not apply excessive force while operating the rear window sunshade. This could cause damage to the rear window sunshade.

- Do not to operate the rear window sunshade with an object placed on the rear seat shelf. This could cause damage to the rear window sunshade.

Luggage Net Holder

Top-down view of a car trunk with a mesh net and a black arrow pointing downward (no text or symbols)

To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the 4 holders located in the luggage board to attach the luggage net.

Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.

If necessary, contact your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to obtain a luggage net.

Side luggage net

Top-down view of a car trunk with a black arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols on the body)

Use the side luggage net to store small items in the luggage compartment.

WARNING

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.

Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment.

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM

NOTICE

• If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.

USB-C Port

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat

You can use an USB-C cable to connect audio devices to the vehicle USB-C port.

Information

When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.

Antenna

Close-up of a metallic object with a downward arrow pointing to it, against a plain background (no text or symbols)

The shark fin antenna will receive AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.

Steering Wheel Remote Controls

Top-down view of a car steering wheel and its control panel with numbered buttons (no text or symbols on the dashboard)

NOTICE

Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.

(1) Volume (+/-)

• Push the Volume scroll up to increase volume.
• Push the Volume scroll down to decrease volume.

Mute (听

• Press the Mute button to mute the sound.
• Press the Mute button again to activate the sound.

(2) SEEK/PRESET (< / >)

If the SEEK/PRESET switch (optical mouse) is swiped to the left or right and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:

• Radio mode
  It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button.
• Media mode
  It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch (optical mouse) is swiped to the left or right, it will function in the following modes:

• Radio mode
  It will function by moving between stored PRESET STATIONS
• Media mode
  It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN button.

(3) Mode (→)

Press the MODE button to toggle through the Radio mode or Media mode.

(4) Custom (★)

Press the Custom button to set frequently used features.

Infotainment System

Interior view of a car dashboard and infotainment unit (no visible text or symbols)

Top-down view of a circular device with four rectangular components and a central circular component labeled '1', no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

A: Front seat, B: Rear seat (if equipped) ①: Infotainment system controller

Voice Recognition

Top-down view of a car steering wheel and its rear camera module (no text or symbols visible)

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

Top-down view of a car steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

Top-down view of a car interior showing the seat and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

① : Call / Answer / Call end button
②: Microphone
See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

CAUTION

To avoid driver distractions, do not excessively operate the device while driving the vehicle which may lead to an accident.

BANG & OLUFSEN sound system

CAUTION

BANG & OLUFSEN sound system is equipped with door speaker grills made of stainless steel. The grill surface can be heated when the vehicle is exposed to hot weather for a long period of time. Keep away from the speaker grill when it is hot.

6. Driving Your Vehicle

Before Driving 6-4

Before Entering the Vehicle.... 6-4

Before Starting 6-4

Engine Start/Stop Button 6-5

Engine Stop/Start Button Positions 6-6

Starting the Engine 6-7

Turning Off the Engine 6-8

Remote Starting 6-9

Vehicle Auto-Shut Off 6-10

Operating Conditions 6-10

Deactivating Conditions 6-10

System Operation....6-10

Automatic Transmission 6-11

Automatic Transmission Operation 6-11

LCD Display Messages (Cluster) 6-17

Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) 6-21

Good Driving Practices 6-21

Braking System 6-23

Power-Assist Brakes....6-23

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator....6-23

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) 6-24

Auto Hold....6-28

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS).... 6-31

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 6-33

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) 6-35

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) 6-37

Brake Assistant System (BAS) 6-37

Good Braking Practices 6-38

All Wheel Drive (AWD) 6-39

All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation 6-40

Emergency Precautions 6-41

Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview 6-43

System Malfunction 6-44

Limitations of the System 6-44

Multi-chamber Air Suspension 6-45

Vehicle Height Adjustment 6-45

Multi-Chamber Air Suspension Malfunction 6-46

Additional Height Adjustment Function 6-47

Towing When the Air Suspension Malfunction 6-48

Idle Stop and Go (ISG) 6-49

ISG System Operation 6-49

ISG System Off....6-51

Forced to Restart Engine 6-52

ISG Malfunction....6-52

Calibrating the Battery Sensor 6-53

Coasting 6-54

Coasting Setting 6-54

Coasting Operating Conditions.... 6-54

Coasting Release Conditions 6-55

Predictive Shift 6-56

Predictive shift Operating Conditions 6-56

Predictive shift off Conditions 6-56

Limitations of the System 6-57

Checking Operation on the Instrument Cluster 6-57

How Predictive Shift Operates 6-59

Drive Mode Integrated Control System 6-61

Selecting Drive Mode....6-61

ECO, COMFORT, SPORT Mode Features 6-62

CUSTOM Mode Features 6-63

Road Active Noise Control 6-65

System Malfunction 6-65

Active Sound Design....6-65

Special Driving Conditions 6-66

Hazardous Driving Conditions 6-66

Rocking the Vehicle 6-66

Smooth Cornering....6-67

Driving at Night 6-67

Driving in the Rain....6-68

Driving in Flooded Areas....6-68

Highway Driving 6-68

Winter Driving 6-69

Snow or Icy Conditions 6-69

Winter Precautions....6-73

Vehicle Load Limit 6-75

The Loading Information Label 6-75

Trailer Towing 6-79

WARNING

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the trunk open:

Close all windows.

Open instrument panel air vents.

Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

BEFORE DRIVING

Before Entering the Vehicle

• Be sure all windows, side view mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting

• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
  • Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seat belts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:

• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to “Seat Belts” section in chapter 3.
  • Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.

WARNING

NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.

Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.

Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.

You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.

WARNING

To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the gear in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNING

• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the vehicle turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Engine Stop/Start Button Positions

Button Position Action Notes
OFF	To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with the vehicle shifted to P (Park).Note if the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed with the vehicle shifted to D (Drive) or R (Reverse) or N (Neutral), the gear will automatically shift to P (Park).If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed with the gear shifted to N (Neutral), the Engine Start/Stop button will change to the ACC position.
ACC	Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.Some of the electrical accessories are usable.	If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
ON	Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.	Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging.
START	To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the gear shifted to the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) position.For your safety, start the engine with the gear shifted to the P (Park) position.	If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC

* To prevent vehicle battery discharge, the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the OFF position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position with the gear in P (Park) for a certain period of time. When the function operates, the tail lamps will turn off. To use the tail lamps again, turn the headlight switch located on the steering column to the OFF and ON position again.

Starting the Engine

WARNING

• Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed.
  The vehicle can move which can lead to an accident.
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the RPM is high.

Information

• The vehicle will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
  • Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and when it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. When the smart key is not in the vehicle, the “” indicator will blink and the warning 'Key not in vehicle' will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle.

• Always carry the smart key with you.

• Make sure the parking brake is applied.
• Make sure the gear is shifted to P (Park) by pressing the P button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Information

• Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary.
  Start driving at moderate engine speeds. Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift the gear to the P (Park) position.
  If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the gear in N (Neutral) while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.

When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot normally start the engine. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position.

For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle.

Emergency starting

Close-up of a white car interior with a black arrow pointing to the door, no visible text or symbols on the main subject.

If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the vehicle by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.

Turning Off the Engine

1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position and apply the parking brake.

Remote Starting

White electronic device with attached cable and a small inset showing a close-up of its internal components (no visible text or symbols)

You can start the vehicle using the Remote Start button of the smart key.

To start the vehicle remotely:

1. Press the door lock button within 32 ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start (○) button for over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after locking the doors. The hazard warning lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function, press the remote start ( _HOLD ) button once.
4. The remote start Ⓞ button may not operate if the smart key is not within 32 ft. (10 m).
5. The vehicle will not remotely start if the engine hood or trunk is opened.
6. The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the remote start function to start.
7. The engine turns off if you get in the vehicle without a registered smart key.
8. The engine turns off if you do not get in the vehicle within 10 minutes after remotely starting the vehicle.
9. Do not idle the engine for a long period.

VEHICLE AUTO-SHUT OFF

If your vehicle is parked and the engine is left on for a long period of time, the engine will turn off automatically to help reduce fuel consumption and prevent accidents caused by carbon dioxide poisoning.

Operating Conditions

Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates when all the following conditions are satisfied:

• Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h), and the gear is shifted to P (Park)
- The brake pedal and accelerator pedal are not depressed
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened
• The passenger seat is empty
- The infotainment system is not being updated

Deactivating Conditions

Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off when one of the situation occur:

• Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3 km/h)
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed
• The driver's seat belt is fastened
- A passenger is in the passenger's seat

System Operation

OJK041087N

When all the conditions are satisfied, the Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns the engine off automatically after 60 minutes.

A timer appears on the instrument cluster 30 minutes before vehicle shut off.

Resetting cluster timer

To reset the cluster timer, do one of following:

• Release the accelerator pedal or brake pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is complete.
• Press the OK button on the steering wheel while the timer appears on the instrument cluster.

CAUTION

Do not leave a passenger or a pet in the vehicle in hot weather since the air conditioning system turns off when the engine is off.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Depress the brake pedal whenever rotating the shift dial to change gear or shifting P.

A: P button, B: Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial)

ORS061003

Automatic Transmission Operation

The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, then press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter (manual shift mode), do not use engine braking (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.

Rotary shifter/ Rotary gear shift dial P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).

Close-up of a car's rotary knob with a black arrow pointing to the 'P' button (no text or symbols on the knob itself)

To shift the gear to R (Reverse), press the P button while depressing the brake pedal.

If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear will automatically shift to P (Park).

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the vehicle is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift the gear to P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill.

Automatic gear shift to P (Park)

The gear is shifted to P (Park) automatically for safety reasons under the following conditions:

• When the engine is turned off with the gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
• When the driver's door is opened with the engine running, the gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the seat belt unfastened and the vehicle at a standstill.
• When the driver's or front passenger's door is opened with the gear in N (Neutral) and the vehicle is turned off.

In situations the gear must be in P (Park), always check if the gear is shifted to P (Park) by checking the cluster.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle rearward.

Close-up of a car's rotary switch with 'P' and 'R' labels, no readable text or symbols beyond the button design

To shift the gear to R (Reverse), rotate the shift dial counterclockwise while depressing the brake pedal.

The dial will vibrate each time it is shifted to R (Reverse). It is to prevent incorrect dial shift or to notify the driver the dial shift is in the R (Reverse) position.

When the vehicle is stopped in the R (Reverse) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear will automatically shift to P (Park).

However, if the vehicle is in motion, the gear may not automatically shift to P (Park) to prevent automatic transmission damage.

NOTICE

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not engaged.

Close-up of a car's rotary dial with 'P' and 'N' labels, showing mechanical mechanism (no readable text or symbols beyond labels)

To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the shift dial clockwise from R (Reverse) or counterclockwise from D (Drive) while depressing the brake pedal.

Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral), the gear will automatically shift to P (Park).

However, if you need to stay in N (Neutral) with the engine off, refer to "To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF" in the following page.

CAUTION

The engine can be started with the gear in N (Neutral), but for you safety, be sure to start the engine with the gear in P (Park).

To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF

ORS061052L

Front view of a white car steering wheel with no visible text or symbols

Simple icon of a car with an upward arrow and circular symbol (no text or labels)

ORS061008

If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the following.

1. Turn off Auto Hold and release Electronic Parking Brake when the engine is running.
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (neutral) while depressing the brake pedal.

3. When you take your foot off the brake pedal, the message 'Press and hold OK button to stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off' will appear on the cluster LCD display.

4. Press and hold the Ⓐ button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second.

5. When the message 'Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear to cancel' (or 'N will stay engaged when the vehicle is Off') will appear on the cluster LCD display, press the Engine Start/Stop button while depressing the brake pedal.

However, if you open the driver and front passenger's door, the gear will automatically shift to P (Park) and the Engine Start/Stop button will change to the OFF position.

NOTICE

With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine Start/Stop button will be in the ACC position. In the ACC position, the doors cannot be locked. The battery may discharge if left in the ACC position for a long time.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically shift through an 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.

Close-up of a car air conditioner dials with a rotary knob (no text or symbols visible)

To shift the gear to D (Drive), rotate the shift dial clockwise while depressing the brake pedal.

When the vehicle is stopped in the D (Drive) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear will automatically shift to P (Park).

However, if the vehicle is in motion, the gear may not automatically shift to P (Park) to prevent automatic transmission damage.

NOTICE

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).

CAUTION

When you start after stopping on a steep incline, even if the gear is in D (Drive), if you do not depress the accelerator or brake pedal, the vehicle may roll backwards, which can cause an accident.

When the battery is discharged

You cannot shift gears, when the battery is discharged.

In emergencies, do the following to shift the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.

1. Connect the battery cables from another vehicle or from a another battery to the jump-starting terminals inside the engine compartment.
   For more details, refer to "Jump Starting" section in chapter 8.
2. Release the Electronic Parking Brake with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral) position. Refer to the "To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF" in this chapter.

Information

In situations when the gear needs to be shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position, refer to the “To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF” in this chapter.

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift gear while depressing the brake pedal.

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when leaving the vehicle.

WARNING

• When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

LCD Display Messages (Cluster)

Press brake pedal, then press and hold N button

ORS061043L

When parking the vehicle in neutral, the above warning message is displayed if you do not depress the brake or hold the shift dial long enough time while turning the shift dial to right or left. Depress the brake or turn and hold the shift dial for enough time.

Press brake pedal to change gear

OJWEV061001L

This message is displayed when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear.

Depress the brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Shift to P after stopping

ORS061051L

This message is displayed when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving.

Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).

Gear already selected

ORS061044L

This message is displayed when the gear is selected in which the vehicle currently on.

Rotary shifter turned while pressing P

ORS061045L

This message is displayed when you turn the shift dial while P button is pressed.

This message is displayed when engine RPM is too high, or when driving speed is too fast to shift the gear.

Decrease vehicle speed or slow down before shifting the gear.

Shifter system malfunction

OJWEV061040L

This message is displayed when the transmission or the rotary gear shift dial does not properly operate in the P (Park) position.

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Rotary shifter stuck

ORS061035L

If the dial does not return to its original position after turning the shift dial, the above warning message is displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check shifter dial

OJWEV061002L

This message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the shift dial.

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check P button

OJWEV061003L

This message is displayed when there is a problem with the P button.

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Transmission overheated warning

ORS061046L

Transmission Hot! Park with engine on

Repeated sudden acceleration and quick start may overheat the transmission. If the transmission is overheated, the self-protection mode alarms the driver with an audible sound warning message.

- Move the vehicle to a safe location and shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the vehicle with the engine on. Wait until the transmission is sufficiently cooled down.

ORS061031L

Vehicle Power limited due to high transmission temperature

If you continue to drive with overheated transmission, the above warning message is displayed and self-protection mode restricts the power output of the vehicle.

• Move the vehicle to a safe location and shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the vehicle with the engine on. Wait until the transmission is sufficiently cooled down.
• If the above message is continuously displayed, have you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

ORS061047L

Transmission cooled and safe to drive This message is displayed when the vehicle is safe to drive.

Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)

Top-down view of a car dashboard with two side-view diagrams showing directional arrows (no text or symbols)

The paddle shifter allows the driver to shift gears without taking one's hands off the steering wheel.

The paddle shifter operates as follow.

• Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic shift mode to manual shift mode.
  • To change back to automatic shift mode from manual shift mode, do one of the following:
• Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more than one second.
• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7 km/h)
• Gently depress the accelerator pedal for more than 6 seconds.
• Rotate the shift dial to the D (Drive) position.

Information

If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

Good Driving Practices

- Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. - Never shift the gear into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

- Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral) when driving. If the gear is shifted to N (Neutral) while driving, the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an accident.

Also, shifting the gear back to D (Drive) while the vehicle is moving may severely damage the transmission.

- When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R (Reverse), check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving. If the vehicle moves in the opposite direction of the selected gear, the engine may turn off and a serious accident might occur due to degraded brake performance.

- Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

• Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
- Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
- Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends you to follow all posted speed limits.

NOTICE

Kickdown mechanism

Use the kickdown mechanism for maximum acceleration. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The automatic transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Power-Assist Brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.

In the event of a vehicle power failure, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle, but it will require greater force and increased pedal travel than normal. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.

Information

• When the brake pedal is depressed under certain driving conditions or weather conditions, you may temporarily hear a noise. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
• While driving on a road with deicing chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire wear may occur due to deicing chemicals. In a safe traffic condition, additionally apply the brakes to remove deicing chemicals on the brake discs and pads.

WARNING

Take the following precautions:

- Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.

- When descending down a long or steep hill, use the paddle shifter and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.

- Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator

When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.

NOTICE

To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.

Information

Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

Applying the parking brake

Close-up of a car's side profile showing a curved door and a brake button, with no visible text or symbols on the main objects.

To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the Parking Brake warning light comes on.

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:

• Requested by other systems
  • The driver turns the vehicle off while Auto Hold is operating.

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking distance will be longer than normal.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

Information

During emergency braking, the Parking Brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.

NOTICE

If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Releasing the parking brake

Close-up of a car interior showing a hand valve and a close-up of a button (no text or symbols visible)

To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON or START position.
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing the brake pedal.

Make sure the Parking Brake warning light goes off.

To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically do one of the following:

- With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). Take your foot off the brake pedal after the Parking Brake warning light is off.

- Depress the accelerator pedal when all the conditions below are satisfied.

• The engine is running
• The seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door, hood, and trunk is closed
• The gear is in R (Reverse) or D (Drive)

Make sure the Parking Brake warning light is off before driving.

i Information

• For your safety, you can engage EPB even though the Engine Stop/Start button is in the OFF position (only if battery power is available), but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.

NOTICE

• If the Parking Brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

Warning messages

ORS061053L

To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and trunk

• If you try to drive with EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or trunk is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.

If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

WARNING

- Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal.

Shift the gear into P (Park), pull the EPB switch, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when leaving the vehicle.

Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
• Only release EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

NOTICE

• Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure EPB is released and the Parking Brake warning light is off before driving.

Information

• A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate EPB.

OJX1069034L

AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.

OJWEV061044L

Parking brake automatically engaged When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

EPB malfunction

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.

If the EPB warning light remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.

If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The EPB warning light may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of EPB.

NOTICE

• If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the Parking Brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, EPB may not be applied.
• If the Parking Brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Parking brake warning light

Check the Parking Brake warning light by pressing the Engine Stop/Start button to the ON position.

This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the Engine Stop/Start button in the START or ON position.

Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Parking Brake warning light is OFF.

If the Parking Brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release

If the EPB does not release normally, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.

Auto Hold

Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.

Information

The Auto Hold On or Off setting is maintained when the vehicle is turned off. When the vehicle is restarted the last setting for Auto Hold is applied.

To apply:

1. With the driver's door and engine hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the AUTO HOLD switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.

A: White, B: Green

1. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green.
2. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.
3. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

To release:

If you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.

WARNING

When Auto Hold is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.

Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.

To cancel:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
   The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.

WARNING

To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel Auto Hold before you:

• Drive downhill.
• Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
• Park the vehicle.

Information

• The Auto Hold does not operate when:

• The driver's door is opened
• The engine hood is opened
• The gear is in P (Park)
• EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when:

• The driver's door is opened
• The engine hood is opened
• The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes
• The vehicle is standing on a steep slope
• The vehicle moved several times

In these cases, the Parking Brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, depress the brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch.

- While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise.

NOTICE

If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.

NOTICE

If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood open detection system, Auto Hold may not work properly.

Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Warning messages

OJX1069028L

Parking brake automatically engaged When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

OJX1069034L

AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.

When this message is displayed, Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.

OJWEV061007L

Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD

If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release Auto Hold by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

WARNING

Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.

Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:

• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.

The safety features of ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.

ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS

To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.

ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.

Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.

ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.

The ABS (ABS) warning light will stay on for several seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

During that time, ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the ABS (AW)arning light is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, ABS will be active continuously and the ABS ((ABS)) warning light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off.

Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.

Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Information

When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS (ABS) warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

Interior view of a car dashboard with a circular vent and a highlighted 'OFF' button (no text or symbols on the main subject)

Electronic Stability Control helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

WARNING

Never drive too fast for the road conditions when cornering. ESC will not prevent accidents.

Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, ESC is enabled.

When operating

When ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
• When ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
• If Smart Cruise Control was in use when ESC activates, Smart Cruise Control automatically disengages. Smart Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” section in chapter 7 (if equipped).
• When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation:

- State 1

Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message ‘Traction and Stability Control limited’ will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.

- State 2

Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message 'Traction & Stability Control disabled' illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.

If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, ESC will automatically turn on again.

Indicator lights

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating.

If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates, have the vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when ESC is turned off.

WARNING

When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC is active:

Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

NOTICE

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.

ESC OFF usage

When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of ESC, to maintain wheel torque.

To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the transmission:

• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and Parking Brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

Information

Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)

Vehicle Stability Management is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle stay stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Vehicle Stability Management:

• ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road conditions. VSM will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, on slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

VSM operation

When operating

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.

Information

VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a banked road such as gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
  • The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) warning light (💡!) is on or blinks.

VSM OFF condition

To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF (OFF) indicator light will illuminate.

To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out.

WARNING

If the ESC (Indicator light or MDPS ⚙!) warning light stays illuminated or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have the vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds (maximum of 5 seconds when the accelerator pedal is slightly depressed during HAC operation) and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

WARNING

Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off an incline. Hill-Start Assist Control activates only for approximately 2 seconds (maximum of 5 seconds when the accelerator pedal is slightly depressed during HAC operation).

Information

• Hill-Start Assist Control does not operate when the gear is shifted to P (Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when ESC does not operate normally.

Brake Assistant System (BAS)

The Brake Assistant System provides additional pressure when the brake pedal is momentarily and strongly depressed in a situation sudden braking is required while driving.

The Brake Assistant System reduces the time for ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) control to enter and consequently reduces the braking distance, by providing additional pressure up to the point of ABS intervention.

BAS operation

• When the vehicle speed is more than 19 mph (30 km/h) and the ABS control is not entered.
• When the brake pedal is depressed strongly over a certain level.
• When the friction of the road surface is above a certain level.

BAS operation off

• The vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The brake pedal is depressed lightly or firmly over a certain condition.
  • The friction of the road surface is below a certain level.

WARNING

The system may not operate depending on driver's driving habit, the degree to which the brake pedal is depressed and the road surface condition.

Good Braking Practices

WARNING

Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the gear to the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.

Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.

DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

All Wheel Drive (AWD) delivers engine power to front and rear wheels for maximum traction. AWD is useful when extra traction is required, such as when driving on, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Do not drive in conditions that exceed the vehicles intended design such as challenging off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

WARNING

If the AWD ( ) warning light stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system. Whenever the AWD ( ) warning light illuminates, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

• Do not drive in water if the water level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water. Depress the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking condition is returned.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in off-road conditions such as sand, mud or water (see "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" section in chapter 9).
  • Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use, especially the bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type.
  • Make sure that a full time AWD vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow truck.

All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation

If the AWD system determines there is a need for four wheel drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically.

For safe AWD operation

Before driving

• Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts.
- Sit upright and closer to the steering wheel than usual. Adjust the steering wheel to a position comfortable for you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icy roads

• Start off slowly by applying the accelerator pedal gently.
  • Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Apply engine braking during deceleration by using the paddle shifter (manual shift mode) and manually selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent skids.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent getting stuck.

NOTICE

When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or mud, place a nonslip material under the drive wheels to provide traction OR slowly spin the wheels in forward and reverse directions which causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

However, avoid running the engine continuously at high RPM, doing so may damage the AWD system.

i Information

• When using Snow Tires, mount them on all four wheels.
• When using tire chains, install them on the rear tires. However, driving speed must be below 18 mph (30 km/h) and minimize the driving distance. High speed or long-term driving with the chains installed may malfunction or damage the AWD system.
• If tire chains must be used, use AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains.

For more information on Snow Tires and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter Driving" in this chapter.

Driving up or down hills

- Driving uphill

• Before starting off, check if it is possible to drive uphill.
• Drive as straight as possible.

- Driving downhill

• Do not change gear while driving downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
• Drive slowly using engine braking while driving downhill.
• Drive straight as possible.

WARNING

Exercise extreme caution driving up or down steep hills. The vehicle may flip over depending on the grade, terrain, water and mud conditions.

WARNING

Do not drive across the contour of steep hills. A slight change in the wheel angle can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle stops its forward motion. Your vehicle may roll over and lead to a serious injury or death.

Emergency Precautions

Tires

When replacing tires, be sure to equip all four tires with the same size, type, tread pattern, brand and load-carrying capacity.

WARNING

Do not use tire and wheel with different size and type from the one originally installed on your vehicle. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering failure or rollover causing serious injury.

In an emergency situation, a compact spare tire may be used. But, do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid failure of the differential or AWD system.

WARNING

Illustration of a car with a no-smoking symbol above it, showing a wheelchair and charging plug (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Never start or run the engine while an AWD vehicle is raised on a jack. The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby.

Towing

AWD vehicles must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground. For more details, refer to "Towing" section in chapter 8.

Vehicle inspection

• If the vehicle needs to be operated on a vehicle lift do not attempt to stop any of the four wheels from turning. This could damage the AWD system.
• Never engage the parking brake while running the engine on a car lift. This may damage the AWD system.

Dynamometer testing

An AWD vehicle must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.

A: Roll tester (Speedometer),
B: Temporary free roller

An AWD vehicle should not be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:

1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. The vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death.

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED SUSPENSION WITH ROAD PREVIEW (IF EQUIPPED)

Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview controls the vehicle suspension automatically using the front view camera and vehicle sensors to maximize driving comfort by taking into account the driving conditions such as speed, surface of the road, cornering, stopping requirements and acceleration.

Front view camera

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with visible grille and front headlights (no text or symbols)

①: Front view camera

The front view camera is a sensor that detects the front road. If the windshield or the front view camera is covered with snow, rain or foreign matters, the data collected by the camera is limited due to the degradation of the camera's performance. Always keep the front view camera clean.

NOTICE

• NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective objects (for example, white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the camera dry.
• Never disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.

Information

Have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.
- The front view camera or cover gets damaged or replaced.

System Malfunction

OJWEV061048L

Check Electronic Suspension

When Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview is not working properly, this warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. If this occurs, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

If the battery level is high or low, Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview may not work temporarily to protect the system. If this occurs, 'Check Electronic Suspension' warning message will appear.

Limitations of the System

Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview always operates while driving according to the vehicle's movement, and the preview function starts to work when the front view camera detects road conditions such as speed bumps. Therefore, the preview function is limited when there is an extreme condition that the front view camera may not work normally. In this case, the electronic control suspension function operates without the preview function in accordance with vehicle movement.

MULTI-CHAMBER AIR SUSPENSION (IF EQUIPPED)

Close-up of a car interior with a hand cursor pointing to a button, showing no visible text or symbols.

The Multi-chamber air suspension uses the air spring containing compressed air to adjust and maintain the vertical height of the vehicle both manually or automatically, according to number of passengers and load capacity. It also controls the valve inside the air spring to adjust stiffness of the air spring and damper to maximize driving comforts.

Each driving mode provides different ride comforts.

Vehicle Height Adjustment

- Press the vehicle height adjustment button to adjust the height. Pressing the button will raise the vehicle body and the indicator light illuminates. Pressing the button again will return the vehicle height to its original position and the indicator light turns off.

- If the vehicle is driving in high speed, the vehicle height adjustment is set to automatic mode and the vehicle height will return to its original position although you press the button.

• While above a certain speed, the height will be automatically set depending on the driving speed.
• Vehicle height may differ depending on the drive mode.

- Depending on vehicle condition, height adjustment will not operate or stop operating, and the indicator light blinks.

• When the Multi-chamber air suspension is malfunctioning
• When the vehicle is lifted up.
• When the vehicle is not stable due to a sudden brake or acceleration.
• When the air compressor is overheated.
• When the vehicle is not parked on a level ground.

- Vehicle height may automatically be adjusted after 2/4/8/16 hours from turning off the engine. It is due to the changes in air temperature.

CAUTION

If the compressor air filter under the vehicle body is submerged in water, do not operate the air suspension. Moisture inflow may damage the system.

Multi-Chamber Air Suspension Malfunction

OJWEV061048L

This message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the Multi-chamber air suspension system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

CAUTION

• When adjusting vehicle height, check if there are any obstacles below or above the vehicle.
• If air inside the suspension is discharged, a warning message will be displayed. If so, stop driving and use a towing vehicle. Since the vehicle height will be very low, projections on the road may damage the vehicle. See ‘Towing when the air suspension malfunctions’ before towing the vehicle.

Information

• Operating the air suspension may cause a little noise when charging and discharging the air.
• Adjusted vehicle height may vary depending on the temperature and surrounding environment.
• When the suspension warning message is displayed, the system enables safe mode to prevent secondary failure and the vehicle performance may be displayed differently.
• When the vehicle is parked on a slope, or when the vehicle is in unstable condition due to sudden acceleration, deceleration or steering, vehicle height adjustment becomes temporarily disabled. If the vehicle escapes from such dangerous situation, vehicle height adjustment is enabled again.
• When the vehicle is lifted up with a lift or jack, height adjustment may be disabled to protect the system. If the vehicle engine is started or you start driving, the function is enabled again.
  • Leaving the vehicle parked for long time may lower the vehicle height. The vehicle height returns to its original position when the engine is started.
• If the battery is either overcharged or discharged, vehicle height adjustment is disabled to protect the system and a temporary warning message may be displayed.
• If the vehicle height adjustment is operated repeatedly, the function may be temporarily disabled due to the overheated compressor. It is to prevent the breakdown of related parts.

Additional Height Adjustment Function

Multi-chamber air suspension recognizes the driving condition to automatically adjust vehicle height, spring stiffness, and shock absorber damping force for driving comfort and vehicle protection. Additional vehicle height adjustment operates automatically depending on various conditions and it is not necessarily displayed to the driver.

Off road driving

Side view of a sedan car with an upward arrow indicating motion or flow, no text or symbols present.

The vehicle adjusts vehicle height, spring stiffness, and shock absorber damping force when driving on a rough terrain such as an unpaved road, to optimize comfort and protect the vehicle.

Driving on a slope

Black-and-white illustration of a car on a slope with a starburst effect, no text or symbols present.

The vehicle adjusts vehicle height, spring stiffness, and shock absorber damping force when driving over a steep slope, to optimize comfort and protect the vehicle.

i Information

• Additional vehicle height adjustment function operates differently depending on various driving and system conditions. In some cases, its operability and actuation speed may vary.
• When the vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) or above 37 mph (60 km/h), the safety bump driving function may be disabled.
• When the vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h), the off road driving and slope driving function may be disabled.

Towing When the Air Suspension Malfunction

Driving while the suspension is malfunctioning and the air inside the suspension is discharged may damage the vehicle.

Use the towing vehicle and we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Use only flatbed tow trucks. Other towing methods may damage the vehicle.

Side view of a flatbed truck transporting a sedan on its trailer (no text or symbols visible)

The flatbed tow truck must be a safety loader type which has a loading angle ① less than 6°.

Towing with a loading angle larger than 6^ may damage the vehicle.

IDLE STOP AND GO (ISG) (IF EQUIPPED)

Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel consumption by automatically shutting down the engine, when the vehicle is at a standstill (for example, red stop light, stop sign, and traffic jam) subject to certain prerequisite conditions being satisfied as listed below.

The engine is automatically started upon satisfying the starting conditions.

ISG system is always active, when the engine is running.

Information

When the engine is automatically started by ISG system, warning lights (for example, ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS, and parking brake warning light) may illuminate for a few seconds due to low battery voltage.

However, it does not indicate a malfunction with ISG system.

ISG System Operation

Prerequisite for activation

ISG system operates in the following situations.

• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are closed
- The battery sensor is activated and the battery is sufficiently charged
- Outside temperature is not too low or too high
- The vehicle is driven over a constant speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies the conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
• ISG related parts are working properly
• The incline is gradual
- The steering wheel is turned less than 180 degrees and then the vehicle stops

Information

ISG system is not activated, when the prerequisites to activate the ISG system are unsatisfied.

Auto stop

When ISG is on the engine will be stopped automatically when both of the following occurs:

1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0mph (0 km/h) full stop condition.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).

The Auto Stop (A) indicator illuminates in green on the instrument cluster, when the engine stops.

The gasoline 3.5 turbo 48 V electric supercharger vehicle may automatically shut down the engine when the vehicle speed is below 16 mph (25 km/h) with the brake pedal depressed. At this time, the ISG indicator lights up in green on the instrument cluster.

Information

Idle stop cannot reoccur again until the vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h) and then returns again to the automatic stop conditions as previously mentioned.

In the Auto Stop mode, if the engine hood is opened, ISG system will be deactivated.

When the system is deactivated, a message ‘Auto Stop is off. Shift to P or N to start engine manually’ appears on the cluster LCD display with a warning sound.

If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and restart the engine manually.

Auto start

When the engine stops automatically by ISG, the engine will restart if one of the following is done.

• Release the brake pedal.
• When Auto Hold is activated, take your foot off the brake pedal and then depress the accelerator pedal.
• While depressing the brake pedal, shift the gear from N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• While depressing the brake pedal, shift the gear from N (Neutral) to D (Drive).

The Auto Stop (A) indicator turns into white on the instrument cluster, when the engine is restarted.

LCD display messages

The messages are displayed on the instrument cluster to help use ISG system.

ORS061032L

Auto Stop is Off. Shift to P or N and start engine manually

When the system is deactivated, a message will appear on the cluster LCD display with a warning sound in the following situations.

- When the engine hood is opened.

- When ISG system is not working normally.

If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and restart the engine manually. For your safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

ORS061049L

AUTO STOP elapsed time

AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed time of engine stop by the Idle Stop and Go system.

You may check AUTO STOP elapsed time in the Normal view on the instrument cluster.

Refer to "View Modes" section in chapter 4.

ISG System Off

Close-up of a car interior with a dial indicator and a highlighted 'OFF' button (no readable text or symbols beyond the label)

Press the ISG OFF button to turn off ISG system. The ISG OFF button indicator will illuminate. To use the system, press the ISG OFF button again.

Forced to Restart Engine

The engine is automatically restarted in the following situations.

• The engine has stopped for about 5 minutes
- The air conditioning is ON with the fan speed set to a certain high level
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
- The cooling and heating performance of the climate control system is unsatisfactory
- The vehicle is shifted to P (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) when Auto Hold is operating
- The door is opened or the seatbelt is unfastened when Auto Hold is activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto Hold is activated

The Auto Stop (A) indicator blinks in green for 5 seconds on the instrument cluster when the engine is restarted.

WARNING

When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, the engine may restart without the driver taking any action. Before leaving the vehicle or working on the engine compartment, turn off the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF position.

ISG Malfunction

ISG system may not operate when there is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or ISG system.

The following will occur, when there is a malfunction with the ISG system:

- The Auto Stop(A) indicator will illuminate in yellow on the instrument cluster.

Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Calibrating the Battery Sensor

If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced, ISG system will not operate immediately. If you want to use the system, the battery sensor needs to be calibrated following the below procedure.

3D rendering of a vehicle battery casing with a magnified inset showing a labeled component (A) and no visible text or symbols on the main body.

A: Battery sensor

1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect all electronic devices that were additionally installed after the vehicle was delivered, such as navigation, dashcam, etc.
3. After 4 hours with the engine off, turn the engine on and off 3 to 4 times.

i Information

The ISG system may not operate in the following situations.

• There is a malfunction with the ISG system.
• The battery is weak.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low. If this occurs, have the ISG system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

• Use only a genuine Genesis ISG battery for replacement. If not, the ISG system may not properly operate.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery with a general battery charger. It may damage or explode the ISG battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The battery electrolyte, which is harmful to the human body, may leak out.

COASTING (IF EQUIPPED)

When certain conditions are met, the engine is automatically decoupled from the transmission while gear remains in D (Drive). When Coasting is operating, the engine stays at idling speed to reduce fuel consumption and increase coasting distance.

Coasting Setting

ORS061033L

- The Coasting function must be turned ON from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Drive Mode → Coasting

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

- When Coasting is turned ON and the conditions are met, the function operates with a ‘Coasting’ message illuminated on the instrument cluster.

Coasting Operating Conditions

The Coasting function will operate when the accelerator pedal is depressed and released under the following conditions.

• ECO is selected for driving mode
• ECO or Smart is selected for Powertrain in the CUSTOM menu from the infotainment system screen. If Smart is selected, driver acceleration should be mild
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Smart Cruise Control is OFF
- The accelerator or brake pedal is not depressed
- The vehicle's speed is within 30\~100 mph (50\~160 km/h) range
- The road gradient is within -5\~+5% range

i Information

• If the front radar for Smart Cruise Control cannot operate normally, the inter-vehicle distance and relative speed condition are automatically ignored.
• The Coasting function works after the engine is turned on, the transmission is warmed up, and the engine sensor self-diagnosis is completed.
• Depending on the driving situation, Coasting operation may be temporarily delayed even if the above conditions are met.

Coasting Release Conditions

The Coasting function will be automatically released when the following conditions are met.

• Comfort or Sport is selected for driving mode
  • The driver uses the paddle shifter
• Smart Cruise Control is activated (Set speed appears on the cluster)
• The vehicle's speed exceeds 30\~100 mph (50\~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or over +5%
• If the distance between the vehicle ahead is too close or the relative speed changes momentarily in Smart mode
• If lane change is predicated in Smart mode (for example, the turn signal is turned ON or a LKA warning appears due to steering wheel control, etc.)

Information

It is recommended to turn off the Coasting function if you are driving under frequently stop-and-go condition. Change the drive mode to Comfort or Sport or deselect Coasting from the infotainment system screen.

NOTICE

• If the accelerator pedal is pressed quickly for accelerating with the Coasting function in operation, acceleration may occur after the engagement of the clutch inside the transmission. In turn, the driver may continue to feel acceleration even after the system is turned off.
• Driving with the Coasting function off may be required in some cases since the engine brake is not applied while the Coasting function is operating.
• Operating the infotainment system screen to activate or deactivate the Coasting function while driving may be dangerous as the driver's attention is dispersed.

PREDICTIVE SHIFT (IF EQUIPPED)

Predictive shift feature proactively upshifts or downshifts the gear based on the data detected from the navigation, front radar sensor, and camera.

CAUTION

Predictive shift is a convenience feature. Regardless of its operation, the driver must pay attention to the road condition and abide traffic laws. The vehicle manufacturer does not take any responsibility for traffic law violation and accidents.

Predictive shift Operating Conditions

Predictive shift operates when it is in the ready state, and a specific situation is detected while driving. Details on prerequisites for activation and operations are as follows.

- Prerequisites for activation: Predictive shift operates when all the following conditions are met.

• Drive mode is set to SMART
• Gear is positioned in D (Drive)
• Smart cruise control is off
• Engine and transmission operate normally
• Front radar sensor and related controllers operate normally
• When driving on a highway

- Operating condition:

Predictive shift function operates when one of the following situation is detected.

• Curve or downhill ahead
• Roundabout ahead
• Entering highway
• Low speed vehicle ahead (Vehicle-to-vehicle distance is closing in)

Predictive shift off Conditions

The predictive shift function will be released when the following conditions are met.

• The detected situation is over
• Drive mode is shifted from SMART to another mode
• Gear is shifted from D (Drive) to another gear position
• Paddle shifter is used
• Smart cruise control is on
• Engine or transmission malfunctions
• Front radar sensor or related controllers malfunction

Limitations of the System

The predictive shift may have limited operation in the following situations

• If you do not take the route guided in the navigation, predictive shift may not operate properly since the system operates according to the navigated route. Predictive shift will operate properly again once the navigation sets a new route.
• The navigation may reflect the real time traffic condition and change the route. If so, the predictive shift may not correspond temporarily to the current driving condition.
• If the destination is not set on the navigation, predictive shift operates according to the route which is most likely to be taken. When driving through roads such as a branch road, predictive shift may not correspond to the current driving condition until the navigation sets a new route.
• While using the navigation app through smart phone linked functions such as Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, predictive shift operates as when the destination is not set in the vehicle's navigation.
  • Predictive shift may not operate properly in the following situations.

- Navigation system is not completely booted.

- Real time GPS or map data has errors, or the map data is not up to date.

Checking Operation on the Instrument Cluster

The operating condition of predictive shift can be checked from the icons and messages displayed on the instrument cluster. If there are multiple conditions detected, every related icon illuminates but only the most important message is displayed. The images and colors of the messages may differ from the description depending on the cluster type.

CAUTION

Always be aware of the traffic and road condition ahead. Checking the instrument cluster while driving may cause an accident.

When predictive shift is ready

ORS062039N

Refer to the following for icons displayed when predictive shift is stand-by for use.

Icons

WRS-502	Entering curve
WRS-503	Entering downhill
WRS-504	Approaching to vehicle ahead
WRS-505	Entering highway
WRS-523	Roundabout detected
WRS-507	Other situations detected

While predictive shift is on

- When shifting the gear by detecting forward road condition

ORS062039N

- When shifting the gear by detecting multiple conditions ahead

ORS062038N

When predictive shift is off

- When the system does not meet the operating conditions.

ORS062041N

- When the drive mode is not in SMART.

ORS062042N

How Predictive Shift Operates

Predictive shift operates according to the detected conditions.

Predictive shift in curve

If there is a curve ahead, the gear is downshifted in advance to engage the engine brake automatically. After passing the curve, it will help the vehicle to reaccelerate.

• If you drive smoothly through a curve, or if the curve is gradual, predictive shift does not operate.
• Predictive shift may operate if there is a sharp curve, or the vehicle speed is high when entering a highway ramp or turning left or right on a crossroad.

Predictive shift to maintain speed during downhill coasting

When coasting on a downhill, the engine brake is automatically engaged to help maintain the vehicle speed.

• If the slope is gentle or short, predictive shift does not operate.
• If the downhill slope is steep, the engine brake may be strongly engaged to maintain speed.
• Depressing the brake or accelerator pedal while predictive shift is being activated will temporarily disable the function.

CAUTION

Predictive shift to maintain speed during downhill coasting is only to assist the driver to drive safely on a downhill. It does not accelerate or decelerate the vehicle. If acceleration or deceleration is required, depress the pedal to manually adjust the speed.

Predictive shift in roundabout

If there is a roundabout ahead, the predictive shift downshifts the gear before entering the roundabout to assist the driver to go through the roundabout smoothly and reaccelerate the vehicle.

Predictive shift to accelerate when entering highways (Interchange/Junction)

When entering the main road of highways, the drive mode is temporarily changed to SMART SPORT at the interchange or junction to assist the vehicle to accelerate easily.

• It also operates when entering an expressway.
• While the SMART SPORT mode is on, the red 'SMART' message will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
• The drive mode will revert back to SMART ECO or SMART COMFORT when the vehicle has completely entered the highways.
• Predictive shift operates only when the vehicle is accelerated sufficiently at the highways interchange or junction to enter the main road. It does not operate if the vehicle speed is low.
• When entering the highways ramp with the vehicle in SMART ECO mode, the drive mode will automatically change to SMART COMFORT. The white 'SMART' message will illuminate on the cluster.
• When predictive shift is operating, the acceleration performance is equal to that of when SPORT mode is selected by pressing the drive mode button.

Predictive shift when approaching a vehicle ahead

If the speed of the vehicle ahead is low and the distance is getting closer, the engine brake is engaged automatically to assist in deceleration.

• When the vehicle reaches an appropriate distance and the speed is equal to the vehicle ahead, predictive shift will be finished.
• If the brake or accelerator pedal is depressed while predictive shift is operating, the function will be temporarily disabled.
• If there is a large difference of speed from the vehicle ahead, the engine brake may be engaged greatly to obtain appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle distance.

CAUTION

‘Predictive Shift when Approaching to Vehicle Ahead’ is a function to assist deceleration by detecting the speed difference with the vehicle ahead and does not directly prevent collision. If the vehicle ahead abruptly decelerates and the distance rapidly decreases, the driver must depress the brake pedal to decelerate.

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

Selecting Drive Mode

Drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.

Changing drive mode (ECO, COMFORT, SPORT)

Shortly press the DRIVE MODE button to change among ECO, COMFORT and SPORT.

The drive mode changes as below whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

- ECO → COMFORT → SPORT

ORS062037N

Switching to CUSTOM mode

Press and hold the DRIVE MODE button to change to CUSTOM mode. The drive mode will shift from ECO, COMFORT, SPORT mode and then switch to pre-selected CUSTOM mode.

- ECO → COMFORT → SPORT → Pre-selected CUSTOM mode

To select a CUSTOM mode, go to 'Setup → Vehicle → Drive Mode → CUSTOM' in the infotainment system.

- SMART

- CHAUFFEUR

- MY DRIVE

Setting BRAKE mode

To set the BRAKE mode to adjust brake response, park the vehicle and shift the gear to P (Park). Go to 'Setup → Vehicle → Drive Mode → Brakes' in the infotainment system and select a mode.

- COMFORT: Brake response appropriate for comfort driving.

- SPORT: Brake response appropriate for dynamic driving.

- CHAUFFEUR: Brake response appropriate for rear seat comfort.

ECO, COMFORT, SPORT Mode Features

ECO mode (if equipped)

ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.

Fuel efficiency varies according to the driver's driving habit and road condition.

• When ECO mode is selected, the ECO indicator will illuminate on the instrument cluster.

• When ECO mode is activated:

• The acceleration response may be slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately.

• The air conditioner performance may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
• Engine noise may be louder at some automatic transmission shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.

The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated to help improve fuel efficiency.

COMFORT mode

COMFORT mode provides smooth driving and comfortable riding.

SPORT mode

SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.

In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

• When SPORT mode is selected, the SPORT indicator will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the drive mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:

- The engine RPM will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator

- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating

NOTICE

In the SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

CUSTOM Mode Features

SMART mode

SMART mode selects the proper driving mode among SMART ECO, SMART COMFORT and SMART SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (for example, mild or dynamic) from the brake pedal depression or the steering wheel operation.

Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode

• The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be mild.).
• The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART COMFORT mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively depress the accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters a leveled road.
• The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.

- The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt accelerating or decelerating and increases the engine brake performance.

For general description of SMART ECO, SMART COMFORT, and SMART SPORT modes, refer to “ECO, COMFORT, SPORT mode features”.

Limitation of SMART mode

SMART may be limited in following situations. ECO, COMFORT, SPORT mode features

• The driver is using the paddle shifter to manually shift gear. (The system prioritizes the driver's manual shifting)
  • Smart Cruise Control is activated.
• The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high.

Information

• When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ depending on your driving situations such as slope angle, and vehicle speed.
• When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.

CHAUFFEUR mode

CHAUFFEUR mode controls the suspension, engine, transmission, and steering wheel to provide comfort driving experience to rear seat passengers.

MY DRIVE MODE

MY DRIVE mode will allow the driver to personalize the setting of the powertrain, steering wheel, suspension, and AWD.

To set MY DRIVE mode, go to 'Setup → Vehicle → Drive Mode → CUSTOM → MY DRIVE' in the infotainment system.

• Powertrain: ECO/COMFORT/SPORT
• Steering: COMFORT/SPORT
• Suspension: COMFORT/SPORT
• AWD (if equipped): ECO/COMFORT/SPORT

ROAD ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

Road Active Noise Control helps reduce noise caused while driving.

The system may not operate properly in the following conditions:

• Any of the window is open
• Any of the door is open
• The sunroof is open
- The trunk is open
- Vehicle's microphone and speaker is blocked by loads

System Malfunction

OJWEV061046L

When Road Active Noise Cancel is malfunctioning, this warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. If this occurs, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

ACTIVE SOUND DESIGN (IF EQUIPPED)

• Active Sound Design is a function that provides enhanced virtual engine sound when the driver is depressing the accelerator pedal.
- You can activate or deactivate Active Sound Design function from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → Vehicle → Active Sound Design → Ehanced/Standard/ Minimized/Off, or

- Setup → Sound → Active Sound Design → Enhanced/Standard/Minimized/Off

See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.

- Any unauthorized replacement of the vehicle's speaker and amplifier may cause Active Sound Design to malfunction.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous Driving Conditions

When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the following precautions:

• Drive cautiously and maintain a longer braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

WARNING

Downshifting with an automatic transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.

Rocking the Vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.

Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.

To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.

If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

Information

The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.

NOTICE

If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" section in chapter 8.

Smooth Cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at Night

Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember:

• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other drivers' headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement:

• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle.
  • Turn OFF your Smart Cruise Control
• Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough depth of tire tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See “Tire Tread” section in chapter 9.
• Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning

If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" section in chapter 9.

Driving in Flooded Areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.

After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Highway Driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.

Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation.

Information

Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil

Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway.

Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.

WINTER DRIVING

The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:

Snow or Icy Conditions

You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.

Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Summer tires

• Summer tires are used to maximize the driving performance on dry roads.
• If the temperature is below 45^ F or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, the summer tires lose their brake performance and traction as the tire grip weakens significantly.
• If the temperature is below 45^ F or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, mount snow tires or all-season tires of the same size with your vehicle's standard tire for safe driving. Both snow and all-season tires have M+S markings.
• When using the M+S tires, use tires with the same tread produced by the same manufacturer for safe driving.
• When driving with the M+S tires with the lower maximum allowable speed than that of the vehicle's standard summer tire, be careful not to exceed the speed allowed for the M+S tires.

Snow tires

WARNING

Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.

We recommend that you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45^ F ( 7^ C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.

Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Tire size Wheel	size Tire size Wheel size
245/45R20 8.5J x	20 245/45R20 8.5J x 20
275/40R20 9.5J x	20 275/40R20 9.5J x 20
245/40R21 8.5J x	21 245/40R21 8.5J x 21
275/35R21 9.5J x	21 275/35R21 9.5J x 21

If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same Inflation pressure as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.

Tire chains

Close-up of a car wheel with visible blades and center hub, partially covered in snow (no text or symbols)

ORS061025L

Since the sidewalls on some radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting certain types of tire chains on them. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if possible use AutoSock® (fabric snow chain or similar). Install AutoSock® after reviewing the instructions provided with AutoSock®. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper use of fabric snow chains are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

Information

AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of AutoSock.

WARNING

The use of AutoSock® (fabric snow chain) may adversely affect vehicle handling:

• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the AutoSock® manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.

Disabling Rear Wheel Steering system to install snow chains

ORS061036L

If the Rear Wheel Steering system is applied, disable the system to protect the vehicle when snow chains are installed.

Select 'Setup → Vehicle → Driver Assistance → Snow Chains Installed' in the infotainment system to disable the Rear Wheel Steering system.

After selecting 'Snow Chains Installed' in the infotainment system, turn the steering wheel 180 degrees to the left and right 2 to 3 times while the vehicle is stopped, and check if the rear wheels are straight before driving.

After removing the snow chain, deselect 'Snow Chains Installed' in the infotainment system before driving.

CAUTION

• For your safety, change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• After removing the snow chain, be sure to deselect 'Snow Chains Installed' in the infotainment system to operate the Rear Wheel Steering system again.

NOTICE

If you drive without disabling the Rear Wheel Steering system in the infotainment system after installing snow chains, the snow chains can damage your vehicle's body or chassis parts. When you hear the snow chain hitting the vehicle, stop the vehicle and check whether the snow chains are installed properly and whether the Rear Wheel Steering system is disabled.

i Information

• Install AutoSock® (fabric snow chain) only in pairs and on the rear tires. It should be noted that installing AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

Chain Installation

When installing AutoSock ^® (fabric snow chain), follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with AutoSock ^® installed. If you hear the fabric snow chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the AutoSock ^® as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.

When mounting AutoSock ^® , park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available).

Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing tire chains.

NOTICE

When using AutoSock® (fabric snow chain):

• Wrong size fabric snow chains or improperly installed fabric snow chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by fabric snow chains contacting the body, retighten the fabric snow chains to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten the fabric snow chains after driving 0.3\~0.6 miles (0.5\~1.0 km).

Winter Precautions

Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 9. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter temperatures affect battery performance. Inspect the battery and cables, as specified in chapter 9. The battery charging level can be checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or in a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary

In some regions during winter, it is recommended to use the “winter weight” oil with lower viscosity. In addition, replace the engine oil and filter if it is close to the next maintenance interval. Fresh engine oil ensures optimum engine operation during the winter months. For further information, refer to chapter 2. When you are not sure about a type of winter weight oil, consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in chapter 9. If necessary, replace them.

Also check all ignition wirings and components for any cracks, wear-out, and damage.

To prevent locks from freezing

To prevent the locks from being frozen, spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin into key holes. When a lock opening is already covered with ice, spray approved de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it. When an internal part of a lock freezes, try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use the heated key to avoid an injury.

Use approved window washer anti-freeze solution in system

To prevent the window washer from being frozen, add authorized window washer anti-freeze solution, as specified on the window washer container. Window washer anti-freeze solution is available from an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products, and most vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti-freeze solution, to prevent any damage to the vehicle paint.

Do not let your parking brake freeze

Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. When there is the risk that your parking brake may freeze, temporarily apply it with the gear in P (Park). Also, block the rear wheels in advance, so the vehicle may not roll. Then, release the parking brake.

Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in such conditions during the severe winter, you should check underneath the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure that the front wheels and the steering components is unblocked.

Carry emergency equipment

In accordance with weather conditions, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment, while driving. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

Do not place objects or materials in the engine compartment

Putting objects or materials in the engine compartment may cause an engine failure or combustion, because they may block the engine cooling. Such damage will not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty.

Drive your vehicle when water vapor condenses and accumulates inside the exhaust pipes

When the vehicle is stopped for a long time in winter while the engine is running, water vapor may condense and accumulate inside the exhaust pipes. Water in the exhaust pipes may cause noise, etc., but it is drained driving at medium to high speed.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label.

Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:

Base curb weight

This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.

The Loading Information Label

A

ORS062057N

B

ORS062058N

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight

882 lbs. (400 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity

Total: 5 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity

We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity

The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correct load limit

1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

WARNING

Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can be broken, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.

Example 1	≥ +
	Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)	Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.) (68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)	Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
Example 2	≥ +
	Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)	Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.) (68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)	Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
Example 3	≥ +
	Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)	Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.) (78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)	Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

Certification label

OBH059070

The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

WARNING

Overloading

• Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may result in a crash.

NOTICE

Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

WARNING

If you carry items inside your vehicle (for example, suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

• Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
• Do not stack items like suitcases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

TRAILER TOWING

We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

7. Driver Assistance System

Driver Assistance system functions can be updated by Over-The-Air software update. Descriptions for each function of the system may differ from the owners' manual once updated. See "Over-The-Air Software Update" section in chapter 5 for details.

Driving Safety

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) 7-2

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) 7-29

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) 7-35

Safe Exit Assist (SEA) 7-52

Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) 7-58

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) 7-61

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) 7-67

Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) 7-73

Driving Convenience

Smart Cruise Control (SCC) 7-75

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) 7-93

Lane Following Assist (LFA) 7-100

Highway Driving Assist (HDA)....7-104

Parking Safety

Surround View Monitor (SVM) 7-116

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) 7-121

Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) 7-133

Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) 7-140

Parking Convenience

Remote Smart Parking Assist 2 (RSPA 2) 7-149

Declaration of Conformity....7-177

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA)

Top-down view of two cars on a road with directional arrows indicating traffic flow (no text or symbols)

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a powered two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway and warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a warning message and warning and application of emergency braking.

In addition, when driving at high speeds, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will help detect vehicles in front and adjacent lanes. If a collision is imminent when changing lanes, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will apply emergency braking to help prevent a collision.

Junction Turning function

Top-down view of three cars on a road with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Junction Turning function can help avoid a collision with an oncoming vehicle in an adjacent lane when turning left at a crossroad with the turn signal on by applying emergency braking.

Junction Crossing function

Top-down view of three cars on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Junction Crossing function can help avoid a collision with oncoming vehicles on the left or right side when crossing an intersection by applying emergency braking.

Direct Oncoming function

Top-down view of two cars on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

A: Oncoming vehicle

Direct Oncoming function helps reduce the speed at the collision when a vehicle approaching from the opposite side is detected.

Lane-Change Oncoming function

Top-down view of two cars on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

A: Oncoming vehicle

Lane-Change Oncoming function helps avoid a collision with an oncoming vehicle when changing lanes by assisting the driver's steering.

Lane-Change Side function

Top-down view of two cars on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

A: Front-side vehicle

Lane-Change Side function helps avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead in the next lane when changing lanes by assisting the driver's steering.

Evasive Steering Assist function

- Driver steering assist

Evasive Steering Assist function helps avoid a collision with a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the same lane. When a risk of collision is detected, Evasive Steering Assist function will warn the driver and if the driver steers to avoid collision it will assist the driver's steering.

- Evasive steering assist

Evasive Steering Assist function helps avoid a collision with a pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the same lane. When a risk of collision is detected, Evasive Steering Assist function will warn the driver and if there is space to avoid collision in the lane, it will assist the driver's steering.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

Front view of a car's head with grille and side stripes (no visible text or symbols)

Front view of a modern electric car with visible grille and headlights (no text or symbols)

①: Front view camera,
②: Front radar,
③: Front corner radar,
④: Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:

• Never disassemble the detecting sensor or sensor assembly, or cause any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors have been replaced or repaired, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
  • Exercise extreme caution to keep the front view camera dry.
• Never place any reflective objects (for example, white paper, mirror) over the dashboard.
• Do not place any objects near the front windshield or install any accessories on the front windshield. It can affect the performance of the defogging and defrosting function of the climate control system, which may prevent the Driver Assistance systems from operating.

• Do not apply license plate frame or objects, such as a bumper sticker, film or a bumper guard, near the front radar cover.
  • Always keep the front radar and cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
  Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

• If the radar or the area around the radar has been damaged or impacted in any way, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate even though a warning message does not appear on the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

• Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged front radar cover. Do not apply paint to the front radar cover.
  • Vehicles equipped with front corner radar and/or rear corner radar

- Do not apply license plate frame or objects, such as a bumper sticker, film or a bumper guard, near the front corner radar or rear corner radar.

- The function may not work properly when the bumper has been replaced, or the surroundings of the front corner radar or rear corner radar has been damaged or paint has been applied.

- If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it may adversely affect the performance of the rear corner radar or Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings

Forward Safety

ORS071230L

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Forward Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk levels. Braking assist or steering assist will be applied depending on the collision risk levels.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk levels. Braking and steering will not be assisted. The driver must apply the brake pedal or steer the vehicle if necessary.
• If 'Off' is selected, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off. The warning light ⚙ will illuminate on the cluster.

The driver can monitor Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist On/Off status from the Settings menu. If the warning light ⚙ remains ON when Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is on, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Forward Cross-Traffic Safety

ORS071231L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Forward Safety → Forward Cross-Traffic Safety' from the Settings menu to turn on Junction Crossing function and deselect to turn off the function.

WARNING

When the engine is restarted, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will always turn on. However, if 'Off' is selected, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

CAUTION

• If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking or steering is not assisted.
• The settings for Forward Safety include 'Basic function', 'Junction Turning', 'Direct Oncoming', 'Lane-Change Oncoming', 'Lane-Change Side' and 'Evasive Steering Assist'.
• If Forward Safety is set to 'Off', Junction Crossing function will not operate even when 'Forward Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected.

Warning Timing

ORS071267L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warning time can be set to either ‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.

• Use ‘Standard’ in normal driving conditions. If the Warning Timing seems sensitive, change it to ‘Late’.
• If 'Late' is selected, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the driver more slowly.

Information

If you change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Warning Volume

ORS071270L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' or 'Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.
• If 'Off' is selected, the Warning Volume of Forward Collision Avoidance Assist will not turn off, but the volume will sound as 'Low'.
• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If 'Off' is selected, steering wheel vibration will not turn off.
• Select 'Driver Assistance → Haptic Warning' from the Settings menu to change the steering wheel vibration intensity to 'Strong', 'Medium', 'Light' or 'Off'.

CAUTION

• The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Standard’ is selected for Warning Timing, if a detected vehicle in front suddenly stops, the warning may seem late.
• Select 'Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation

Basic function

The basic function for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and help control the vehicle depending on the collision risk level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'.

ORS071096L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the ‘Collision Warning’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle or powered two-wheeler is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-124 mph (10-200 km/h).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in front, the function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-53 mph (10-85 km/h).

ORS071097L

Emergency Braking

To warn the driver that emergency braking will be assisted, the ‘Emergency Braking’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
Emergency braking will operate under the following conditions.
• Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:

	Driving vehicle	Stopped vehicle
Weak braking power	Approximately 6-125 mph (10-200 km/h)*
Strong braking power	Approximately 6-81 mph (10-130 km/h)*	Approximately 6-47 mph (10-75 km/h) (6-62 mph (10-100 km/h))*

*: If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that avoiding a collision is difficult even by changing the driving lane. The function operate range may decrease due to surroundings of the vehicle. (if equipped)

- Pedestrian or cyclist: The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-40 mph (10-65 km/h).

ORS071102L

Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the 'Drive carefully' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
  For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

Junction Turning function

Junction Turning function will warn and control the vehicle depending on the collision risk level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'.

ORS071098L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the 'Collision Warning' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-19 mph (10-30 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed is between approximately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).

ORS071099L

Emergency Braking

• To warn the driver that emergency braking will be assisted, the 'Emergency Braking' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• In emergency braking situation, braking is assisted with strong braking power by the function to help prevent collision with the oncoming vehicle.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-19 mph (10-30 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed is between approximately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).

ORS071102L

Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the 'Drive carefully' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
  For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

Junction Crossing function

Junction Crossing function will warn and control the vehicle depending on collision risk level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'

ORS071100L ORS071282L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the ‘Collision Warning’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-34 mph (10-55 km/h) and the crossing vehicle speed is between approximately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h)

Emergency Braking

• To warn the driver that emergency braking will be assisted, the 'Emergency Braking' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• In emergency braking situation, braking is assisted with strong braking power by the function to help prevent collision with the crossing vehicle.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-34 mph (10-55 km/h) and the crossing vehicle speed is between approximately 6-25 mph (10-40 km/h).

Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the 'Drive carefully' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
  For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

CAUTION

If the collision angle with the crossing vehicle is beyond a certain range, Junction Crossing function warning and control may be late or may not operate.

Direct Oncoming function

Direct Oncoming function will warn and control the vehicle depending on the collision risk level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'.

ORS071096L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the 'Collision Warning' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6-80 mph (10-130 km/h) and the detected oncoming vehicle speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h) and the oncoming motorcycle speed is approximately above 16 mph (25 km/h).

ORS071097L

Emergency Braking

• To warn the driver that emergency braking will be assisted, the 'Emergency Braking' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• In emergency braking situation, braking is assisted with strong braking power by the function to help prevent collision with the oncoming vehicle.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 19-80 mph (30-130 km/h) and the detected oncoming vehicle speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h).

ORS071102L

Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the ‘Drive carefully’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster. For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

CAUTION

If your vehicle or the oncoming vehicle is not driving straight, Direct Oncoming function warning and control may be late or may not operate.

Lane-Change Oncoming function

Lane-Change Oncoming function will warn and control the vehicle depending on collision risk level: 'Collision Warning' and 'Emergency Steering'

ORS071098L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the 'Collision Warning' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 25-90 mph (40-145 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h) and the relative speed with your vehicle is approximately below 124 mph (200 km/h).

ORS071105L

Emergency Steering

• To warn the driver that emergency steering will be assisted, the ‘Emergency Steering’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• In an emergency steering situation, steering is assisted by the function to help prevent a collision with the oncoming vehicle.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 25-90 mph (40-145 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h) and the relative speed with your vehicle is approximately below 124 mph (200 km/h).

Lane-Change Side function

Lane-Change Side function will warn and control the vehicle depending on collision risk level: 'Collision Warning' and 'Emergency Steering'

ORS071098L ORS071198L

Collision Warning

• To warn the driver of a collision, the ‘Collision Warning’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 25-90 mph (40-145 km/h).

ORS071105L ORS071106L

Emergency Steering

• To warn the driver that emergency steering will be assisted, the ‘Emergency Steering’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• In emergency steering situation, steering is assisted by the function to help prevent collision with the front-side vehicle.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 25-90 mph (40-145 km/h) and front-side vehicle and powered two-wheeler is driving.

CAUTION

Lane-Change Side function does not operate if the vehicle speed of the preceding vehicle from the front side is 0 mph (0 km/h).

Evasive Steering Assist function

Evasive Steering Assist function will warn and control the vehicle with ‘Emergency steering’.

ORS071107L ORS071108L

Emergency Steering (Driver steering assist)

• To warn the driver that emergency steering will be assisted, the ‘Emergency Steering’ message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• If there is a risk of collision with a vehicle, powered two-wheeler pedestrian and cyclist in front, the steering will be assisted to help prevent collision when the driver steers the vehicle to avoid collision.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 25-53 mph (40-85 km/h).

ORS071107L ORS071108L

Emergency Steering (Evasive steering assist)

• To warn the driver that emergency steering will be assisted, the 'Emergency Steering' message will appear on the instrument cluster, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• If there is high risk of collision with a pedestrian and cyclist in front, and the vehicle speed to operate emergency braking is within the operation range, the steering will be assisted to help prevent collision when there is space to avoid collision in the driving lane.
• The function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40-47 mph (65-75 km/h).

CAUTION

• The steering wheel may turn automatically when emergency steering is operating.
  • Emergency steering will automatically cancel when risk factors disappear. If necessary, the driver must steer the vehicle.
• Emergency steering may not operate or may cancel during operation if the steering wheel is held tight or steered in the opposite direction.
• When steering is assisted to avoid collision with a vehicle, powered two-wheeler, pedestrian and cyclist, evasive steering assist will be canceled if collisions with other objects (vehicles, powered two-wheeler, pedestrians, or cyclists) are expected.
• Evasive steering assist may not operate if space to avoid collision in the driving lane is insufficient.

Information

For more details on warning messages, refer to Collision Warning in "Basic Function".

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist:

• For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot avoid all collisions.
• The driver has the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.

• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver depresses the brake pedal to avoid collision.

• Depending on the road and driving conditions, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver.

• During Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not operate properly or may operate unnecessarily depending on the road conditions and the surroundings.

WARNING

• Even if there is a problem with Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate properly.
• During emergency braking, braking control by Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the vehicle.

CAUTION

• Depending on the condition of the vehicle, powered two-wheeler pedestrian and cyclist in front and the surroundings, the speed range to operate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may reduce. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may only warn the driver, or it may not operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate under certain conditions by judging the risk level based on the condition of the oncoming vehicle, driving direction, speed and surroundings.
• When a collision with a surrounding vehicle is expected, Lane-Change Oncoming, Lane-Change Side and Evasive Steering Assist will not assist you with steering but only warn the you of a collision.

Information

• In a situation where collision is imminent, braking may be assisted by Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking is insufficient by the driver.
• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction

OTM070094N

When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Forward Safety system' warning message will appear, and the ⚠️ and ⚣️ warning lights will illuminate on the instrument cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled

OJX1079005L OJX1079212L

When the front windshield where the front view camera is located, front radar cover, bumper or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety system(s) disabled. Camera obscured’ or the ‘Forward Safety system(s) disabled. Radar blocked’ warning message, and the ⚠️ and ⚣️ warning lights will illuminate on the instrument cluster.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when snow, rain or foreign material is removed.

If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign material) is removed (including trailer, carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• Even though the warning message or warning light does not appear on the cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain), where any objects are not detected after turning ON the vehicle.

Limitations of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or damaged
• The temperature around the front view camera is high or low due to surrounding environment
• The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or sticky foreign material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on the windshield
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick fog
• The field of view of the front view camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming traffic is reflected on the wet road surface, such as a puddle on the road
  • An object is placed on the dashboard
• Your vehicle is being towed

• The surrounding is very bright
- The surrounding is very dark, such as in a tunnel, etc.
- The brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
- The brightness outside is low, and the headlamps are not on or are not bright
- Driving through steam, smoke or shadow
- Only part of the vehicle, powered two-wheeler pedestrian or cyclist is detected
- The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front is a bus, heavy truck, truck with an unusually shaped cargo, trailer, etc.
- The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front has no tail lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.
- The brightness outside is low, and the tail lamps are not on or are not bright
- The rear of the front vehicle is small or the vehicle does not look normal, such as when the vehicle is tilted, overturned, or the side of the vehicle is visible, etc.
- The front vehicle's ground clearance is low or high
- A vehicle, powered two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist suddenly cuts in front
- The bumper around the front radar is impacted, damaged or the front radar is out of position
- The temperature around the front radar is high or low
- Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge

• Driving in vast areas where there are few vehicles or structures (for example, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving near areas containing metal substances, such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very well on the front radar, such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle made of material that does not reflect on the front radar
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front is detected late
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front is suddenly blocked by an obstacle
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front suddenly changes lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed is fast or slow
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front steers in the opposite direction of your vehicle to avoid a collision
• With a vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front, your vehicle changes lane at low speed
  • The vehicle in front is covered with snow
  • You are departing or returning to the lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the vehicle or powered two-wheeler in front is not detected

• You are continuously driving in a circle
- The vehicle in front has an unusual shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or downhill
- The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing or equipment that makes it difficult to detect
- Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

Silhouettes of various human and motorized vehicles including a car, cyclist, walking person, and bicycle (no text or symbols)

The illustration above shows the image the front view camera and front radar are capable of detecting as a vehicle, powered two-wheeler, pedestrian and cyclist.

• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is moving very quickly
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is short or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has impaired mobility
- The pedestrian or cyclist in front is moving intersected with the driving direction

• There is a group of pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd in front
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to detect
- The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to distinguish from the similarly shaped structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian, cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc., near the intersection
- Driving in a parking lot
- Driving through a tollgate, construction area, unpaved road, partial paved road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
- Driving on an incline road, curved road, etc.
- Driving through a roadside with trees or streetlights
- The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
- Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
- Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass are overgrown
- There is interference by electromagnetic waves, such as driving in an area with strong radio waves or electrical noise

Junction Crossing, Lane-Change Oncoming, Lane-Change Side, Evasive Steering Assist function

• The temperature around the front corner radar or rear corner radar is high or low
• A trailer or carrier is installed around the rear corner radar
• The front corner radar or rear corner radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The bumper around the front corner radar or rear corner radar is covered with objects, such as a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
• The bumper around the front corner radar or rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or the radar is out of position
• The front corner radar or rear corner radar is blocked by other vehicles, walls or pillars
• Driving on a highway ramp or driving through a tollgate
• Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure

• The other vehicle drives very close behind your vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by your vehicle in close proximity

• The speed of the other vehicle is very fast that it passes by your vehicle in a short time

• Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
• Your vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you, or when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you
  • A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
  • A vehicle such as a flat trailer is detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is detected
• A small moving obstacle such as a pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a baby stroller is detected
  • A vehicle with low height such as a sports car is detected
• The lane is difficult to see due to foreign material, such as rain, snow, dust, sand, oil and water puddles

• The color of the lane marking is not distinguishable from the road

• There are markings on the road near the lane or the markings on the road looks similar to the lane markings

• The shadow is on the lane marking by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or decreases, or the lane markings are crossing
  • There are more than two lane markings on the road
• The lane markings are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines, such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and road signs
  • The lane suddenly disappears, such as at the intersection
  • The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a curb or road edges without a lane
• The vehicle in front is driving with one side on the lane marking
• The distance to the front vehicle is extremely short

WARNING

• Driving on a curved road

Black and white illustration of a car driving on a road with a vehicle in the foreground (no text or symbols)

ORS071061 ORS071179

Diagram showing a car on a road with a silhouette of a person driving, and a vehicle approaching the road (no text or symbols)

ORS071179

Abstract grayscale illustration of a person walking on a road with a triangular structure and a car silhouette in the foreground (no text or symbols)

ORS071062 ORS071063

Black-and-white illustration of a cyclist on a road with a car in the foreground (no text or symbols)

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles, powered two-wheelers, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you when driving on curved roads adversely affecting the performance of the sensors. This may result in no warning, braking assist or steering assist when necessary.

When driving on a curve, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

• Driving on an inclined road

Two grayscale images showing cars on a road with one in the top image and another in the bottom image, both featuring a small motorcycle silhouette (no text or symbols)

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect a vehicle, powered two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.

If this occurs, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake or steering wheel. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

Two black-and-white photos showing a person walking on a road with a car, and a cyclist on a road with a car (no text or symbols)

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles, powered two-wheelers, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you while driving uphill or downhill, adversely affecting the performance of the sensors.

This may result in unnecessary warning, braking assist or steering assist or no warning, braking assist or steering assist (if equipped) when necessary.

Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when a vehicle, powered two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist ahead is suddenly detected.

Always have your eyes on the road while driving uphill or downhill and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

- Changing lanes

A: Your vehicle,

B: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

A: Your vehicle,
B: Lane changing vehicle,
©: Same lane vehicle

When a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

• Detecting vehicle
  

Two grayscale illustrations of a sedan driving on a truck, showing aggressive lane impact (no text or symbols)

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

WARNING

• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist for safety reasons.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may operate if objects that are similar in shape or characteristics to vehicles, powered two-wheelers, pedestrians and cyclists are detected.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate on bicycles, or smaller wheeled objects, such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA)

Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help detect lane markings (or road edges) while driving over a certain speed. Lane Keeping Assist will warn the driver if the vehicle leaves the lane without using the turn signal, or will automatically assist the driver's steering to help prevent the vehicle from departing the lane.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

①: Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect lane markings (or road edges).

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Lane Keeping Assist Settings Lane Safety

ORS071229L

With the engine on, select or deselect ‘Driver Assistance → Lane Safety’ from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

• If ‘Assist’ is selected, Lane Keeping Assist will automatically assist the driver’s steering when lane departure is detected to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane Keeping Assist will warn the driver with an audible warning and steering wheel vibration when lane departure is detected. The driver must steer the vehicle.
• If 'Off' is selected, Lane Keeping Assist will turn off. The indicator light will turn off on the cluster.

WARNING

• If 'Warning Only' is selected, steering is not assisted.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control the steering wheel when the vehicle is driven in the middle of the lane.
• The driver should always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle if 'Off' is selected.

Warning Volume

ORS071270L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' or 'Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Lane Keeping Assist.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If 'Off' is selected, steering wheel vibration will not turn off.

Keeping Assist Operation Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off

Interior view of a car steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

With the engine on, press and hold the Lane Driving Assist button located on the steering wheel to turn on Lane Keeping Assist. The grey 📄 indicator light will illuminate on the cluster.

Press and hold the button again to turn off the function.

If the vehicle is restarted, Lane Keeping Assist will maintain the last setting.

Information

When the Lane Driving Assist button is pressed shortly, Lane Following Assist will turn on and off.

Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help control the vehicle with Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.

Warning and control

A: Left, B: Right

Lane Departure Warning

• To warn the driver that the vehicle is departing from the projected lane in front, the green indicator light will blink on the instrument cluster, the lane line will blink on the instrument cluster depending on which direction the vehicle is veering, and an audible warning will sound. Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Lane Departure Warning will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40-120 mph (60-200 km).

Lane Keeping Assist

• To warn the driver that the vehicle is departing from the projected lane in front, the green indicator light will blink on the cluster, and the steering wheel will make adjustments to keep vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40-120 mph (60-200 km).

Hands-off warning

ORS071109L

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the 'Keep hands on steering wheel' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, and an audible warning will sound in stages.

Information

For more details on precautions of the steering wheel grip sensor, refer to "Steering Wheel Grip Sensor" section in chapter 5.

WARNING

• The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the hands-off warning message may appear because Lane Keeping Assist may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.

Information

• For more details on instrument cluster settings, refer to “LCD display control” section in chapter 4.
• When lane markings (or road edges) are detected, the lane lines on the cluster will change from grey to white and the green indicator light will illuminate.
• When the lane markings (or road edges) are detected and Highway Lane Change Assist is on, the lane lines on the cluster may change to green.

A

Aerial view of a car driving on a road with mountainous terrain in the background (no text or symbols visible)

B

Aerial view of a car driving on a road with lane markings (no text or symbols visible)

ORS072112N

A: Lane undetected, B: Lane detected

• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.
  • Even though the steering is assisted by Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than when it is not.

Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Lane Keeping Assist malfunction

ORG3EV071192L

When Lane Keeping Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system' warning message will appear and the yellow 📄 indicator light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist

Lane Keeping Assist may not operate properly or may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

- The lane is contaminated or difficult to detect because:

• The lane markings (or road edge) are covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
• The color of the lane marking (or road edge) is not distinguishable from the road

- There are markings (or road edges) on the road near the lane or the markings (or road edges) on the road look similar to the lane markings (or road edge)

• The lane marking (or road edge) is indistinct or damaged

• The shadow is on the lane marking (or road edge) by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.

• The lane number increases or decreases, or the lane markings (or road edges) are crossing
  • There are more than two lane markings (or road edges) on the road

• The lane markings (or road edges) are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines, such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as at the intersection
• The lane (or road width) is very wide or narrow
  • There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in the roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk, curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is extremely short or the vehicle in front is covering the lane marking (or road edge)
• Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

i Information

For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section in this chapter.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Lane Keeping Assist:

• The driver has the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle. Do not solely rely on Lane Keeping Assist and drive dangerously.
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist can be canceled or not work properly depending on road conditions and surroundings. Always be cautious while driving.
• Refer to "Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist" if the lane is not detected properly.
• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping Assist for safety reasons.
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed, the steering wheel will not be controlled. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using Lane Keeping Assist.

• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Lane Keeping Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.

• You may not hear the warning sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the surrounding is noisy.

• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, steering may not be assisted properly.
• Lane Keeping Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate when:
• The turn signal or hazard warning flasher is turned on.
• The vehicle is not driven in the center of the lane when Lane Keeping Assist is turned on or right after changing a lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
• Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55 km) or above 130 mph (210 km).
• The vehicle makes sudden lane changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (BCA)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect and monitor approaching vehicles in the driver's blind spot area and warn the driver of a possible collision with a warning message and audible warning.

In addition, if there is a risk of collision when changing lanes or driving forward out of a parking space, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist can help avoid a collision assisting with steering or applying the brake.

Top-down view of a multi-lane road with cars and a vehicle, no visible text or symbols

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist helps detect and informs the driver that a vehicle is in the blind spot.

CAUTION

The detecting range may vary depending on the speed of your vehicle. Even if there is a vehicle in the blind spot area, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not warn you when you pass by at high speeds.

Top-down view of a road with two cars and a parking lot, no visible text or symbols

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist helps detect and informs the driver that a vehicle is approaching at high speed from the blind spot area.

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the vehicle approaching at high speed.

Top-down view of three cars driving on a road with directional arrows indicating flow (no text or symbols)

When changing lanes by detecting the lane ahead, if Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that there is a collision risk with an approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it can help avoid collision by assisting with steering.

Top-down view of two cars on a road with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

When you are driving forward out of a parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that there is a collision risk with an approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it can help avoid collision by applying the brake.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

Front view of a modern car with visible grille and grille grilles (no text or symbols)

Front view of a modern sedan (no visible text or symbols)

①: Front view camera,
②: Front radar,
③: Front corner radar,
④: Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:

• Never disassemble the detecting sensor assembly, or cause any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensor or the area the sensor has been damaged or impacted in any way, even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the detecting sensors have been replaced or repaired, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Use only genuine parts to repair the front bumper or rear bumper where the rear corner radar is located.
• Do not apply license plate frame or objects, such as a bumper sticker, film or a bumper guard near the rear corner radar.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not work properly if the bumper has been replaced, or the surroundings of the rear corner radar has been damaged or paint has been applied.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it may adversely affect the performance of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate.
• For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings

Blind-Spot Safety

ORS071228L

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied depending on the collision risk levels.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with a warning message, an audible warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
• If 'Off' is selected, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off.

OTM070097N

When the engine is restarted with Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety System is Off’ message will appear on the instrument cluster.

If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink for three seconds.

In addition, if the engine is turned on, when Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is set to ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink for three seconds.

WARNING

• If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking is not assisted.
• If 'Off' is selected, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

Information

If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the last setting.

Warning Timing

ORS071267L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warning time can be set to either ‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.

• Use 'Standard' in normal driving conditions. If the Warning Timing seems sensitive, change it to 'Late'.
• If 'Late' is selected, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the driver more slowly.

Information

If you change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Warning Volume

ORS071270L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Volume’ or ‘Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If 'Off' is selected, steering wheel vibration will not turn off.

CAUTION

• The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Standard’ is selected for Warning Timing, if a vehicle approaches at high speed, the warning may seem late.
• Select 'Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation Vehicle detection

Close-up of a car front mirror showing the side and side profile (no text or symbols visible)

• To warn the driver a vehicle is detected, the warning light on the side view mirror and head-up display (if equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in the blind spot area is above 7 mph (10 km/h).

Collision warning

• Collision warning will operate when the turn signal is turned on in the direction of the detected vehicle.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected from the Settings menu, the collision warning will operate when your vehicle approaches the lane the blind spot vehicle is detected.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the warning light on the side view mirror and head-up display (if equipped) will blink. At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• When the turn signal is turned off or you move away from the lane, the collision warning will be canceled and Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will return to vehicle detection state.

WARNING

• The detecting range of the front corner radar or rear corner radar is determined by a standard road width, therefore, on a narrow road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect other vehicles in the next next lane and warn you. In contrast, on a wide road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be able to detect a vehicle driving in the next lane and may not warn you.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on, the collision warning by the turn signal will not operate.

Collision-Avoidance Assist (while driving)

• To warn the driver of a collision, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning message will appear on the instrument cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound, warning light on the head-up display (if equipped) will blink and the steering wheel will vibrate.
  • Steering will be assisted to help prevent collision with the vehicle in the blind spot area.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is between 40-87 mph (60-140 km/h) and both lane markings of the driving lane are detected.

CAUTION

• The steering wheel may turn automatically when emergency steering is operating.
  • Emergency steering will automatically cancel when risk factors disappear. If necessary, the driver must steer the vehicle.
• Emergency steering may not operate or may cancel during operation if the steering wheel is held tight or steered in the opposite direction.
• When steering is assisted to avoid collision with a vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist, Collision-Avoidance Assist will be canceled if collisions with other objects (vehicles, pedestrians, or cyclists) are expected.
• Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if space to avoid collision in the driving lane is insufficient.

Collision-avoidance assist (while departing)

• To warn the driver of a collision, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning message will appear on the instrument cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound, warning light on the head-up display (if equipped) will blink and the steering wheel will vibrate.
  • Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with the vehicle in the blind spot area.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in the blind spot area is above 3 mph (5 km/h).

ORS071102L

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the ‘Drive carefully’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
  For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist:

• For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.

• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.

• When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating, braking control by the function will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the vehicle.

• During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic steering and braking performance will operate properly.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot avoid all collisions.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions.
• Driver should maintain control of the vehicle at all times. Do not depend on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. Maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
• Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.

WARNING

The brake control may not operate properly depending on the status of ESC (Electronic Stability Control).

There will only be a warning when:

• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function

CAUTION

• Depending on the condition of the vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in front and the surroundings, the speed range to operate Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may reduce. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may only warn the driver, or it may not operate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate under certain conditions by judging the risk level based on the condition of the detected vehicle, driving direction, speed and surroundings.
• When a collision with a surrounding vehicle is expected, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will not assist you with steering but only warn you of a collision.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction

OJWEV071019L

When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Blind-Spot Safety system' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OJWEV071021L

When the side view mirror warning light is not working properly, the 'Check side view mirror warning light' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled

OTM070098N

When the rear bumper around the rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.

If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc., is removed, and then the engine is restarted.

If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain) where any objects are not detected right after the engine is turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is turned on.

CAUTION

Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.

Limitations of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• There is inclement weather, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
- The detecting sensor is covered with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
- The temperature around the detecting sensor is high or low due to surrounding environment.
- The detecting sensor is blocked while driving near a vehicle, pillar, or wall.
- Driving on a highway ramp or driving through a tollgate.

• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (for example, possibly due to subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as sound barriers, guardrails, central dividers, entry barriers, street lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. (including double structures)
• Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving in vast areas where there are few vehicles or structures (for example, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• The lane is difficult to see due to foreign material, such as rain, snow, dust, sand, oil and water puddles
• The color of the lane marking is not distinguishable from the road
• There are markings on the road near the lane or the markings on the road look similar to the lane markings
• The shadow is on the lane marking by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or decreases, or the lane markings are crossing
  • There are more than two lane markings on the road
• The lane markings are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines, such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and road signs
  • The lane suddenly disappears, such as at the intersection
  • The lane is very wide or narrow

• There is a curb or road edges without a lane
- The vehicle in front is driving with one side on the lane marking
• The distance to the front vehicle is extremely
- The other vehicle drives very close behind your vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by your vehicle in close proximity
- The speed of the other vehicle is very fast that it passes by your vehicle in a short time
- Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
- Your vehicle changes lane
- Your vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated
- The vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you, or when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you
- A trailer, carrier or other attachment is installed around the rear corner radar
- The bumper around the rear corner radar is covered with objects, such as a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
- The bumper around the rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or the radar is out of position
- Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly when the following objects are detected:

• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is detected
- A moving obstacle such as a pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a sports car is detected

Steering assist or braking control may not work, driver's attention is required in the following circumstances:

• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
  • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged
  • The braking system has been modified
  • The vehicle makes abrupt lane changes
• Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

Information

For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” and 3/DQH□.HHSLQJ□\VVLVW□/.\□’VHFWLRQ□LQ□WKLV□FKDSWHU□

WARNING

• Driving on a curved road

Four-panel grayscale image showing a car on a road with a pedestrian crossing, and a bicycle crossing over a bridge (no text or symbols)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you when driving on curved roads adversely affecting the performance of the sensors. This may result in no warning or steering assist when necessary.

When driving on a curve, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Three-panel grayscale image showing a car on a road with a bicycle crossing over, and a person walking on a road (no text or symbols)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road. If this occurs, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake or steering wheel. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

Top-down view of two cars driving on a curved road, no visible text or symbols

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

Top-down view of two cars driving on a curved road with a large rectangular object nearby (no text or symbols visible)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. The function may recognize a vehicle in the same lane.

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

• Changing lanes
  

A: Your vehicle,
B: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle change lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

A: Your vehicle,
B: Lane changing vehicle,
©: Same lane vehicle

When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle change lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

• Detecting vehicle
  

Two grayscale illustrations of a sedan driving on a truck, showing aggressive lane impact (no text or symbols)

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

• Driving on an inclined road

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you while driving uphill or downhill, adversely affecting the performance of the sensors. This may result in unnecessary warning or steering assist, or no warning or steering assist when necessary. Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead is suddenly detected. Always have your eyes on the road while driving uphill or downhill and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Two grayscale images showing a car in motion, one with a curved ramp and the other with a flat ramp (no text or symbols)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving on a slope. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane or may incorrectly detect the ground or structure. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

- Driving where the road is merging/dividing

Top-down view of a car on a road with two cars, one moving toward a ramp and the other falling (no text or symbols)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the road merges or divides. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

- Driving where the heights of the lanes are different

Two modern cars viewed from the side, showing front and rear views (no text or symbols visible)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. The function may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

WARNING

• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, make sure that you turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera or rear corner radars are initialized.

i Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

SAFE EXIT ASSIST (SEA)

Top-down view of a multi-lane road intersection with cars and a pedestrian symbol, no text or labels present.

After the vehicle stops, when an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after a passenger opens the door, Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning to help prevent a collision.

Close-up of a car control panel with a black arrow pointing to a button, no visible text or symbols on the panel itself.

In addition, if an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected, Safe Exit Assist prevents the doors from opening in the following situation.

• The electronic child safety lock button will not unlock even if the driver presses the button.
• Regardless of whether the electronic child safety lock button is in the lock or unlock position, the doors will not open for one time even if the door open (☐) button is pressed.

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the approaching vehicle.

Do not use Safe Exit Assist instead of the electronic child safety lock button. To protect rear seat passengers, use the electronic child safety lock button.

For more details on, refer to "Electronic Child Safety Lock" section in chapter 5.

Detecting sensor

Front view of a modern car with visible grille and side brackets (no text or symbols)

①: Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" section in this chapter.

Safe Exit Assist Settings Safe Exit Assist

ORS071264L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Assist’ from the Settings menu to turn on Safe Exit Assist and deselect to turn off the function.

WARNING

The driver should always be aware of the surroundings. If 'Safe Exit Assist' is deselected, Safe Exit Assist cannot assist you.

Information

If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist will maintain the last setting.

Warning Volume

ORS071270L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' or 'Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Safe Exit Assist.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If 'Off' is selected, the Warning Volume of Safe Exit Assist will not turn off, but the volume will sound as 'Low'.

CAUTION

The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Safe Exit Assist.

Safe Exit Assist Operation Collision warning when exiting vehicle

Close-up of a car front mirror showing the side and side profile (no text or symbols visible)

• When an approaching vehicle from the rear is detected at the moment a door is opened, the 'Watch for traffic' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, and an audible warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver when your vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the approaching vehicle from the rear is above 4 mph (6 km/h).

Safe Exit Assist linked with Electronic child safety lock

• When Electric child safety lock is operating and an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected, the rear doors cannot be unlocked even if the driver tries to unlock the rear doors using the electronic child safety lock button. The warning light on the side view mirror will blink and 'Check traffic in the blind spot, then try again' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver when vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the approaching vehicle from the rear is above 4 mph (6 km/h).

i Information

• For more details on electric child safety lock button, refer to “Electronic Child Safety Lock” section in chapter 5.
• For more details on door open button, refer to "Door Open" section in chapter 5.

CAUTION

• If the driver presses the electronic child safety lock button again within 10 seconds after the warning message appears, Safe Exit Assist judges that the driver has unlocked the doors acknowledging the rear status. The electronic child safety lock will turn off (button indicator OFF) and the rear doors will unlock. Always check the surroundings before turning off the electronic child safety lock button.
• If the driver presses the door open (i) button again within 10 seconds after the warning message appears, Safe Exit Assist judges that the driver has pressed the button acknowledging the rear status. The doors will open whether a vehicle is approaching. Always check the surroundings before pressing the door open (i) button.

Information

If a rear door is opened from the outside, it will open regardless of Safe Exit Assist operation.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Safe Exit Assist:

• For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Safe Exit Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of Safe Exit Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
• Safe Exit Assist does not operate in all situations and cannot prevent all collisions.
• Safe Exit Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions. Always check vehicle surroundings.
• The driver and passengers are responsible for accidents that occur while exiting the vehicle. Always check the surroundings before you exit the vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Safe Exit Assist. Doing so may lead to serious injury or death.

Information

• After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit Assist operates approximately for 3 minutes, but turns off immediately if the doors are locked.
- The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Safe Exit Assist malfunction and Limitations

Safe Exit Assist malfunction

OJWEV071019L

When Safe Exit Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Blind-Spot Safety system' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OJWEV071021L

When the side view mirror warning light is not working properly, the 'Check side view mirror warning light' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Safe Exit Assist disabled

OTM070098N

When the rear bumper around the rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit Assist.

If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.

Safe Exit Assist will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc., is removed, and then the engine is restarted.

If Safe Exit Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Safe Exit Assist may not properly operate.
• Safe Exit Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain) where any objects are not detected right after the engine is turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is turned on.

CAUTION

Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist when finished.

Limitations of Safe Exit Assist

Safe Exit Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• Getting out of the vehicle where trees or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the road is wet
- The approaching vehicle is very fast or very slow

Information

For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section in this chapter.

WARNING

• Safe Exit Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Safe Exit Assist may not operate for 3 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are initialized.

MANUAL SPEED LIMIT ASSIST (MSLA)

ORS072261N

① Speed Limit indicator
② Set speed

You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed. If you drive over the preset speed limit, Manual Speed Limit Assist operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit.

Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation

Setting speed limit

Interior view of a car steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

1. Press and hold Driving Assist (☐) button at the desired speed. The Speed Limit (☐LIMIT) indicator will illuminate on the cluster.

Interior view of a car steering wheel with two side-view diagrams showing directional changes (no text or symbols)

1. Push the + switch up or - switch down, and release it at the desired speed. Push the + switch up or - switch down and hold it. The speed will increase or decrease to the nearest multiple of five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and then increase or decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

ORS072262N

1. The set speed limit will be displayed on the cluster.

If you would like to drive over the preset speed limit, depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point to activate the kickdown mechanism.

The set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit.

Information

• When the accelerator pedal is not depressed beyond the pressure point, vehicle speed will maintain within the speed limit.
• A clicking sound may be heard from the kickdown mechanism when the accelerator pedal is depressed beyond the pressure point.

Temporarily pausing Manual Speed Limit Assist

Interior view of a car steering wheel and its rear camera module (no text or symbols visible)

Press the 11 switch to temporarily pause the set speed limit. The set speed limit will turn off but the Speed Limit (LIMIT) indicator will stay on.

Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist

Three-panel image showing a device with a circular button labeled 'iC' and directional arrows, no readable text or symbols present.

To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist after the function was paused, operate the +,-,||| switch.

If you push the + switch up or - switch down, vehicle speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster.

If you press the 115 switch, vehicle speed will resume to the preset speed.

Turning off Manual Speed Limit Assist

Interior view of a car steering wheel and dashboard with an arrow pointing to a device (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Press the Driving Assist (button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The Speed Limit (LIMIT) indicator will go off.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Manual Speed Limit Assist:

• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your area.
- Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off when the function is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. Check that the Speed Limit (LIMIT) indicator is off.
- Manual Speed Limit Assist does not substitute for proper and safe driving. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely and be aware of unexpected and sudden situations. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT ASSIST (ISLA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses information from the detected road sign and navigation system to inform the driver of the speed limit and additional information of the current road. Also, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist helps the driver to maintain within the speed limit of the road.

CAUTION

• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not operate properly if the function is used in other countries.
• If a navigation is applied to your vehicle, the navigation needs to be regularly updated for Intelligent Speed Limit Assist to operate properly.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

①: Front view camera

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings

Speed Limit

ORS071227L

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Speed Limit' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

• If ‘Speed Limit Assist’ is selected, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will inform the driver of speed limit and additional road signs. In addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will inform the driver to change set speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist and/or Smart Cruise Control to help the driver stay within the speed limit.
• If ‘Speed Limit Warning’ is selected, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will inform the driver of speed limit and additional road signs. In addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn the driver when the vehicle is driven faster than the speed limit.
• If 'Off' is selected, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will turn off.

Speed Limit Offset

ORS071263L

With the engine on, when ‘Driver Assistance → Speed Limit → Speed Limit Offset’ is selected, the Speed Limit Offset can be changed. Speed Limit Warning and Speed Limit Assist will operate by applying the Speed Limit Offset setting to the detected speed limit.

WARNING

• For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• Speed Limit Assist function operates based on the Offset setting added to the speed limit. If you want to change the set speed according to the speed limit, adjust the offset to '0'.
• Speed Limit Warning function warns the driver when driving speed exceeds the speed at which the set Offset is added to speed limit. If you want Speed Limit Warning to warn you immediately when the driving speed exceeds the speed limit, adjust the offset to '0'.

Information

The setting of 'Speed Offset' is not reflected in Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Operation

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn and control the vehicle by ‘Displaying speed limit’, ‘Warning overspeed’ and ‘Changing set speed’.

Information

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning and control are described based on the Offset adjust to '0'. For details on Offset setting, refer to the "Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings".

Displaying speed limit

Black-and-white illustration of a car driving on a road with a speed limit sign (no text or symbols on the car or road)

ORS072090N

Speed limit information is displayed on the instrument cluster.

Information

• If speed limit information of the road cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be displayed. Refer to "Limitations of Intelligent Speed Limit Assist" if the road signs are difficult to recognize.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides additional road sign information in addition to speed limit. The additional road sign information provided may vary according to your country.
• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Warning overspeed

ORS072091N

When driving at a speed higher than the displayed speed limit, the speed limit is displayed in red.

Changing set speed

ORS072151N ORS072152N

If the speed limit of the road changes during the operation of Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an arrow in the direction of up or down is displayed to inform the driver that the set speed needs to be changed. At this time, the driver can change the set speed according to the speed limit by using the + or - switch on the steering wheel.

WARNING

• If the Offset is adjusted over '0', the set speed will change to a higher speed than the speed limit of the road. If you want to drive below the speed limit, adjust the Offset under '0' or use the – switch on the steering wheel to lower the set speed.
• Even after changing the set speed according to the speed limit of the road, the vehicle can still be driven over the speed limit. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed.
• If the speed limit of the road is under 20 mph (30 km/h), the set speed change function will not work.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operates using the speed unit in the instrument cluster set by the driver. If the speed unit is set to a unit other than the speed unit used in your area, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not operate properly.

Information

• For more details on Manual Speed Limit Assist operation, refer to "Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)" section in this chapter.
• For more details on Smart Cruise Control operation, refer to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this chapter.

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction

OJWEV071025L

When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Speed Limit system' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist disabled

ORS071271L

When the front windshield where the front view camera is located is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If this occurs, the ‘Speed Limit system disabled. Camera obscured’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate properly when snow, rain or foreign material is removed.

If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

If the detecting sensor is contaminated immediately after starting the vehicle, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not operate properly.

Limitations of Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• The road sign is contaminated or indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due to bad weather, such as rain, snow, fog, etc.
- The road sign is not clear or damaged
- The road sign is partially obscured by surrounding objects or shadow
- The road signs do not conform to the standard
- The text or picture on the road sign is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between the main line and the exit road or between diverging roads
- There is no conditional road signs on the road sign located on the exit road
- A sign is attached to another vehicle
- The distance between the vehicle and the road signs is too far
- The vehicle encounters illuminant road signs
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist incorrectly recognizes numbers or pictures in the street signs or other signs as the speed limit
• A road sign near the road you are driving is detected
- Multiple signs are installed close together
- The minimum speed limit sign is misrecognized

• The minimum speed limit sign is on the road
• The brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge
• Headlamps are not used or the brightness of the headlamps are weak at night or in the tunnel
• Road signs are difficult to recognize due to the reflection of sunlight, street lights, or oncoming vehicles
• The navigation information or GPS information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide of the navigation.
• The driver is driving a new road that is not in the navigation system yet.
• The field of view of the front view camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or driving up and down or left to right on steep inclines
  • The vehicle is shaking heavily
  • Driving on a newly opened road

WARNING

• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a supplemental function that helps the driver to comply with the speed limit on the road, and may not display the correct speed limit or control the driving speed properly.
  • Always set the vehicle speed to the speed limit in your area.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

i Information

For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW)

Basic function

Driver Attention Warning can help determine the driver's attention level by analyzing driving pattern and driving time while the vehicle is driven. Driver Attention Warning will recommend a break when the driver's attention level falls below a certain level.

Leading vehicle departure alert function

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function will inform the driver when a detected vehicle in front departs.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

①: Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to help detect driving patterns and front vehicle departure while vehicle is being driven.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION

• Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of Driver Attention Warning.
• For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Driver Attention Warning Settings

Driver Attention Warning

ORS071232L

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Driver Attention Warning' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

- If ‘Inattentive Driving Warning’ is selected, Driver Attention Warning will recommend taking a break when the level falls below a certain level.

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

ORS072232N

- If ‘Leading Vehicle Departure Alert’ is selected, the function will inform the driver when a detected vehicle in front departs from a stop.

Warning Timing

ORS071267L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Driver Attention Warning. The warning time can be set to either 'Standard' or 'Late'.

• Use 'Standard' in normal driving conditions. If the Warning Timing seems sensitive, change it to 'Late'.
• If 'Late' is selected, Driver Attention Warning, warns the driver more slowly.

i Information

• If you change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention Warning will maintain the last setting.

Driver Attention Warning Operation

Basic function

The basic function of Driver Attention Warning is to warn the driver ‘Consider taking a break’.

Taking a break

OTM070105L

• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message will appear on the instrument cluster and an audible warning will sound to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver’s attention level is below a certain level.
• Driver Attention Warning will not suggest a break when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10 minutes has not passed after the last break was suggested.
• The 'Taking a brake' will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 0-120 mph (0-200 km/h).

WARNING

For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.

CAUTION

• Driver Attention Warning may suggest a break depending on the driver's driving pattern or habits, even if the driver doesn't feel fatigued.
• Driver Attention Warning is a supplemental function and may not be able to determine whether the driver is inattentive.
• A driver who feels fatigued should take a break at a safe location, even though there is no break suggestion by Driver Attention Warning.

Information

For more details on instrument cluster settings, refer to “LCD display control” section in chapter 4.

Leading vehicle departure alert function

ORS071199L

When a detected vehicle in front departs from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert will inform the driver by displaying the ‘Leading vehicle is driving away’ message on the instrument cluster and an audible warning will sound.

WARNING

• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
  • The driver has the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

CAUTION

• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a supplemental function and may not alert the driver whenever the front vehicle departs from a stop.
  • Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.

Information

The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations

Driver Attention Warning malfunction

ORS071117L

When Driver Attention Warning is not working properly, the ‘Check Inattentive Driving Warning system’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of Driver Attention Warning

Driver Attention Warning may not work properly in the following situations:

• The vehicle is driven violently
- The vehicle intentionally crosses over lanes frequently
- The vehicle is controlled by Driver Assistance system, such as Lane Keeping Assist

Leading vehicle departure alert function

- When the vehicle cuts in

Top-down view of a multi-lane road intersection with vehicles and a traffic cone (no text or symbols)

ORS072043N

Top-down view of three cars (labeled A, B, and C) on a road with a dashed lane line, no text or symbols present.

ORS072070N

A: Your vehicle, B: Front vehicle

If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may not operate properly.

- When the vehicle ahead sharply steers

Top-down diagram of two cars (A and B) on a road with an arrow indicating collision or movement, no text or symbols present.

A: Your vehicle, B: Front vehicle

If the vehicle in front makes a sharp turn, such as to turn left or right or make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

- When the vehicle ahead abruptly departures

Top-down view of two cars on a road with a dashed lane and an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

If the vehicle in front abruptly departures, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

- When a pedestrian or bicycle is between you and the vehicle ahead

Illustration of a pedestrian crossing over a road with a cyclist and car, no text or symbols present

If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in between you and the vehicle in front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

- When in a parking lot

Top-down view of two cars on a parking lot with a light beam projecting from the side (no text or symbols)

If a vehicle parked in front drives away from you, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may alert you that the parked vehicle is driving away.

- When driving at a tollgate or intersection, etc.

Top-down diagram of a car driving on a road with three cars ahead, showing directional arrows (no text or symbols)

If you pass a tollgate or intersection with lots of vehicles or you drive where lanes are merged or divided frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

Information

• For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.
• Driver Attention Warning may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

BLIND-SPOT VIEW MONITOR (BVM)

Blind-Spot View Monitor Settings

Setting features

Blind-Spot View

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Blind-Spot View’ from the Settings menu to turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and deselect to turn off the function.

ORS072028N

Blind-Spot View Monitor Operation

Operating switch

ORS071029L

A: Left side, B: Right side

Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the rear blind spot area of the vehicle in the cluster when the turn signal is turned on to help safely change lanes.

Detecting sensor

ORG3EV071215L

Turn signal switch

Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and off when the turn signal is turned on and off.

ORS071010

A, B: Wide-side view camera

(camera located at bottom of the mirror)

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Blind-Spot View Monitor

Operating conditions

When the left or right side turn signal turns on, the image in that direction is displayed on the instrument cluster.

Off conditions

• When the turn signal turns off, the image on the instrument cluster will turn off.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on, Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off, regardless of the turn signal status.
• When other important warning is displayed on the instrument cluster, Blind-Spot View Monitor may turn off.

Blind-Spot View Monitor Malfunction

When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not working properly, or the cluster display flickers, or the camera image does not display properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Brand products.

WARNING

• The image shown on the cluster may differ from the actual distance of the object. Make sure to directly check the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If the lens is covered with foreign material, it may adversely affect camera performance and Blind-Spot View Monitor may not operate properly.

SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC)

Smart Cruise Control is designed to help detect the vehicle ahead and help maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead.

Overtaking Acceleration Assist

While Smart Cruise Control is operating, if the function judges that the driver is determined to overtake the vehicle in front, acceleration will be assisted.

Based on Driving Style

Smart Cruise Control will operate based on the driver's driving style, such as inter-vehicle distance, acceleration, reaction speed.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

Front view of a car's head with grille and grille grilles (no visible text or symbols)

①: Front view camera,
②: Front radar,
③: Front corner radar

The front view camera, front radar and front corner radar are used as a detecting sensor to detect front vehicles.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION

Always keep the front view camera and front radar in good condition to maintain optimal performance of Smart Cruise Control.

For more details on the precautions of the front view camera and front radar, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Smart Cruise Control Settings Based on Driving Style

ORS071258L

With the engine on, if ‘Driver Assistance → Driving Convenience → Smart Cruise Control → Based on Driving Style’ is selected from the Settings menu, Smart Cruise Control will operate based on the driver’s driving style, such as vehicle distance, acceleration, reaction speed.

Driving Style settings

ORS071259L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Smart Cruise Control’ from the Settings menu to check the driver’s driving style, and to change each driving style manually.

i Information

• While Smart Cruise Control is operating with 'Based on Driving Style' selected, if you press and hold the Vehicle Distance (💡) button, 'Based on Driving Style' will deactivate. If you press and hold the Vehicle Distance (💡) button again, 'Driving Style Setting' will activate.
• Based on Driving Style setting continuously learns when the driver drives the vehicle.
• When Based on Driving Style is deactivated, the driver's driving style such as vehicle distance, acceleration, reaction speed will maintain in the same stage.
• Even if the steps of the driver's driving style such as vehicle distance, acceleration, reaction speed displayed when the Base on Driving Style is activated or deactivated are the same, the driving style to be controlled may be differently.

Warning Volume

ORS071270L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' or 'Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Smart Cruise Control.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.
- If 'Off' is selected, steering wheel vibration will not turn off.
- If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Smart Cruise Control Operation Operating conditions for basic function

Basic function

Smart Cruise Control operates when the following conditions are satisfied.

• The gear is in D (Drive)
- Your vehicle speed is within the operating speed range
- 5-120 mph (10-200 km): when there is no vehicle in front
- 0-120 mph (0-200 km): when there is a vehicle in front

- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is on Smart Cruise Control does not operate in the following conditions.

• The driver's door is opened
• Engine RPM is high
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is controlling the vehicle
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist brake control is operating
- Remote Smart Parking Assist brake control is operating (if equipped)
- Hands-off warning for Lane Keeping Assist and Highway Driving Assist is on

Information

When stopped behind another vehicle, the driver can turn on Smart Cruise Control while the brake pedal is depressed.

Operating conditions for Acceleration Assist

Overtaking Acceleration Assist operates when the turn signal indicator is turned on to the left while Smart Cruise Control is operating, and the following conditions are satisfied:

• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60 km/h)
  • A vehicle is detected in front of your vehicle

Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not operate in the following conditions.

• The hazard warning flasher is on
- Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain distance with the vehicle in front

WARNING

When the turn signal indicator is turned on to the left while there is a vehicle ahead, the vehicle may accelerate temporarily. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

Turning on Smart Cruise Control

Interior view of a car steering wheel and dashboard with an inset showing a device with a cloud icon (no text or symbols on the main components)

• Press the Driving Assist button to turn on Smart Cruise Control. The speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you, the set speed will be maintained, but if there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead accelerates, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.

Information

If your vehicle speed is between 0-20 mph (0-30 km/h) when you press the Driving Assist button, the set speed will be set to 20 mph (30 km/h).

Setting vehicle distance

Interior view of a car dashboard and steering wheel (no text or symbols visible)

Each time the button is pressed, the headway changes as follows:

graph TD
    A["Distance 1"] --> B["Distance 2"]
    B --> C["Distance 3"]
    C --> D["Distance 4"]
    D --> A

i Information

• If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft. (53 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130 ft. (40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 ft. (30 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft. (25 m)

- The distance is set to the last set distance when the engine is restarted, or when Smart Cruise Control was temporarily canceled.

Increasing set speed

Interior view of a car steering wheel and its side-mounted rotary knob (no text or symbols visible)

• Push the + switch up and release it immediately. The set speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner. Release the switch when the desired speed is shown, and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed. You can set the speed to 120 mph (200 km/h).

WARNING

Check the driving condition before using the + switch. Driving speed may sharply increase when you push up and hold the + switch.

Decreasing set speed

Interior view of a car steering wheel and its side panel showing the control knob (no text or symbols visible)

• Push the - switch down and release it immediately. The set speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the - switch down and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.

Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain. You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).

Temporarily cancelling Smart Cruise Control

Close-up of a car air conditioner unit with a dial indicator and a close-up of the grille (no visible text or symbols)

Press the 11 switch or depress the brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise Control.

Resuming Smart Cruise Control

Three-panel diagram showing a device with labeled ports and directional arrows, no readable text or symbols present.

To resume Smart Cruise Control after the function was canceled, operate the +, - or 115 switch.

If you push the + switch up or - switch down, vehicle speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster.

If you press the 115 switch, vehicle speed will resume to the preset speed.

WARNING

Check the driving condition before using the 115 switch. Driving speed may sharply increase or decrease when you press the 115 switch.

Turning off Smart Cruise Control

Interior view of a car steering wheel and dashboard with an arrow pointing to a device (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

Press the Driving Assist button to turn Smart Cruise Control off.

Information

If your vehicle is equipped with Manual Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the Driving Assist button to turn off Smart Cruise Control. However Manual Speed Limit Assist will turn on.

CAUTION

Do not use the switches and buttons at the same time. Smart Cruise Control may not operate properly.

Displaying operating status

You can see the status of the Smart Cruise Control operation in the Driving Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter 4.

Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as below depending on the status of the function.

A

B

ORS072145N

A: Operating, B: Temporarily canceled

- When operating

(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and the selected distance level
(2) Set speed
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and the target vehicle distance

- When temporarily canceled

(1) Your vehicle (shaded)
(2) Previous set speed (shaded)
(3) Vehicle ahead and distance level (shaded)

Information

• The distance of the front vehicle on the cluster is displayed according to the actual distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary according to the vehicle speed and the set distance level. If the vehicle speed is low, even though the vehicle distance have changed, the change of the target vehicle distance may be small.
• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Accelerating temporarily

ORS072147N

If you want to speed up temporarily without altering the set speed while Smart Cruise Control is operating, depress the accelerator pedal. While the accelerator pedal is depressed, the set speed, distance level and target distance will blink on the cluster.

However, if the accelerator pedal is depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may decelerate.

WARNING

Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed and distance is not controlled automatically even if there is a vehicle in front of you.

Based on Driving Style operation

ORS071094L ORS072148N

When Based on Driving Style is operating, ‘Driving Style Adaptive SCC’ message will appear on the cluster for 2 seconds, and the distance level and target distance will be displayed based on the driving style.

Temporarily cancelling Smart Cruise Control

ORS071118L

Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily canceled automatically when:

• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph (210 km/h)
- The vehicle is stopped for a certain period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for Smart Cruise Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled automatically, the 'Smart Cruise Control deactivated' warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound to warn the driver.

Information

If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled while the vehicle is at a standstill with the function activated, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) maybe applied.

WARNING

When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled, distance with the front vehicle will not be maintained. Always have your eyes on the road while driving, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Smart Cruise Control conditions not satisfied

OTM070112N

If the Driving Assist button, + switch, - switch or 115 switch is pushed when Smart Cruise Control operating conditions are not satisfied, the 'Smart Cruise Control conditions not met' will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound.

In traffic situation

OTM070114L

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. In addition, after the vehicle has stopped and a certain time have passed, the 'Use switch or pedal to accelerate' message will appear on the cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or operate the + switch, - switch or switch to start driving.

Warning road conditions ahead

ORS071120L

In the following situation, the ‘Watch for surrounding vehicles’ warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound to warn the driver of road conditions ahead.

- The vehicle in front disappears when Smart Cruise Control is maintaining the distance with the vehicle ahead while driving below a certain speed.

WARNING

Always pay attention to vehicles or objects that may suddenly appear in front of you, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Collision Warning

ORS071096L

While Smart Cruise Control is operating, when the collision risk with the vehicle ahead is high, the ‘Collision Warning’ warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound to warn the driver. Always have your eyes on the road while driving, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

WARNING

In the following situations, Smart Cruise Control may not warn the driver of a collision.

• The distance from the front vehicle is near, or the vehicle speed of the front vehicle is faster or similar to your vehicle
  • The speed of the front vehicle is very slow or is at a standstill
• The accelerator pedal is depressed right after Smart Cruise Control is turned on

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Smart Cruise Control:

• Smart Cruise Control does not substitute for proper and safe driving. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not recognize unexpected and sudden situations or complex driving situations, so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when the function is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
• Do not open the door or leave the vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is operating, even if the vehicle is stopped.
  • Always be aware of the selected speed and headway distance.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the headway distance is too close during high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
• When maintaining distance with the vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle disappears, Smart Cruise Control may suddenly accelerate to the set speed. Always be aware of unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
  • Always be aware of situations such as when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Smart Cruise Control for safety reasons.

• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when your vehicle is being towed.
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
- Smart Cruise Control may not detect an obstacle in front and lead to a collision. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
- Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction or may cause Smart Cruise Control to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
• Always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely, even though a warning message does not appear or an audible warning does not sound.
- If any other system's warning message is displayed or warning sound is generated, Smart Cruise Control warning message may not be displayed and warning sound may not be generated.
- You may not hear the warning sound of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
- The vehicle manufacturer is not responsible for any traffic violation or accidents caused by the driver.
• Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your area.
- Vehicle distance, acceleration and reaction speed may change if the driver's driving style changes.

CAUTION

• The vehicle must be driven sufficiently to reflect the actual driving style of the driver, such as inter-vehicle distance, acceleration and reaction speed.
• Based on Driving style does not reflect whether the driver has changed when determining the driver's driving style.
• If you are driving in special conditions, such as snow, rain, fog or steep slopes, the vehicle may not be driven according to the driver's driving style.

i Information

• Smart Cruise Control may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the front view camera or front radar is initialized.
  • You may hear a sound when the brake is controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
• Based on Driving Style may not reflect the driver's driving style or driving conditions that affects driving safety.
• Based on Driving Style does not reflect any other driving style other than inter-vehicle distance, acceleration and reaction speed.

Smart Cruise Control Malfunction and Limitations Smart Cruise Control malfunction

ORS071121L

When Smart Cruise Control is not working properly, the 'Check Smart Cruise Control System' warning message will appear, and the ⚠ warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Smart Cruise Control disabled

OTM070115N

When the front radar cover or sensor is covered with snow, rain, or foreign material, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Smart Cruise Control.

If this occurs the ‘Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar blocked’ warning message will appear for a certain period of time on the instrument cluster.

Smart Cruise Control will operate properly when snow, rain or foreign material is removed.

WARNING

Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Smart Cruise Control may not properly operate.

CAUTION

Smart Cruise Control may not properly operate in an area (for example, open terrain), where any objects are not detected after turning ON the engine.

Limitations of Smart Cruise Control

Smart Cruise Control may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or sticky foreign material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on the windshield
• The field of view of the front view camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming vehicle is reflected on the wet road surface, such as a puddle on the road
• The temperature around the front view camera is high or low
  • An object is placed on the dashboard
  • The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the headlamps are not on or are not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or shadow

• Only part of the vehicle is detected
- The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.
- The brightness outside is low, and the tail lamps are not on or are not bright
- The rear of the front vehicle is small or does not look normal (for example, tilted, overturned, etc.)
- The front vehicle's ground clearance is low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
- Your vehicle is being towed
- Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
- Driving near areas containing metal substances, such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
- An object reflecting off the front radar such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
- The bumper around the front radar is impacted, damaged or the front radar is out of position
- The temperature around the front radar is high or low
- Driving in vast areas where there are few vehicles or structures (for example, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
- The vehicle in front is made of material that does not reflect on the front radar
- Driving near a highway interchange or tollgate
- Driving on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
- Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
- The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked by an obstacle
- The vehicle in front suddenly changes lane or suddenly reduces speed

• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle's speed is fast or slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle changes lane at low speed
  • The vehicle in front is covered with snow
• Unstable driving
  • You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front is not detected
  • You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction area, unpaved road, partial paved road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves, such as driving in an area with strong radio waves or electrical noise
• Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

- Driving on a curved road

Diagram of two cars driving on a road with a triangular obstacle, no text or symbols present

On curves, Smart Cruise Control may not detect a vehicle in the same lane, and may accelerate to the set speed.

Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is detected suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brake pedal or accelerator pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

Two cars driving on a road with a shadow effect, no visible text or symbols

Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.

Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of Smart Cruise Control.

• Driving on an inclined road

Two cars driving on a road, one in foreground and one in background (no visible text or symbols)

During uphill or downhill driving, Smart Cruise Control may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is detected suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake pedal or accelerator pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

- Changing lanes

A: Your vehicle, B: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise Control may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

• Situations when detecting are limited

Three technical illustrations of cars on a road with a truck, showing different collision scenarios (no text or symbols)

In the following cases, some vehicles, pedestrians or animals in your lane cannot be detected by the sensor:

• Vehicles offset to one side
• Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-decelerating vehicles
• Vehicles with higher ground clearance or vehicles carrying loads that stick out of the back of the vehicle
• Vehicles that has the front lifted dueto heavy loads
• Vehicles within approximately 6 ft. (2m) from your vehicle
• Oncoming vehicles

• Stopped vehicles

• Vehicles with small rear profile, such as trailers

• Narrow vehicles, such as motorcycles or bicycles
• Special vehicles
• Animals and pedestrians

Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

In the following cases, the vehicle in front cannot be detected by the sensor:

• You are steering your vehicle
• Driving on narrow or sharply curved roads

Top-down diagram of a road intersection with two cars, one emitting a light beam and the other emitting a dark beam (no text or symbols)

- When a vehicle ahead disappears at an intersection, your vehicle may accelerate.

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

Top-down view of a multi-lane road intersection with a curved arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

- When a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

Top-down view of a pedestrian crossing a crosswalk between two cars (no text or symbols visible)

• Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.

i Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

NAVIGATION-BASED SMART CRUISE CONTROL (NSCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control can help drive at a certain speed according to the road conditions when driving on highways by using road information from the navigation system while Smart Cruise Control is operating.

Information

- Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.

* Controlled access road indicates roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.

• Additional highways may be expanded by future navigation updates.

Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA	Select Interstate Highway and U.S. (Federal) and State Highways
Canada	Select Provincial and Territorial Highways

Information

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operates on main roads of highways, and does not operate on interchanges or junctions.

Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown

If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function will temporarily decelerate your vehicle or limit acceleration to help you drive safely on a curve based on the curve information from the navigation.

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

Highway Set Speed Auto Change function automatically changes Smart Cruise Control set speed based on the speed limit information from the navigation.

Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control Settings

ORS071274L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Driving Convenience → Highway Auto Speed Change' from the Settings menu to turn on Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control and deselect to turn off the function.

Information

When there is a problem with Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control, the function cannot be set from the Settings menu.

Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control Operation

Operating conditions

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is ready to operate if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways

Information

For more details on how to operate Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" section in this chapter.

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control display and control

When Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operates, it will be displayed on the cluster as follows:

Top-down view of a car driving on a road with two cars ahead, no visible text or symbols

ORS072149N

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control standby

If the operating conditions are satisfied, the white NAV symbol will illuminate.

Top-down view of a car on a road with two cars ahead, under a 70 mph speed limit sign (no text or symbols on the car or road)

ORS072150N

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operating

If temporary deceleration is required in the standby state and Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is operating, the green NAV symbol will illuminate on the cluster.

If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change function operates, the NAV symbol and set speed will illuminate in green on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound.

WARNING

ORS072095N

'Drive carefully' warning message will appear in the following circumstances:

- Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is not able to slow down your vehicle to a safe speed

Information

• Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and Highway Set Speed Auto Change function uses the same NAV symbol.
• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown

• Depending on the curve ahead on the highway, the vehicle will decelerate, and after passing the curve, the vehicle will accelerate to Smart Cruise Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ depending on the vehicle speed and the degree of the curve on the road. The higher the driving speed, deceleration will start faster.

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

• Highway Set Speed Auto Change function will operate when Smart Cruise Control set speed and the highway speed limit is matched.
- While Highway Set Speed Auto Change function is operating, when the highway, speed limit changes, Smart Cruise Control set speed automatically changes to the changed speed limit.
- If Smart Cruise Control set speed is adjusted different from the speed limit, Highway Set Speed Auto Change function will be in the standby state.
- If Highway Set Speed Auto Change function has changed to the standby state by driving on a road other than the highway main road, Highway Set Speed Auto Change function will operate again when you drive on the main road again without setting the set speed.
- If Highway Set Speed Auto Change function has changed to the standby state by depressing the brake pedal or pressing the 115 switch on the steering wheel, press the 115 switch to restart the function.
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change function does not operate on highway interchanges or junctions.

Information

• Highway Set Speed Auto Change function only operates based on the speed limits of the highway, it does not work with the speed cameras.
- When Highway Set Speed Auto Change function is operating, the vehicle automatically accelerates or decelerates when the highway speed limit changes.
- The maximum set speed for Highway Set Speed Auto Change function is 86 mph (140 km/h).
- If the speed limit of a new road is not updated in the navigation, Highway Set Speed Auto Change function may not operate properly.
- If the speed unit is set to a unit other than the speed unit used in your country, Highway Set Speed Auto Change function may not operate properly.

Limitations of Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control may not operate properly under the following circumstances:

• The navigation is not working properly
- Map information is not transmitted due to infotainment system's abnormal operation
• Speed limit and road information in the navigation is not updated
- The map information and the actual road is different because of real-time GPS data or map information error
- The navigation searches for a route while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel
• A road that divides into two or more roads and joins again
- The driver goes off course the route set in the navigation
- The route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation
- The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
- The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (for example, elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way)
- The navigation is being updated while driving
- The navigation is being restarted while driving
- The speed limit of some sections changes according to the road situations

• Driving on a road under construction
  • Driving on a road that is controlled
  • There is bad weather, such as heavy rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
• Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

①: Set route,

②: Branch line,

③: Driving route,

④: Main road,

⑤: Curved road section

• When there is a difference between the navigation set route (branch line) and the driving route (main road), Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function may not operate until the driving route is recognized as the main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route is recognized as the main road by maintaining the main road instead of the navigation set route, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function will operate. Depending on the distance to the curve and the current vehicle speed, vehicle deceleration may not be sufficient or may decelerate rapidly.

①: Set route,
②: Branch line,
③: Driving route,
④: Main road,
⑤: Curved road section

- When there is a difference between the navigation route (main road) and the driving route (branch line), Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function will operate based on the curve information on the main road.

- When it is judged that you are driving out of the route by entering the highway interchange or junction, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function will not operate.

①: Driving route,
②: Branch line,
③: Curved road section,
④: Main road

• If there is no destination set on the navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function will operate based on the curve information on the main road.
• Even if you depart from the main road, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function may temporarily operate due to navigation information of the highway curve section.

WARNING

• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. Always have your eyes on the road, and it is the responsibility of the driver to avoid violating traffic laws.

• The navigation's speed limit information may differ from the actual speed limit information on the road. It is the driver's responsibility to check the speed limit on the actual driving road or lane.

• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control will automatically be canceled when you leave the highway main road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control may not operate due to the existence of leading vehicles and the driving conditions of the vehicle. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.
• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control for safety reasons.
  • After you pass through a tollgate on a highway, Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control will operate based on the first lane. If you enter one of the other lanes, Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control might not operate properly.
• The vehicle will accelerate if the driver depresses the accelerator pedal while Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is operating, and the function will not decelerate the vehicle. However, if the accelerator pedal is depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may decelerate.
• If the driver accelerates and releases the accelerator pedal while Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is operating, the vehicle may not decelerate sufficiently or may rapidly decelerate to a safe speed.
• If the curve is too large or too small, Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control may not operate.

Information

• A time gap could occur between the navigation's guidance and when Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation starts and ends.
• The speed information on the cluster and navigation may differ.
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower than Smart Cruise Control set speed, acceleration may be limited by the curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is operating while leaving the main road to enter an interchange, junction, rest area, etc., the function may operate for a certain period of time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not sufficient due to road conditions such as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes, etc.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA)

Lane Following Assist is designed to help detect lane markings and/or vehicles on the road, and assists the driver's steering to help center the vehicle in the lane.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

①: Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect lane markings and front vehicles.

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

Lane Following Assist Settings Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Volume’ or ‘Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Hands-off warning.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If 'Off' is selected, the Hands-off Warning Volume will not turn off, but the volume will sound as 'Low'.
• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Lane Following Assist Operation Turning Lane Following Assist On/ Off

Interior view of a car dashboard and steering wheel (no text or symbols visible)

With the engine on, shortly press the Lane Driving Assist button located on the steering wheel to turn on Lane Following Assist. The grey or green ⏻ indicator light will illuminate on the cluster.

Press the button again to turn off the function.

Lane Following Assist

Illustration of a car driving on a road under a night sky with a sun in the sky (no text or symbols)

If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane markings are detected and your vehicle speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the green ⬤ indicator light illuminates on the cluster, and Lane Following Assist helps center the vehicle in the lane by assisting the steering wheel.

CAUTION

When the steering wheel is not assisted, the white ⚙ indicator light blinks and change to grey.

Hands-off warning

ORS071109L

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the 'Keep hands on steering wheel' warning message will appear and an audible warning will sound in stages.

First stage : Warning message

Second stage : Warning message (red steering wheel) and audible warning

Information

For more details on precautions of the steering wheel grip sensor, refer to "Steering Wheel Grip Sensor" section in chapter 5.

ORS071219L

If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the hands-off warning, the 'Lane Following Assist deactivated' warning message will appear and Lane Following Assist will be automatically canceled.

WARNING

- The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.

- Lane Following Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.

- The hands-off warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

- If the steering wheel is held very lightly the hands-off warning message may appear because Lane Following Assist may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.

- If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.

i Information

• For more details on instrument cluster settings, refer to “LCD display control” section in chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected, the lane lines on the cluster will change from grey to white.

A

Black and white photo of a car driving on a wide road under a cloudy sky (no text or symbols visible)

B

Black and white illustration of a car driving on a road with a spotlight, no text or symbols visible

ORS072134N

A: Lane undetected, B: Lane detected

• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.
• If lane markings are not detected, steering wheel control by Lane Following Assist can be limited depending on whether a vehicle is in front or the driving conditions of the vehicle.
  • Even though the steering is assisted by Lane Following Assist, the driver may control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by Lane Following Assist than when it is not.

Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Lane Following Assist malfunction

OJWEV071263L

When Lane Following Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Lane Following Assist system' warning message will appear for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of Lane Following Assist

For more details on Lane Following Assist limitations, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in this chapter.

i Information

For more details on Lane Following Assist precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in this chapter.

HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST (HDA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Basic function

Highway Driving Assist is designed to do the following while driving on the highway:

• Help detect vehicles ahead
• Help detect lanes ahead
• Help maintain distance from the vehicle ahead
• Help maintain set speed
• Help center the vehicle in the lane

Top-down view of two cars driving on a road with directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Highway Lane Change Assist

Highway Lane Change Assist function helps change lanes to the direction the driver slightly moves the turn signal switch if the function judges that lane change is possible.

Top-down view of a car driving on a road with a curved arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

i Information

• Highway Driving Assist is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.

* Controlled access road indicates roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.

• Additional highways may be expanded by future navigation updates.

Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA	Select Interstate Highway and U.S. (Federal) and State Highways
Canada	Select Provincial and Territorial Highways

i Information

Highway Driving Assist operates on main roads of highways, and does not operate on interchanges or junctions.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan car with no visible text or symbols on the body

Front view of a modern car with visible grille and grille grilles (no text or symbols)

Front view of a modern electric car with visible grille and headlights (no text or symbols)

①: Front view camera,
②: Front radar,
③: Front corner radar,
④: Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the detecting sensors, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section in this chapter.

Highway Driving Assist Settings

ORS071272L

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Driving Convenience' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

Basic function

If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is selected, it helps maintain distance from the vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed, and helps center the vehicle in the lane.

Highway Lane Change Assist

If ‘Highway Lane Change Assist’ is selected, it helps the driver change lanes.

Information

• When ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is deselected, the setting for ‘Highway Lane Change Assist’ cannot be changed.
• If there is a problem with the functions, the settings cannot be changed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the engine is restarted, the functions will maintain the last setting.

WARNING

For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.

ORS071270L

Warning Volume

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' or 'Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Highway Driving Assist.

If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when the warning sounds for safe driving.

Information

• If 'Off' is selected, the Hands-off Warning Volume will not turn off, but the volume will sound as 'Low'.
  • If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Highway Driving Assist Operation

Basic function

Displaying operating status

You can see the status of the Highway Driving Assist operation in the Driving Assist view on the cluster. Refer to "View Modes" section in chapter 4.

Highway Driving Assist will be displayed as below depending on the status of the function.

A

B

ORS072092N

A: Operating state, B: Standby state

(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator, whether there is a vehicle ahead and the selected distance level are displayed.
* Highway Driving Assist indicator
- GreenHDA : Operating state
- G rHDA: Standby state
- WhiteHDA blink: Accelerator depressed state

(2) Set speed
(3) Lane Following Assist indicator
(4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and the selected headway
(5) Whether the lane is detected or not

Information

• For more details on the display refer to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and “Lane Following Assist (LFA)” sections in this chapter.
• The images and colors in the instrument cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the settings menu.

Highway Driving Assist operation

Highway Driving Assist operates when:

• Driving on the main road of highways, and turning on Highway Driving Assist by pressing the Driving Assist button.
• Entering the main road of highways while Lane Following assist and Smart Cruise Control are operating

Restarting after stopping

OJWEV071266L

When Highway Driving Assist is operating, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving within 30 seconds after the stop, your vehicle will start as well. In addition, after the vehicle has stopped and 30 seconds have passed, the 'Use switch or pedal to accelerate' message will appear on the cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or operate the + switch, - switch or switch to start driving.

Hands-off warning

ORS071109L

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the 'Keep hands on steering wheel' warning message will appear and an audible warning will sound in stages.

First stage : Warning message Second stage : Warning message (red steering wheel) and audible warning

ORS071123L

If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the hands-off warning, ‘Highway Driving Assist deactivated’ warning message will appear and Highway Driving Assist and Lane Change Assist will be automatically canceled.

Driving speed limit

OJK070103L

When Highway Driving Assist is canceled by the hands-off warning, The driving speed will be limited.

While Driving Speed Limit function is operating, the ‘Driver’s grasp not detected. Driving speed will be limited’ warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound continuously.

Top-down view of a multi-lane road with cars and a curved arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Driving to one side within lane

When vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60 km/h), if a detected vehicle around you is driving at a close distance, your vehicle will control steering in the opposite direction of the vehicle to assist in safe driving. If there a detected vehicle in both sides of the lane that are driving close to you, the function will not veer to the opposite side of the lane.

Highway Driving Assist standby

When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled while Highway Driving Assist is operating, Highway Driving Assist will be in the standby state. At this time, Lane Following Assist will operate properly.

i Information

• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time, the vehicle decelerates due to the vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has decelerated, it cannot automatically accelerate.

• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the following circumstances:

• When the driver grabs the steering wheel again

• When the driver turns on Lane Following Assist by pressing the Lane Driving Assist button
• When +, -||| switch or button is operated, or the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal is depressed

Highway Lane Change Assist

Displaying operating status

You can see the status of the Highway Lane Change Assist operation in the Driving Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter 4.

Highway Lane Change Assist function will be displayed as below depending on the status of the function.

A

B

ORS072093N

A: Ready/Operating, B: Standby/Canceled

(1) Highway Lane Change Assist indicator

• Green on: Ready state
• Green blink: Operating state
• Grey on: Standby state
• White blink: Canceled state (display only a certain time)

(2) Green lane line

The lane line is displayed same as the Highway Lane Change Assist indicator (1). However, if the function is on standby, it displays whether the lane line is detected.

(3) Green arrow and shade

The green arrow is displayed when a certain amount of time has passed after the function has started operating, and until the lane change has completed.

(4) Message

• Message is displayed when the function does not operate even though the turn signal is used.
• Message is displayed when the function is canceled while operating.

To turn on Highway Lane Change Assist Highway Lane Change Assist function will turn on when the following conditions are satisfied.

• The Driving Assist button or Lane Driving Assist button is used to turn on Highway Driving Assist.

Highway Lane Change Assist ready to operate

While Highway Lane Change Assist function is on, the function will be ready to operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:

• Highway Driving Assist is operating
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• A vehicle in the rear area of your vehicle is detected more than once after the engine is turned on
- Your vehicle speed is above 50 mph (80 km/h)
- Hands-off warning is not displayed on the cluster
• Hazard warning flasher is off

i Information

• While Lane Change Assist functionis turned on (indicator on), Lane Following Assist will not cancel even if the turn signal indicator or hazard warning flasher is operating.

• Lane Change Assist function turn off automatically when driven in the following road conditions:

• One driving lane

• A road with a intersection orcrosswalk ahead
• A road with no structure, such as a medium strip, guardrails, etc.
• There is a pedestrian or cyclist on the road ahead

- When the function is in the ready state, and vehicle speed is below 45 mph (75 km/h), the function will change to the standby state.

WARNING

When Highway Lane Change Assist function turns off while operating, steering assist will be temporarily canceled. Always be cautious while driving.

Highway Lane Change Assist operating

①: Center

Highway Lane Change Assist function will operate, when you push the turn signal lever up or down to the A or B position while the function is in the ready state (indicator is green), and all of the following conditions are satisfied:

• The driver has his/her hand on the steering wheel
• There is no collision risk in the direction of lane change
- There is a single dotted lane line in the direction of lane change
• There are no Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist and Blind Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist warnings
- The vehicle is driven in the middle of the lane (should not be driving close to one side of the lane)
- The road you are driving on, or the road you are about to change lane is a road that the function can operate

i Information

• Highway Lane Change Assist operates when the turn signal lever is positioned at A. If the turn signal lever is released to the center ① before stepping on the lane, Highway Lane Change Assist cancels. If the turn signal lever is released to the center ① after stepping on the lane, Highway Lane Change Assist changes the lane and turns off the turn signal after lane change is complete.
• When the turn signal lever is placed at B position for a certain period of time, the green arrow will appear. At this time, even when the lever is released and returns to it's original position ① lane change will still be assisted.
• While lane change is being made by the function, the turn signal indicator will blink even when the turn signal lever is not held, and the turn signal indicator will turn off when lane change is complete.

Highway Lane Change Assist standby

Highway Lane Change Assist function will be in the standby state when one of the ready state condition is not satisfied, or when entering or driving on one of the following roads:

• Road within a certain distance from the tollgate on the main road of the highway
  • The road ahead ends without an interchange or junction
  • Road with sharp curves
  • Road with narrow lanes
  • Road that is under construction

Highway Lane Change Assist cancel

The function will be canceled when:

- The turn signal lever is turned on in the opposite direction of lane change

• The steering wheel is steered sharply

WARNING

- While the function is operating, the function will cancel if one of the following occurs:

• Highway Driving Assist is turned off
• Lane Following Assist or Smart Cruise Control is turned off or temporarily canceled
• Hands-off warning message is displayed on the cluster
• The hazard warning flasher is turned on

• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist or Blind-Spot Collision Avoidance Assist warning message is displayed

• Possible collision is detected in the next lane, even though there are no Forward-Collision Avoidance Assist and Blind-Spot Collision Avoidance Assist warning

• Entering a road under construction
• The target lane to make a lane change disappears
• There is a problem with turn signal lamps
• Highway Lane Change Assist function is off (The function turns off when the function is turned off from the settings menu, when the road changes to a one-way road, when there is a intersection or crosswalk ahead, when you enter a road with no structure, such as a medium strip, guardrail, etc., or when there is a pedestrian or cyclist on the driving lane.)

• Your vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55 km/h)

• While the function is operating, when the function is canceled, depending on the driving conditions, the vehicle may drive to the middle of the driving lane or steering assist may stop. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

• The function may not operate properly on roads with pedestrians or cyclists, such as an intersection or crosswalk. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Highway Driving Assist malfunction

ORS071218L OJWEV071272L

When Highway Driving Assist or Highway Lane Change function is not working properly, the ‘Check Highway Driving Assist system’ warning message will appear, and the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible for controlling the vehicle for safe driving.
  • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

• Highway Driving Assist is a supplemental function that assists the driver in driving the vehicle and is not a complete autonomous driving system. Always check road conditions, and if necessary, take appropriate actions to drive safely.
  • Always have your eyes on the road, and it is the responsibility of the driver to avoid violating traffic laws. The vehicle manufacturer is not responsible for any traffic violation or accidents caused by the driver.

• Highway Driving Assist may not be able to recognize all traffic situations. Highway Driving Assist may not detect possible collisions due to limitations of the function. Always be aware of the limitations of the function. Obstacles such as vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, or unspecified objects or structures such as guardrails, tollgate, etc., that may collide with the vehicle may not be detected.

• Highway Driving Assist will turn off automatically under the following situations:

- Driving on roads that Highway Driving Assist does not operate, such as a rest area, intersection, junction, etc.

- The navigation does not operate properly such as when the navigation is being updated or restarted

• Highway Driving Assist may inadvertently operate or turn off depending on road conditions (navigation information) and surroundings.
- Lane Following Assist function may be temporarily disabled when the front view camera cannot detect lanes properly or the hands-off warning is on.
- You may not hear the warning sound of Highway Driving Assist if the surrounding is noisy.

• If the vehicle is driven at high speed above a certain speed at a curve, your vehicle may drive to one side or may depart from the driving lane.
• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Highway Driving Assist for safety reasons.
• The hands-off warning message may appear early or late depending on how the steering wheel is held or road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
• For your safety, read the owner's manual before using Highway Driving Assist.
  • Highway Driving Assist will not operate when the vehicle is started, or when the detecting sensors or navigation is being initialized.

Limitations of Highway Driving Assist

Highway Driving Assist and Highway Lane Change function may not operate properly, or it may not operate under the following circumstances:

• The map information and the actual road is different because the navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual road is different because of real-time GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded by simultaneously performing functions such as route search, video playback, voice recognition, etc.
  • GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
  • Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the current vehicle position (for example, elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way)
• White single dotted lane line or road edge cannot be detected
• The road is temporarily controlled due to construction, etc.
• There is no structure, such as a medium strip, guardrails, etc., on the road
  • There is a changeable lane in the direction of lane change
• Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

Information

For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, front radar, front corner radar and rear corner radar, refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section in this chapter.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

SURROUND VIEW MONITOR (SVM)

Surround View Monitor can assist in parking by allowing the driver to see around the vehicle.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan with labeled points A, B, and C (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Front view of a modern electric car with visible grille and logo (no text or symbols on the car body)

(A): Wide-front view camera,
B, C: Wide-side view camera
(Below the side view mirror),
D: Wide-rear view camera

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Surround View Monitor Settings Warning Volume

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume → Parking Safety Priority' or 'Sound → Driver Assistance → Parking Safety Priority' from the Setting menu.

If 'Parking Safety Priority' is selected, the vehicle lowers all other audio volumes when Surround View Monitor is operating for safe parking.

Camera settings

ORS072257N

• You can change Surround View Monitor ‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display Settings’ by touching the setup icon
  (○) on the screen while Surround View Monitor is operating, or selecting 'Driver Assistance → Parking Safety → Camera Settings' from the Settings menu while the vehicle is on.
• In the Display Contents, you can change settings for ‘Top View Parking Guide Lines’, ‘Rear View Parking Guide Lines’ and ‘Parking Distance Warning’.

Top View Parking Guide

When the ‘Top View Parking Guide Lines’ is selected, parking guide lines is displayed on the right side of the Surround View Monitor screen.

Rear View Parking Guide

When the ‘Rear View Parking Guide Lines’ is selected, parking Guide Lines is displayed in the rear view.

Information

The horizontal guideline shows the distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.

Parking Distance Warning

When the ‘Parking Distance Warning’ is selected, parking distance warning is displayed on the right side of the Surround View Monitor screen.

- The image will be displayed only when Parking Distance Warning is warning the driver.

Information

The horizontal guideline shows the distance of 1 ft. (0.3 m) and 6.6 ft. (2 m) from the vehicle.

Surround View Monitor Auto On

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Parking Safety → Surround View Monitor Auto On' from the Settings menu to use the function.

Surround View Monitor Operation

Press the Parking/View button ① to turn on Surround View Monitor.

Press the button again to turn off the function.

Front View

The front image is displayed on the screen when the gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to assist in parking. Using the view button ② you may select top view, front view, side view and 3D view.

Front View while parking

The front view while parking function will turn on under the following conditions:

• The gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
• The Parking/View button ① is pressed, while the gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
• Surround View Monitor Auto On function will operate when the following conditions are satisfied:

- With `Driver Assistance Parking Safety Surround View Monitor Auto On' selected from the Settings menu, the front view while parking is displayed.

The front view function will turn off under the following conditions:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park) or R (Reverse).
• The Parking/View button ① or the infotainment system button ③ is pressed.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
  • The Home button ④ is pressed.

Information

When the front view while parking is turned on, the previous view mode will be displayed.

Rear view

The rear image is displayed on the screen when the gear is in P (Park) to assist in parking. Using the view button ② you may select top view, front view, side view and 3D view.

Rear View while parking

The rear view while parking function will turn on under the following conditions:

• The Parking/View button ① is pressed, while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
  • The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive)

When the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view function will turn off under the following conditions:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park).
- The Parking/View button ① or the infotainment system button ③ is pressed.
• The Home button ④ is pressed.
• The vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear view function will turn off under the following conditions:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park)

Information

• When the rear view turn on while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the previous view mode will be displayed.
• When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear view does not turn off.

3D view

The 3D view shows the image around the vehicle from various angles.

You can change angles by tapping the screen. Press the 3D View button again to return to the initial angle.

3D view will turn on when the 3D view is selected among the view buttons ② under the following conditions:

• The gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The Surround View Monitor is turned on when the gear is in R (Reverse).

When the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D (Drive), 3D view will turn off under the following conditions:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park).
• The Parking/View button ① is pressed.
- The infotainment system button ③ is pressed.
• The Home button ④ is pressed.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

Information

3D view does not display guidelines.

Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations

Surround View Monitor malfunction

When Surround View Monitor is not working properly, or the screen flickers, or the camera image does not display properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of Surround View Monitor

• When the vehicle is stopped for a long time in winter or when the vehicle is parked in an indoor parking lot, the exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the image.

• The screen may be displayed abnormally, and an icon will appear at the top left side of the screen under the following circumstances:

• The trunk is opened

• The driver or front passenger door is opened
• The side view mirror is folded

WARNING

• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle. What you see on the screen may differ from the actual vehicle's location.
• The image shown on the screen may differ from the actual distance of the object. Make sure to directly check the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Surround View Monitor is designed to be used on a flat surface. Therefore, if used on roads with different heights such as curbs and speed bumps, the image in the screen my not look correct.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If the lens is covered with foreign material, it may adversely affect camera performance and Surround View Monitor may not operate properly. However, do not use chemical solvents such as strong detergents containing high alkaline or volatile organic solvents (gasoline, acetone etc.). This may damage the camera lens.

REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect vehicles approaching from the left and right side while your vehicle is reversing. When a vehicle is detected, the system will warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a visual and audible warning. The system can also provide braking assist to help prevent a collision.

graph TD
    A["Car A"] --> B["Car B"]
    B --> C["Car C"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

A: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating range,
B: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operating range

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the approaching vehicle.

Detecting sensor

Front view of a modern electric car (no visible text or symbols)

①: Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Information

For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section in this chapter.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

ORS071234L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Parking Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the Settings menu to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist and deselect to turn off the function.

WARNING

When the engine is restarted, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will always turn on. However, if 'Off' is selected after the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

Warning Timing

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warning time can be set to either 'Standard' or 'Late'.

• Use 'Standard' in normal driving conditions. If the Warning Timing seems sensitive, change it to 'Late'.
• If 'Late' is selected, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the driver more slowly.

Information

If you change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Warning Volume

With the vehicle on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Volume’ or ‘Sound → Driver Assist Warning → Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.

Information

• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.
• If 'Off' is selected, steering wheel vibration will not turn off.

CAUTION

• The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Even though ‘Standard’ is selected for Warning Timing, if the vehicles from the left and right side approaches at high speed, the warning may seem late.
• Select 'Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Information

If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn and control the vehicle depending on collision risk level:

'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'.

Close-up of a car's side mirror showing the front wheel and side panel (no text or symbols visible)

ORS071249L

ORS072248N

Collision Warning

- To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the instrument cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate. If Rear View Monitor is operating, a warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen.

- Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:

- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)

- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h)

- The approaching vehicle is within approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from the left and right side of your vehicle

- The speed of the vehicle approaching from the left and right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)

i Information

- If the operating conditions are satisfied, there will be a warning whenever the vehicle approaches from the left or right side even though your vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).

- The images and colors in the cluster may differ depending on the cluster type or theme selected from the cluster.

Emergency Braking

Close-up of a car front mirror showing the side profile (no text or symbols visible)

ORS071126L

ORS072248N

- To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink and a warning message will appear on the instrument cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering wheel will vibrate. A warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen.

• Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with approaching vehicles from the left and right.

• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:

• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)

• Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h)
• The approaching vehicle is within approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the left and right side of your vehicle
• The speed of the vehicle approaching from the left and right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)

WARNING

Brake control ends when the conditions of the approaching vehicle from the rear left or right side are as below:

• The approaching vehicle is out of the detecting range
  • The approaching vehicle passes behind your vehicle
  • The approaching vehicle does not drive toward your vehicle
• The approaching vehicle speed slows down
• The driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power

Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

ORS071127L

• When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the ‘Drive carefully’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking control by Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the brake pedal.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist:

• For your safety, only change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision.
• During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate properly.
• When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating, braking control by function will automatically cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal.

• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations or cannot avoid all collisions.

• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions.

• The driver has the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

The brake control may not operate properly depending on the status of ESC (Electronic Stability Control).

There will only be a warning when:

• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function

Information

If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check vehicle surroundings.

• After shifting the gear to R (Reverse), braking control will operate once for left and right vehicle approach.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction

ORS071273L

When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the 'Check Blind-Spot Safety system' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OJWEV071275L

When the side view mirror warning light is not working properly, the 'Check side view mirror warning light' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster for several seconds, and the master (⚠️) warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled

ORS071287L

When the rear bumper around the rear-side radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.

If this occurs, the 'Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled. Radar blocked' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist will operate properly when such foreign material or trailer, etc., is removed.

If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate properly after it is removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

• Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly.

- Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly in an area (for example, open terrain), where any substance are not detected after turning ON the engine.

CAUTION

Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, or another attachment. Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.

Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:

• Departing from where trees or grass are overgrown
• Departing from where roads are wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is fast or slow

Braking control may not work, driver's attention is required in the following circumstances:

• The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged
  • The braking system has been modified
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is operating (if equipped)

Information

For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section in this chapter.

WARNING

- Driving near a vehicle or structure

A: Structure

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may be limited when driving near a vehicle or structure, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

- When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (for example, a vehicle leaving beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

- When the vehicle is parked diagonally

Top-down view of a parking lot with multiple cars and directional arrows indicating movement or flow (no text or symbols)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may be limited when backing up diagonally, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

- When the vehicle is on or near a slope

Two cars on a road with an arrow indicating collision or impact (no text or symbols)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may be limited when the vehicle is on a uphill or downhill slope, or near it, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver or control the brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

- Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure

Top-down diagram of a parking lot with cars, directional arrows, and labeled zones (A and B), no readable text or symbols beyond labels.

A: Structure, B: Wall

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles passing by in front of you when parking in reverse into a parking space with a wall or structure in the rear or side area. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

- When the vehicle is parked rearward

Top-down view of a car collision scenario showing two cars moving on a road with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles passing by behind you when parking in reverse into a parking space. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

WARNING

• When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist for safety reasons.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 3 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are initialized.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

FORWARD/SIDE/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW)

Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning can help warn the driver if an obstacle is detected within a certain distance when the vehicle is moving forward or in reverse at low speeds.

Detecting sensor

A: Front ultrasonic sensors

B: Front side ultrasonic sensors

©: Rear side ultrasonic sensors

D: Rear ultrasonic sensors

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Parking Distance Warning Settings

Warning Volume

ORS071291L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Parking Distance Warning.

i Information

• If ‘Off’ is selected, the Warning Volume of Parking Distance Warning will not turn off, but the volume will sound as ‘Low’.
• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Parking Distance Warning Auto On

To use Parking Distance Warning Auto On function, select 'Driver Assistance → Parking Safety → Parking Distance Warning Auto On' from the infotainment system Settings menu.

i Information

- When Parking Distance Warning Auto On is selected, the Parking Safety button indicator (P) stays on.

Parking Distance Warning Operation Parking Safety button

Press the Parking Safety (P) button to turn on Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning. Press the button again to turn off the function.

• When the gear is shift to R (Reverse), Parking Distance Warning will automatically turn on (Parking Safety button indicator on).
• When the gear is in R (Reverse), Parking Distance Warning does not turn off even if the Parking Safety button is pressed.

Forward Parking Distance Warning

Forward Parking Distance Warning will operate under the following conditions.

• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Distance Warning on
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking Safety (P###) button indicator light is on
• 'Parking Distance Warning Auto On' is selected from the Settings menu and the gear is in D (Drive)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Information

- Forward Parking Distance Warning does not operate when the vehicle's forward speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h) even when the Parking Safety (P) button indicator is on. Forward Parking Distance Warning will operate again when the vehicle's forward speed decreases below 6 mph (10 km/h) while the Parking Safety (P) button indicator is on.

- Forward Parking Distance Warning is deactivated if the vehicle speed reaches above 18 mph (30 km/h). It will not reactivate although the vehicle speed drops below 6 mph (10 km/h). (Only when Parking Warning Auto On is not selected)

Distance from object	Warning indicator when driving forward	Warning sound
24~40 in. (60~100 cm)		Buzzer beeps intermittently
12~24 in. (30~60 cm)		Beeps more frequently
within 12 in. (30 cm)		Beeps continuously

• The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal or object in its sensing range. Also an audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are detected at the same time, the closest one will be warned with an audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.

Side Parking Distance Warning

Side Parking Distance Warning will operate under the following conditions.

• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Distance Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking Safety (P) button indicator light is on
- 'Parking Distance Warning Auto On' is selected from the Settings menu and the gear is in D (Drive)
- Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Distance from object	Warning indicator when driving forward/ rearward	Warning sound
24~40 in. (60~100 cm)		-
12~24 in. (30~60 cm)		-
within 12 in. (30 cm)		Beeps continuously

• The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal or object in its sensing range.
• If an object located within 12 in. (30 cm) from the side of the vehicle's path is detected, an audible warning will sound.
• If an object outside the side of the vehicle's path is detected, the warning indicator will be displayed.
• The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.

Information

Side Parking Distance Warning operated only when Forward or Rearward Parking Distance Warning is on.

Reverse Parking Distance Warning

Reverse Parking Distance Warning will operate under the following conditions.

• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
- Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Information

Parking Distance Warning detects and warns the driver of both rear and front corners, when the vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Distance from object	Warning indicator when driving backward	Warning sound
24~48 in. (60~120 cm) (Forward Corner: 24~40 in. (60~100 cm))		Buzzer beeps intermittently
12~24 in. (30~60 cm)		Beeps more frequently
within 12 in. (30 cm)		Beeps continuously

• The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal or object in its sensing range. Also an audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are detected at the same time, the closest one will be warned with an audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.

Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and Limitations

Parking Distance Warning malfunction

After starting the engine, a beep will sound when the gear is shifted to R (Reverse) to indicate Parking Distance Warning is operating properly.

However, if one or more of the following occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic sensor is damaged or blocked with foreign material. If it still does not work properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
- The 'Check Parking Distance Warning system' warning message appears on the instrument cluster.

OJWEV071232L

Top-down view of a car with warning symbols around it, no text or labels present.

ORS071211

Parking Distance Warning disabled

OJWEV071233L

If this occurs the ‘Parking Distance Warning system limited. Ultrasonic sensor blocked’ warning message appears on the instrument cluster. Parking Distance Warning will operate properly when snow, rain or foreign material is removed. If Parking Distance Warning does not operate properly after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign material) is removed (including trailer, carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of Parking Distance Warning

• Parking Distance Warning may not operate properly when:
• There is excessive moisture or frost on the sensor
• Sensor is covered with foreign substance, such as snow or water (Parking Distance Warning will operate properly when such substance is removed.)
• The weather is extremely hot or cold
• The sensor or sensor assembly is disassembled
• The surface of the sensor is pressed hard or hit with a hard object
• The surface of the sensor is scratched with a sharp object
• The sensors or its surrounding area is directly sprayed with high pressure washer

- Parking Distance Warning may malfunction when:

- Heavy rain or water spray is present

- Water flows on the surface of the sensor

- Affected by another vehicle's sensors

- The sensor is covered with snow or ice

- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads or bushes

- Objects that generate ultrasonic waves are near the sensor

- License plate is installed in a different spot from the original location

- The vehicle bumper height or ultrasonic sensor installation has been modified

- Attaching equipment or accessories next to the ultrasonic sensors

- The following objects may not be detected:

• Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, chains or small poles.
• Narrow objects, such as corners of a square column
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency, such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
• Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm) in length and narrower than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.
• Pedestrians, animals or objects that are very close to the ultrasonic sensors
• An object in the side space between the front corner ultrasonic sensor and the rear corner ultrasonic sensor or an object approaching the side space

WARNING

• Parking Distance Warning is a supplemental function. The operation of Parking Distance Warning can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the front and rear views before and while parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle due to the malfunction of Parking Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near objects, pedestrians, and especially children. Some objects may not be detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
• Parking Distance Warning does not warn you in the order of detection. It varies depending on the speed of the vehicle or the shape of a person, animal, or object.
• If the Parking Distance Warning does not operate properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

FORWARD/SIDE/REVERSE PARKING COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (PCA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist can warn the driver or assist with braking to help reduce the possibility of collision with a pedestrian or an object while driving at low speed.

Detecting sensor

3D rendering of a modern sedan with labeled points A and B, no visible text or symbols on the car itself.

A: Wide-front view camera
B: Wide-Side view camera (Below the side view mirror)
©: Wide-rear view camera
D: Front ultrasonic sensor

E: Front side ultrasonic sensor

F: Rear side ultrasonic sensor

G: Rear ultrasonic sensor

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings

Parking Safety

With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Parking Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether to use each function.

• If ‘Front/Side Safety’ is selected, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver and assist with braking when a collision with a pedestrian or an object is imminent from the front or the side.
• If 'Rear Safety' is selected, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver and assist with braking when a collision with a pedestrian or an object is imminent from behind.

i Information

'Forward/Side Safety' can be selected only when 'Rear Safety' is selected. If the engine is restarted, 'Rear Safety' is selected and 'Forward/Side safety' maintains the last setting.

Turning Parking Collision Avoidance Assist On/Off

Press and hold the Parking Safety (P) button more than 2 seconds, to turn the Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist on or off.

Warning Timing

ORS071267L

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warning time can be set to either ‘Standard’ or ‘Late’.

• Use 'Standard' in normal driving conditions. If the Warning Timing seems too sensitive, change it to 'Late'.
• If 'Late' is selected, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist warns the driver more slowly.

Information

If you change the Warning Timing, the Warning Timing of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Warning Volume

ORS071291L

With the engine on, select 'Driver Assistance → Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium', 'Low' or 'Off' for Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist.

Information

• If ‘Off’ is selected, the Warning Volume of Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will not turn off, but the volume will sound as ‘Low’.
• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation

Operating conditions

Select ‘Rear Safety’ from the ‘Parking Safety’ menu of the infotainment system. Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist is enabled when the following conditions are satisfied:

Rear Safety

• The trunk and door are closed
- The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is released
• A trailer is not connected
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) (detecting pedestrians)
• Vehicle speed is below 2 mph (4 km/h) (detecting objects)
- Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist components such as the wide-rear view camera and the rear ultrasonic sensors are in normal conditions

Front/Side Safety

• The trunk and door are closed
- The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is released
• A trailer is not connected
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
• Vehicle speed is below 2 mph (4 km/h) (for pedestrians, objects)
- Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist components such as the wide-rear view camera and the rear ultrasonic sensors are in normal conditions

When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist activates, a line appears behind the vehicle image in the instrument cluster.

• Rear Safety: Behind the vehicle image
- Front/Side Safety: In front of vehicle image

Top-down view of a car viewed from above, showing its front and rear angles (no text or symbols)

ORS071131

Information

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operates only once after shifting the gear to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). To reactivate Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist, shift the gear from another gear to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist

If Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist detects a risk of collision around the vehicle with a pedestrian or an object, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn the driver with an audible warning and warning message on the instrument cluster. If the infotainment screen is on, a warning will appear on the screen.

If collision is imminent, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will assist you with braking.

Front/Side Safety

Braking assist is released 2 seconds after shifting to D (drive) and 5 minutes after shifting to R (reverse). Immediately depress the brake pedal and check vehicle surroundings.

Braking assist is also released in the following conditions when:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park) or other positions but N(Neutral)
• The brake pedal is depressed with sufficient power

Rear Safety

Braking assist is released after 5 minutes. Immediately depress the brake pedal and check vehicle surroundings.

Braking assist is also released in the following conditions when:

• The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D (Drive)
- The brake pedal is depressed with sufficient power

Information

When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist is activated while reversing, braking control will be released after 5 minutes and the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) will be engaged.

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction

ORS072223N

When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist or other related functions are not working properly, the 'Check Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist system' warning message will appear on the instrument cluster, and Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled

Detecting sensors

3D rendering of a modern sedan with labeled points A and B, no visible text or symbols on the car itself.

Exterior view of a white car with a circular button labeled 'C' and an orange button icon, no readable text or symbols beyond the button label.

A: Wide-front view camera,
(B): Wide-side view camera (Below the side view mirror),
©: Wide-rear view camera

The wide-view cameras are used as detecting sensors to detect pedestrians. If the camera lens is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it may adversely affect camera performance and Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly. Always keep the camera lens clean.

A: Front ultrasonic sensor,
B: Front side ultrasonic sensor,
©: Rear side ultrasonic sensor,
D: Rear ultrasonic sensor

The ultrasonic sensors detect objects around the vehicle. If the sensors are covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it may adversely affect sensor performance and Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly. Always keep the bumper clean.

A

ORS072224N

B

ORS072225N

A: Camera,
B: Ultrasonic sensor

Warning message

The ‘Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist system limited. Camera obscured’ or ‘Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist syst. limited. Ultrasonic sensor blocked’ warning message will appear on the instrument cluster if the following situations occur:

• The camera(s) or ultrasonic sensor(s) is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, etc.
  • There is inclement weather, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.

If this occurs, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not operate properly. Check whether the cameras and ultrasonic sensors are clean.

Limitations of Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not assist braking or warn the driver even if there are pedestrians or objects under the following circumstances:

- Problems with vehicle

• Any non-factory equipment or accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sensor installation has been modified
• Wide view camera(s) or ultrasonic sensor(s) is damaged
• Wide view camera(s) or the ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with foreign material, such as snow, dirt, etc.

- Wide view camera(s) is obscured by a light source or by inclement weather, such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.

- Rear wheel steering system (if equipped) is disabled

• Problems with the surroundings

• The surrounding is very bright or very dark
• Outside temperature is very high or very low
• The wind is either strong (above 12 mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpendicular to the bumper
• Objects generating excessive noise, such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes, are near your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar frequency is near your vehicle
• The road is slippery or inclined
• The image of the pedestrian in the front view camera is indistinguishable from the background

• Problems with pedestrian or object

• The pedestrians are difficult to detect
• There is ground height difference between the vehicle and the pedestrian
• The pedestrian is near the edge of the vehicle
• The pedestrian is not standing upright
• The pedestrian is either very short or very tall to detect
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to detect
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing that does not reflect ultrasonic waves well
• Size, thickness, height, or shape of the object does not reflect ultrasonic waves well (for example, low object, narrow object, circular pillar, small pillar, corners of a square pillar, bush, curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
• The pedestrian or the object is moving
• The pedestrian or the object is very close to the vehicle
• There is a large object such as a wall is behind the pedestrian or the object
• The object is not located at the front or rear center of your vehicle
• The object is not parallel to the bumper
• The pedestrians or objects are close to the left/right side of the vehicle
• The sensors cannot detect the pedestrians and objects

• Problems with driving condition

- The driver drives the vehicle immediately after shifting to R (Reverse) or D (Drive)

- The driver accelerates or circles the vehicle

- The vehicle moves forward and backward repeatedly

- The vehicle is driven immediately after starting the engine

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist:

• Always exercise extreme caution while driving. The driver is responsible for braking and safe driving.
• Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not there is a warning.
• Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are no pedestrians or objects before moving the vehicle.
- The performance of Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may vary under certain conditions. If vehicle speed is above 2 mph (4 km/h), Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will provide collision avoidance assist only when pedestrians are detected. Always look around and pay attention when driving your vehicle.

• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may operate differently under certain conditions. If the vehicle moves forward and backward repeatedly, the Collision-Avoidance Assist may fail to assist braking or to warn the driver. Always pay attention when driving your vehicle.
• Some objects may not be detected by the ultrasonic sensors due to the objects distance, size, shape or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly or may operate unnecessarily depending on the road conditions and the surroundings.
• Do not solely rely on Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist. Doing so may lead to vehicle damage or injuries.
• Noise may be heard when sudden braking occurs to avoid a collision.
• If any other warning sound such as the seat belt warning chime is already generated, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist warning may not sound.
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not work properly if the bumper has been damaged, replaced or repaired.

• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.

• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent passengers from hearing Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist warning sounds.

• Turn off Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist when towing a trailer. If towing and moving in reverse, Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will activate as it detects the trailer.
• The brake control may not operate properly depending on the status of ESC (Electronic Stability Control).

There will only be a warning when:

• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function

• Always keep the wide view cameras and ultrasonic sensors clean.
- Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when cleaning the camera lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
- Do not spray the wide view cameras or the rear ultrasonic sensors or their surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. It may cause the wide view cameras or the ultrasonic sensors to malfunction.
- Do not apply objects, such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard, near the wide view cameras or ultrasonic sensors or apply paint to the bumper. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist.

• Never disassemble or apply impact on the wide view cameras or the ultrasonic sensors components.
• Do not apply unnecessary force on the wide view cameras or the ultrasonic sensors. Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly if the wide view cameras or the ultrasonic sensor(s) is forcibly moved out of proper alignment. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

i Information

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist can detect a pedestrian or an object when:

• A pedestrian is standing near the vehicle
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is parked near your vehicle

REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST 2 (RSPA 2)

Remote Smart Parking Assist uses vehicle sensors to help the driver park and exit parking spaces remotely from outside the vehicle by controlling the steering wheel, vehicle speed, and gearshifts.

Function Description
Remote Operation	Remotely moving forward or backwardORS071079
Smart Parking or Remote Smart Parking	Perpendicular reverse parkingORS071080
	Diagonal reverse parkingORS071081
	Parallel reverse parkingORS071190

Function Description
Smart Exit	Parallel forward exit
	ORS072082N

- Remote Smart Parking and Remote Operation function may be operated from outside the vehicle using the smart key.

• Smart Parking and Remote Smart Parking function may be operated from inside the vehicle.

- Smart Parking and Remote Smart Parking function helps the driver with perpendicular reverse parking, diagonal reverse parking and parallel reverse parking.

- Smart Exit function helps the driver with parallel forward exit.

- When Remote Smart Parking Assist operates, Parking Distance Warning and Surround View Monitor will also operate. For more details, refer to "Parking Distance Warning (PDW)" and "Surround View Monitor (SVM)" sections in this chapter.

- Remote Smart Parking Assist helps parking by recognizing the parking lines with the wide view camera.

Detecting Sensors Ultrasonic sensors

A: Front ultrasonic sensors,
(B): Front side ultrasonic sensors,
©: Rear side ultrasonic sensor,
D: Rear ultrasonic sensor

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

Wide view camera

3D rendering of a modern sedan with labeled points A, B, and C (no text or symbols on the car itself)

Front view of a modern car with a circular logo on the grille (no visible text or symbols)

A: Wide-front view camera,
B, C: Wide-side view camera,
D: Wide-rear view camera

Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensors.

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensors:

• Never disassemble the detecting sensor or sensor assembly, or cause any damage to it.

• If the detecting sensors need repair, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

• Remote Smart Parking Assist may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or ultrasonic sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.

• When the ultrasonic sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be not operate until the stains are removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch, or strike the ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the ultrasonic sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If the lens is covered with foreign material, it may adversely affect camera performance and Remote Smart Parking Assist may not operate properly.
• Do not manually adjust the rearview mirror or use Remote Smart Parking Assist after a hard impact on the side view mirror.

When a collision occurs or the side view mirror is manually operated, Remote Smart Parking Assist may not operate properly.

Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings

Settings features

ORS071291L

Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver Assistance → Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Remote Smart Parking Assist.

i Information

• If ‘Off’ is selected, the Warning Volume of Remote Smart Parking Assist will not turn off, but the volume will sound as ‘Low’.
• If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change

Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking/View button, Parking Safety button

Close-up of a computer keyboard key with a downward arrow and a speech bubble icon (no text or symbols)

ORS071142

Close-up of a computer mouse cursor clicking a button labeled 'P' with a downward arrow (no text or symbols on the button itself)

ORS071019
Smart key

White remote control key with a metallic ring, no visible text or symbols

ORS071037

Location	Name Symbol	Description
Inside vehicle	Parking/View button	Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse Parking Distance warning will automatically turn on.However, functions may differ depending on the situations. Refer to each function's description for more details in the following pages.Press and hold the Parking/View button while Smart Parking or Smart Exit function is on to operate the function.
	Parking Safety button	Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart Parking Assist is operating to end Remote Smart Parking Assist operation.
Smart key	Remote Start button	Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked with the engine off to start the engine remotely.Press the Remote Start button while Remote Smart Parking or Remote Operation function is operating to end function operation.
	Forward button	When using Remote Smart Parking function, regardless of which direction button is pressed, parking is supported while the button is pressed.When using the Remote Operation function, the vehicle moves in the direction of the button while the button is pressed.
	Backward button

Remote Operation

Operating order

Remote Operation functions in the following order:

1. Getting ready to remotely move forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and backward
3. Getting ready to remotely move forward and backward

There are two ways to operate Remote Operation function.

Top-down diagram showing three cars and a connected car with wireless signal icon (no text or symbols)

Method (1) Using the function with engine off

(1) Within a certain range from the vehicle press the door lock (☐) button on the smart key and lock all doors.
(2) Press and hold the Remote Start button (○) within 4 seconds until the engine starts.

For more details on remotely starting the engine, refer to "Remote Start" section in chapter 6.

ORS071164L

Method (2) Using the function with engine on

(1) Park the vehicle in front of the space where you want to use Remote Operation function, and shift the gear to P (Park).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View (P) button to turn on Smart Parking Assist. A message 'Remote Parking Instructions' will appear on the infotainment system screen.
(3) Get out of the vehicle with the smart key and close all doors.

- 'Agree' must be selected on the infotainment system screen and the infotainment system has to operate properly to use Remote Operation function.

• Method (2) can be used after the vehicle has been driven above 3 mph (5 km/h).

- If the function is turned on again after parking is completed by Remote Smart Parking Assist, Remote Operation function can be used with Method (2).

- Check that all smart keys are outside the vehicle when using Remote Operation function.

2. Remotely moving forward and backward

(1) Press and hold one of the Forward (☑) or Backward (☑) button on the smart key. Remote Smart Parking Assist will automatically control the steering wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift. The vehicle will move in the direction of the button pressed.

(2) While Remote Operation function is operating, if you do not hold down the Forward ( ) or Backward ( ) button, the vehicle will stop and function control will pause. The function will start operating again when the button is pressed and held again.

(3) When the vehicle reaches the target location, release the smart key Forward or Backward button.

(4) When the driver gets in the vehicle with the smart key, a message will appear informing the driver Remote Operation function is complete on the infotainment system screen and the engine will remain on.

In addition, when the Remote Start (○) button is pressed on the smart key from outside the vehicle, a message will appear informing the driver Remote Operation function is complete and the engine will turn off.

Information

• Check that all smart keys are outside the vehicle when using Remote Operation function.
• Remote Operation function will operate only when the smart key is within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. If there is no vehicle movement even when the Forward or Backward button is pressed on the smart key, check the distance to the vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart key may vary depending on the surroundings that are affected by radio waves such as transmission tower, broadcast station, etc.
• When remotely moving forward using method (1), it is recognized as an exit situation, and the vehicle moves 13 ft. (4 m) to check for parking lines, pedestrians, animals or objects around the vehicle. After confirmation, the steering wheel is controlled according to the condition ahead.
• When remotely moving forward using method (2), it is recognized as a parking situation, and will immediately control the steering wheel according to the condition ahead to assist with entering the parking space and aligning the vehicle. However, performance may reduce depending on the parking lines pedestrians, animals, shape of objects, location, etc., around the vehicle.
• For moving remotely backward, both method (1) and (2) aligns the steering wheel first, and then will only move the vehicle straight.
• When remotely moving forward or backward is completed, the vehicle will automatically shift to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).

CAUTION

• When using Remote Operation function, make sure that all passengers have gotten out of the vehicle.
• If the vehicle's battery is discharged or Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunctions when parked in a narrow parking space, Remote Operation function will not operate. Always park your vehicle in a space wide enough for you to get in or out of your vehicle.
• Depending on the parking space, you may not be able to exit from the space you have entered by using Remote Operation function.
  • After parking, the surrounding may change due to the movement of surrounding vehicles. If this occurs, Remote Operation function may not operate.
• Before leaving the vehicle, close windows and sunroofs, and make sure the engine is off before locking the doors.

Remote Operation function operation status

Operation status	Smart key LED	Hazard warning light
Under control	Green LED continuously blinks	-
Pause	Red LED continuously blinks	Blinks
Off	Red LED illuminates for 4 seconds and then turns off	Blinks 3 times and turns off
Complete	Green LED illuminates for 4 seconds and then turns off	Blinks 1 time and turns off

* Operation status by the hazard warning light may not be applicable based on the regulation of your country.
* If the smart key is not within the operating range from the vehicle (approximately 13 ft. (4 m)), the smart key LED will not illuminate or blink. Use the smart key within the operating range.

How to turn off Remote Operation function while operating

• Press the Parking/View按钮 while the infotainment system screen guides the driver using method 2.
• Shift the gear from P (Park) to any other position while the infotainment system screen guides the driver using method 2.
• Press the Parking Safety(P) button or select 'Cancel' on the infotainment system screen.
• Press the Remote Start 🔒 button on the smart key while the vehicle is being controlled by Remote Operation function. Remote Operation function will turn off. At this time, the engine will turn off.
• Get on the vehicle with the smart key. Remote Operation function will turn off. At this time, the engine will remain on.

The function will pause in the following conditions when:

• There is a pedestrian, animal or object in the direction the vehicle is moving
• The door or trunk is open
- The Forward ( ) or Backward ( ) button is not continuously pressed
- Simultaneously pressing multiple buttons on a smart key
- The smart key is not operated within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
- Button of another smart key is pressed in addition to the operating smart key
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist or Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operates while the vehicle is being controlled in the reverse direction.
- The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while the smart key is pressed with Remote Operation function (maximum travel distance per button press)

When Remote operation function is paused, the vehicle will stop. If the condition that made the function to pause disappears, the function may operate again.

The function will cancel in the following conditions when:

• The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is moving
• The hood is open
- The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed when all the doors are closed
- The smart key is outside the vehicle when the brake pedal is depressed while the driver's door is open
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and cannot move
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50 seconds have past after Remote Operation function has started to operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the operational range
- The function is paused for more than 1 minute
- The total travel distance of the vehicle has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after Remote Operation function operation
- The steering wheel, gearshift, braking, and drive controls are not working properly
• There is a problem with the smart key or the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due to slippery road conditions
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System sounds

When Remote Operation function is canceled, the vehicle will automatically stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).

The engine will turn off.

Smart Parking, Remote Smart Parking

Operating order

Parking function operates in the following order:

1. Getting ready for parking
2. Searching for parking space
3. Select parking type and operating mode
4. Smart Parking
5. Remote Smart Parking

1. Getting ready for parking

Close-up of a computer keyboard key with a downward arrow pointing to the button (no text or symbols visible)

(1) With the engine turned on, depress the brake pedal and shift the gear to D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View (MP) button to turn on Remote Smart Parking Assist.

i Information

• 'Agree' must be selected on the infotainment system screen and the infotainment system has to operate properly to use Parking function.
• If you drive above 3 mph (5 km/h) with the engine on, you may use the Parking function with the gear shifted to N (Neutral).

2. Searching for parking space

ORS071275L

(1) Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 40 in. (100 cm) from the parking lines or the parked vehicles.

(2) When searching for a parking space is complete, a message will appear on the infotainment system screen with an audible sound to notify the search is complete.

(3) 'Select Parking Type' will be displayed on the infotainment system screen and the selected parking space will appear on Top View screen of Surround View Monitor.

i Information

• Remote Smart Parking Assist searches parking lines or parking spaces that are next to parked vehicles. Remote Smart Parking Assist cannot search parking spaces in front or rear of the vehicle.
• While searching for a parking space, when vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), a message will appear on the infotainment system screen informing you to slow down. When vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h), Parking function will turn off.
• Searching for a parking space will be completed when there is enough space to move the vehicle in addition to the parking space.
• Even if an audible sound is heard to notify that searching for a parking space is complete, search completion can be canceled immediately depending on surroundings.

i Information

• If the distance is below 20 in. (50 cm) or over 59 in. (150 cm), Remote Smart Parking Assist may not be able to search for a parking space.
• If you do not maintain a certain distance from the parked vehicle, the performance to search for a parking space may reduce.
• Due to abnormal performance of the ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the surroundings, Parking function may not be able to search for a parking space even if there is a parking space, or may search for a space that is not suitable for parking.
• If the parking space is on a incline or is diagonal, the parking type displayed may be different from the actual parking type which should be selected. If this occurs, do not select the parking type, and search for another parking space.

3. Select parking type and operating mode

ORS071276L

(1) Parking type – Perpendicular reverse (Left/Right), Parallel reverse (Left/Right)

With the vehicle stopped by depressing the brake pedal, touch the infotainment system screen or use the central controller to select the desired parking type.

Information

• If you continue to drive without stopping after the parking type selection screen appears, Remote Smart Parking Assist will return to the previous stage and search for a parking space.
• If Parking function is canceled unintentionally by pressing the Parking/View (☐) button before the parking type is selected, you can return to the parking type selection stage by pressing and holding the button again while the vehicle is stopped.

CAUTION

Before selecting the Parking type, the driver should check whether the parking space is suitable.

If the searched parking space by Remote Smart Parking Assist is narrow or unsuitable for parking, do not select the Parking type and move the vehicle to search for another parking space.

ORS071277L

(2) Operating mode – Remote Parking, Smart Parking After selecting a parking type, the infotainment system screen will guide you with Remote Smart Parking function and Smart Parking function. Follow the instructions to operate Remote Smart Parking Assist.

Information

• Operating instructions will be displayed on the screen for each desired function you select.
• Do not take your foot off the brake pedal during the Parking function guide. When the vehicle moves, Remote Smart Parking Assist will turn off.

Information

ORS071278L

If Remote Smart Parking Assist cannot activate Remote Smart Parking function, only the Smart Parking guide will be displayed on the infotainment system screen.

4. Smart Parking

OJWEV071226L

OJWEV071227L

(1) Press the Parking/View (☑P) button when the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal. When the brake pedal is released, Remote Smart Parking Assist will automatically control the steering wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Parking function is operating, if you do not hold down the Parking/View button, the vehicle will stop and function control will pause. The function will start operating again when the Parking/View button is pressed and held again.

(3) When the vehicle reaches the target parking position, a message will appear on the infotainment system screen to inform you that parking is complete.
(4) If you need to change the vehicle's position or location, manually complete parking your vehicle.

i Information

• Smart Parking function will not operate if the door is open or the seat belt is not fastened.
• The parking location indicator is displayed on Surround View Monitor screen and is displayed until the vehicle enters the parking space for the first time by Smart Parking function.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by depressing the brake pedal while Smart Parking function is operating. However, the vehicle does not accelerate even when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• Depending on parking environments, if the vehicle is stopped by a stopper, parking may be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's position or location, manually complete parking your vehicle.

5. Remote Smart Parking

ORS071164L

(1) Shift the gear to P (Park), get out of the vehicle with the smart key, and close all doors.
(2) Press and hold one of the Forward (☑) or Backward (☑) button on the smart key. Remote Smart Parking Assist will automatically control the steering wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift.
(3) While Remote Smart Parking function is operating, if you do not hold down the Forward ( P^ ) or Backward ( P^ ) button, the vehicle will stop and function control will pause. The function will start operating again when the button is pressed and held again.
(4) When the vehicle reaches the target parking position, a message will appear on the infotainment system screen to inform you that parking is complete. The vehicle will automatically shift to P (Park), engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) and the engine will turn off.
(5) If you need to change the vehicle's position or location, manually complete parking your vehicle.

i Information

• When operating Remote Smart Parking function, make sure all smart keys are outside of the vehicle.
• Remote Smart Parking function will operate only when the smart key is within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. If there is no vehicle movement even when the Remote Forward or Backward button is pressed on the smart key, check the distance to the vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart key may vary depending on the surroundings that are affected by radio waves such as transmission tower, broadcast station, etc.
• The parking location indicator is displayed on Surround View Monitor screen and is displayed until the vehicle enters the parking space for the first time by Remote Smart Parking function.
  • Depending on parking environments, if the vehicle is stopped by a stopper, parking may be completed.

CAUTION

• When using Remote Smart Parking function, make sure that all passengers have gotten out of the vehicle.
• After ending or turning off Remote Smart Parking function, before leaving the vehicle, close windows and sunroofs, and make sure the engine is off before locking the doors.

Parking function operation status

• Smart Parking function

Operation status Turn signal
Under control	The turn signal of the parking direction blinks until the first reverse is complete.

- Remote Smart Parking function

Operation status	Smart key LED	Hazard warning light	Turn signal
Under control	Green LED continuously blinks	-	The turn signal of the parking direction blinks until the first reverse is complete.
Pause	Red LED continuously blinks	Blinks -
Off	Red LED illuminates for 4 seconds and then turns off	Blinks 3 times and turns off	-
Complete	Green LED illuminates for 4 seconds and then turns off	Blinks 1 time and turns off	-

* Operation status by the hazard warning light and turn signal may not be applicable based on the regulation of your country.

* If the smart key is not within the operating range from the vehicle (approximately 13 ft. (4 m)), the smart key LED will not illuminate or blink. Use the smart key within the operating range.

The function will pause in the following conditions when:

- Smart Parking

- There is a pedestrian, animal or object in the direction the vehicle is moving

- The door or trunk is open

- The driver's seat belt is not fastened

- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operates while the vehicle is being controlled in the reverse direction

- The Parking/View (P) button is not continuously pressed

- The vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal

• Remote Smart Parking

- There is a pedestrian, animal or object in the direction the vehicle is moving

- The door or trunk is open

- The Forward (_P^) or Backward (_P^) button is not continuously pressed

- Simultaneously pressing multiple buttons on a smart key

- The smart key is not operated within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle

- Button of another smart key is pressed in addition to the operating smart key

- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, or Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operates.

When Parking function is paused, the vehicle will automatically stop. If the condition that made the function to pause disappears, the function may operate again.

How to turn off Parking function while operating

- Press the Parking/View Button in the following stage:

- Searching for parking space

- Select parking type

- Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the following stage:

- Searching for parking space

- Select parking type

- Select operating mode

- Press the Parking Safety(P) button or select 'Cancel' on the infotainment system screen to turn off Parking function.

- While Smart Parking function is operating:

- If the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal, and the gear is shifted, Parking function will turn off. At this time, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will not be engaged.

- While Remote Smart Parking function is operating:

- Press the Remote Start (O) button on the smart key. Parking function will turn off.

- Get on the vehicle with the smart key. Parking function will turn off. At this time, the engine will remain on.

The function will cancel in the following conditions when:

- Smart Parking

• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is moving
• The hood is open
• The driver opens the door with the seatbelt unfastened
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and cannot move
• There are pedestrians, animals or objects at the front and rear of the vehicle at the same time
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50 seconds have past after Smart Parking function has started to operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the operational range
• The function is paused for more than 1 minute
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking, and drive controls are not working properly
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due to slippery road conditions

When Smart Parking function is canceled, the vehicle will automatically stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).

- Remote Smart Parking

• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is moving
• The hood is open
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed when all the doors are closed
• The smart key is outside the vehicle when the brake pedal is depressed while the driver's door is open.
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and cannot move
• There are pedestrians, animals or objects at the front and rear of the vehicle at the same time
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50 seconds have past after Remote Smart Parking function has started to operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the operational range
• The function is paused for more than 1 minute
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking, and drive controls are not working properly
• There is a problem with the smart key or the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due to slippery road conditions
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System sounds

When Remote Smart Parking function is canceled, the vehicle will automatically stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake). The engine will turn off.

Smart Exit

Operating order

Smart Exit function operates in the following order:

1. Getting ready for exit
2. Checking space
3. Select exit direction

4. Smart Exit

5. Getting ready for exit
   

Close-up of a computer keyboard key with a downward arrow and a small icon (no text or symbols on the main body)

(1) With the engine turned on, depress the brake pedal and shift the gear to P (Park) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View (P) button to turn on Remote Smart Parking Assist.

i Information

• 'Agree' must be selected on the infotainment system screen and the infotainment system has to operate properly to use Smart Smart Exit function.
• Drive below 3 mph (5 km/h) with the engine on and shift the gear to N (Neutral), Smart Exit function can be used.

• If the function is turned on again after parallel parking is completed by Remote Smart Parking Assist, Smart Exit function can be used.

• Checking space
  

ORS071279L

(1) When the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle sensors will detect the distance from nearby objects and check for space to exit.
(2) When checking for space is complete, a message will appear on the infotainment system screen with an audible sound to notify the search is complete.

WARNING

• While checking for space, if there is a risk of collision with pedestrian, animal or object in the direction of vehicle exit, for your safety, Smart Exit function can be turned off.
• Even if check for space is completed, objects in the blind spot area cannot be detected by the sensors. The driver must directly check the blind spot area and continue using the function.

i Information

Due to abnormal performance of the ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the surroundings, Parking function may not be able to search for an exit space even if there is a an exit space, or may search for a space that is not suitable for exiting.

- The parked vehicle has objects attached to the bumper such as bumper guard, trailer hitch, etc.

3. Select exit direction

ORS071280L

(1) With the vehicle stopped by depressing the brake pedal, the infotainment system screen displays the possible directions for parallel exit.
(2) Touch the infotainment system screen or use the central controller to select the desired exit direction.

CAUTION

• Before selecting the Exit Direction, the driver should check whether the space for exit is suitable.
• If the searched exit space by Remote Smart Parking Assist is narrow or unsuitable (surrounding vehicles are parked vertically, etc.), do not use the Smart Exit function.

4. Smart Exit

ORS071278L

(1) Press the Parking/View (P) button when the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal. When the brake pedal is released, Remote Smart Parking Assist will automatically control the steering wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Exit function is operating, if you do not hold down the Parking/View button, the vehicle will stop and function control will pause. The function will start operating again when the Parking/View button is pressed and held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the target exit location, a message will appear on the infotainment system screen to inform you that exit is complete.

Information

• Smart Exit function will not operate if the door is open or the seat belt is not fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by depressing the brake pedal while Smart Exit function is operating. However, the vehicle does not accelerate even when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• If exit is completed while depressing the brake pedal, Smart Exit function will complete with the gear in D (Drive).
• If exit is completed while depressing the accelerator pedal, you must take your foot off the accelerator pedal once for the accelerator pedal to operate.
• If there is no vehicle operation such as depressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal within 4 seconds after exit is complete, the vehicle will automatically shift to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
  • After Exit function is complete, always check the surroundings before driving.

Smart Exit operation status

Operation status	Turn signal
Under control	The turn signal of the exit direction blinks until the exit is complete or Smart Exit is canceled.

The function will pause in the following conditions when:

• There is a pedestrian, animal or object in the direction the vehicle is moving
• The door or trunk is open
- The driver's seat belt is not fastened
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operates while the vehicle is being controlled in the reverse direction
- The Parking/View (P) button is not continuously pressed
- The vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal

When Exit function is paused, the vehicle will stop. If the condition that made the function to pause disappears, the function may operate again.

How to turn off Smart function while operating

- Press the Parking/View 📄 button in the following stage:

• Checking space
• Select exit direction

- Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the following stage:

• Checking space

• Select exit direction

• Press the Parking Safety (P) button or select 'Cancel' on the infotainment system screen to turn off Exit function.

• While Smart Exit function is operating, if the vehicle is stopped by depressing the brake pedal, and the gear is shifted, Exiting function will turn off. At this time, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will not be engaged.

The function will cancel in the following conditions when:

- Smart Exit

• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is moving
• The hood is open
• The driver opens the door with the seatbelt unfastened
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and cannot move
• There are pedestrians, animals or objects at the front and rear of the vehicle at the same time
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50 seconds have past after Smart Exit function has started to operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the operational range
• The function was paused for more than 1 minute
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking, and drive controls are not working properly
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due to slippery road conditions

When Smart Exit function is canceled, the vehicle will automatically stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).

Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations

Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction

ORS071281L

Remote Smart Parking Assist check

When Remote Smart Parking Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check Parking Assist’ warning message will appear on the infotainment system screen. If the message appears, stop using Remote Smart Parking Assist, and have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Remote Smart Parking Assist canceled

When Remote Parking Assist is operating, the function can be canceled, and the ‘Parking Assist Canceled’ warning message may appear regardless of the parking order. Other messages may appear depending on the situations. Follow the instructions provided on the infotainment system screen while parking your vehicle with Remote Parking Assist. Always look around and pay attention when using Remote Smart Parking Assist.

OJWEV071288L

Remote Smart Parking Assist standby

'Parking Assist Conditions Not Met' message appears when Parking/View (P) button has been pressed and held while Remote Smart Parking Assist is in standby.

After a while, press and hold the Parking/View (☑) button again to see if Remote Smart Parking Assist works.

The message appears even when the smart key's battery is low. Check the smart key battery level.

Limitations of Remote Smart Parking Assist

In the following circumstances, Remote Smart Parking Assist performance to park or exit the vehicle may be limited, there may be a risk of collision, or Remote Smart Parking Assist may turn off. Park or exit the vehicle manually if necessary.

• An object is attached to the steering wheel
• The vehicle is installed with a snow chain, spare tire or different size wheel
• Tire pressure is lower or higher than the standard tire pressure

• Your vehicle is loaded with cargo longer or wider than your vehicle or a trailer is connected to your vehicle

• There is a problem with the wheel alignment

• Your vehicle is leaned severely to one side
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer hitch
  • The license plate is installed differently from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object above or below the ultrasonic sensor when Remote Smart Parking Assist is activated
  • The parking space is narrow or curve
• There is an obstacle such as a person, animal or object (trash can, bicycle, motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow pillar, etc.) near the parking space
• There is a circular pillar or narrow pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects such as fire extinguisher, etc., near the parking space
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone, speed bump, etc.)
  • The road is slippery

• The parking space is near a vehicle with higher ground clearance or big, such as a truck, etc.
  • The parking space is Inclined

• The road surface of parking space with lines is wet due to snow, puddles, or there is a road marker inside the parking space

• The road surface of the parking space with lines is bumpy due to road cracks
  • The parking line is too thin or thick
• The parking line is partially erased or blurred
• The parking line is obscured by people, animals, or objects such as snow, boxes, etc.
  • There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking Assist on uneven roads, gravel roads, bushes, etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic sensor is affected by extremely hot or cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with snow or water
• An object that generates ultrasonic waves is nearby
• A wireless device with a transmission function operates near the ultrasonic sensors
• Your vehicle is affected by another vehicle's Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned incorrectly by an impact to the bumper
• The cameras is improperly mounted or out of position due to side view mirror damage

- The ultrasonic sensor cannot detect the following objects when:

• Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, chains or small poles
• Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm) in length and narrower than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter
• Objects which tend to absorb sensor frequency, such as clothes, spongy material or snow
• A narrow object such as a corner of a square pillar
• Person, animal or object near the ultrasonic sensor

- The cameras may not properly recognize or may not recognize the parking line and objects when:

• There are small objects (curb, etc.), sharp objects, or thin objects (rope, etc.) around
• People, animals or objects are too close or too far from the vehicle
• Objects are on a higher position, such as pickup trucks
• The camera is obscured by dirt or moisture
• The camera is exposed to bright light
• The surrounding is too dark
• The light is reflected from the surface

Remote Smart Parking Assist may not operate properly under the following circumstances:

- Parking on inclines

Illustration of three cars on a road with a large no-smoking symbol in the background (no text or symbols on the cars or road)

Park manually when parking on inclines.

- Parking in snow

Black and white illustration of cars in snowy landscape with a large 'no' symbol (no text or symbols on vehicles)

Snow may interfere with sensor operation, or Remote Smart Parking Assist may cancel if the road is slippery while parking.

- Parking on uneven road

Side view of a sedan with a no-smoking symbol in the background (no text or numbers on the car or background)

Remote Smart Parking Assist may cancel when the vehicle slips, or the vehicle cannot move due to road conditions such as pebbles or fragmented stones.

- Parking behind a truck

Black-and-white illustration of a truck with a large 'no' symbol and two cars, no readable text or symbols present.

Do not use Remote Smart Parking Assist around vehicles with higher ground clearance, such as a bus, truck, etc. It may lead to an accident.

- Parking near a pillar

Illustration of a car at an intersection with traffic cones and a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers present)

Remote Smart Parking Assist performance may reduce or collision with an obstacle may occur when there is a narrow object, circular pillar, square pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects such as a fire extinguisher, etc., near the parking space. The driver should park the vehicle properly.

- Parking next to a misaligned vehicle

If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used in a parking space where the vehicle next to you is parked crooked, your vehicle can avoid contacting parked vehicles but may not park side by side.

- Parking diagonal

Remote Operation may not operate provide properly in a diagonal parking space.

• Leaving a parking space near a wall or parking in a narrow space

Black-and-white illustration of a row of cars on a road with a large no-smoking symbol in the background (no text or symbols on the cars or road)

- Remote Smart Parking Assist may not operate properly when leaving a parking space that is narrow and near a wall. Always check for pedestrians, animals, objects while leaving.

- For your safety, Remote Smart Parking Assist does not search for parking spaces at areas with narrow parking spaces that are narrower than the minimum space required for parking.

• Abnormal parking space

Top-down view of a car and a no-dominant circle on a road surface, with no visible text or symbols.

Remote Smart Parking Assist does not work properly when the parking lines are not parallel. Do not park even if the parking space is recognized by the sensor.

• Inclined parking space

Two cars parked in a parking lot with a no-smoking symbol (no text or numbers on the car bodies)

Remote Smart Parking Assist does not work properly on a inclined or curved road surface. Do not park although the parking space is recognized by the sensor.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using Remote Smart Parking Assist:

• The driver is responsible for safe parking and exit when using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
• When using Remote Smart Parking Assist, stay out of the vehicle's path for your safety.
• Always check surroundings when using Remote Smart Parking Assist. You may collide with pedestrians, animals, or objects if they are near the sensor or are in the sensor's blind spot area.
• A collision may occur if a pedestrian, animal, or object suddenly appears while Remote Smart Parking Assist is operating.
• Do not use Remote Smart Parking Assist when under the influence of alcohol.
• Do not let children or other people to use the smart key.

• If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used continuously for a long period, it may adversely affect Remote Smart Parking Assist performance.

• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not operate properly if the vehicle needs wheel alignment adjustment such as when the vehicle tilts to one side. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded Products.

• Noise may be heard when braking occurs by Remote Smart Parking Assist or when the brake pedal is depressed by the driver.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may suddenly apply the brake to avoid collision.
• Use Remote Smart Parking Assist only in a parking space that is large enough for the vehicle to move safely.

NOTICE

• If the 3rd stage warning (continuous beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning sounds while Remote Smart Parking Assist is operating, it means the obstacle detected is close to your vehicle. At this time, Remote Smart Parking Assist will temporarily stop operating. Make sure there are no pedestrians, animals, or objects around your vehicle.
• Depending on brake operation, the stop lights may come on while the vehicle is moving.
• If the vehicle is remotely started that has been parked in cold weather for a long time, the operation of Remote Smart Parking function may be delayed or canceled depending on the vehicle condition.

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)

Front Radar

The radio frequency components complies:

- For USA

FCC ID

:2ACDX-LRR25

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

OANATEL284

- For Canada

Model: LRR-25

IC: 11988A-LRR25

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference.

including interference that may cause undesired

operation of the device,

Front Corner Radar/Rear Corner Radar

The radio frequency components complies:

- For USA

FCC ID : LTQH5TR

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

OANATEL352

- For Canada

Model: H5TR

IC: 3659A-HSTR

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

8. Emergency Situations

Hazard Warning Flasher 8-2

In Case of an Emergency while Driving.... 8-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving 8-2

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing 8-2

If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving 8-3

If the Engine will not Start 8-3

Jump Starting 8-4

Jump Starting Procedure 8-5

If the Engine Overheats 8-7

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) 8-8

Check Tire Pressure 8-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System 8-9

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 8-10

Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale 8-10

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator 8-11

Changing a Tire with TPMS 8-11

If you have a Flat Tire (with Spare Tire) 8-13

Jack and Tools 8-13

Changing Tires....8-14

Jack Label 8-19

If you have a Flat Tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) 8-20

Introduction 8-20

Notes On the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit.... 8-21

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 8-22

Using the Tire Mobility Kit 8-23

How to Adjust Tire Pressure 8-27

Towing 8-28

Towing Service 8-28

Removable Towing Hook 8-29

Emergency Towing 8-30

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

Pure electrical circuit lines without any symbols

The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the Engine Start/Stop button in any position. The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operates regardless of whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

WHILE DRIVING

If the Engine Stalls While Driving

• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or seek other qualified assistance.

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

- Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, shift the gear to P (Park), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

• Be sure to shift the gear to N (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine starts only when the gear is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
  See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary.
  If the vehicle still does not start, call an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.

NOTICE

Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.

JUMP STARTING

Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.

WARNING

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:

Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

Jump Starting Procedure

Information

Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage compartment, but when you jump start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment.

1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.

Close-up of a mechanical component with labeled parts A and B, shown in three views (no text or symbols beyond labels)

A: Negative (-) Terminal, B: Positive (+) Terminal
5. Remove the engine compartment fuse box cover.

CAUTION

Before jump starting, make sure to correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse polarity connections.

1. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle ①.

2. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle ②.

3. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle ③.

4. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle ④.

Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.

WARNING

Do not connect the jumper cable to the negative (-) jumper terminal of the discharged battery. A spark could cause the battery to explode and lead to a personal injury or vehicle damage.

1. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
2. Keep your vehicle operating for at least 30 minutes at idle or driving to assure your battery receives enough charge to be able to start on its own after the vehicle is shut off. A completely discharged battery may require as long as 60 minutes runtime to fully recharge it. If the vehicle is run for less, the vehicle may not restart.

If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires service. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle ④.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle ③.
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle ②.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle ①.

Information

An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to your vehicle:

• Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.

WARNING

While jump starting your vehicle, avoid the positive (+) and negative (-) cables to come in contact. A spark could cause personal injury.

WARNING

48 V lithium battery (if equipped)

Do not jump start another vehicle. The 48 V lithium polymer type battery installed in your vehicle will be damaged.

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.

WARNING

While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.

1. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop.)
2. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.

WARNING

Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot.

Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiant cap or coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

1. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
2. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.

CAUTION

• Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities. It may require several refilling cycles to properly fill the engine cooling system. If necessary, an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products should be consulted to perform this task.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

ORS081027L

① Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator
② Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

Check Tire Pressure

ORS081028L

• You can check the tire pressure in the Normal view on the cluster.
  Refer to the "View Modes" section in chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial vehicle start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, 'Drive to display' message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure.
• The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure unit from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen. Select:

- Setup → General → Units → Tire Air Pressure → psi/kPa/bar

For detailed information, refer to the separately supplied manual.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

WARNING

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

NOTICE

If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position or when the engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale remains illuminated.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light

Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale

ORS081029L

When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and a warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tire is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.

The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

CAUTION

In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.

WARNING

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.

Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System.

Have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.

NOTICE

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.

Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.

NOTICE

It is recommended that you do not use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products may damage the tire pressure sensor.

The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.

Once the original wheel equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.

If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes, have visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

You may not be able to identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.

A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

WARNING

• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Changing a tire can be dangerous.

Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.

Jack and Tools

① Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel lug wrench
④ Centering pin
⑤ Towing hook
⑥ Tool for removing wheel cover (ifequipped)

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.

The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.

Close-up of a car wheel rim with visible tire and gear (no text or symbols)

Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire.

Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise.

To prevent the spare tire and tools from "rattling", store them in their proper location.

Close-up of a car wheel rim with a screwdriver inserted, showing no text or symbols on the rim itself.

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the wheel lug wrench ③. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the wheel lug wrench.

Changing Tires

WARNING

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:

• Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance.

- Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.

- ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.

- Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.

- Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.

- Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.

Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire:

1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher button.
4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle.

3D rendering of a silver sedan with attached suspension components and a logo (no text or symbols on the car itself)

A: Block

1. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.

Close-up of a car wheel with visible tire and gear, showing a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

1. Loosen the wheel bolts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any wheel bolts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.

Side view of a sedan with structural diagrams below showing mechanical components (no text or symbols)

1. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a car suspension system with a valve and rotating arm (no text or symbols)

1. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.

2. Loosen a wheel bolt with the wheel lug wrench and remove it with your fingers.

Close-up of a car wheel mounted on a metal bracket, showing structural damage and a numbered marker (no text or symbols on the main subject)

1. Insert the centering pin ④ into the hole where the wheel bolt is removed. Remove rest of the wheel bolts from the wheel.

2. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.

Close-up of a car tire mounted on a saw, with a metal bracket nearby (no visible text or symbols)

1. Install the spare tire over the centering pin ④ and then push in the spare tire.
2. Tighten the wheel bolts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the wheel bolts closest to the wheel.
3. Pull out the centering pin ④ and tighten the last wheel bolt.
4. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.

Top-down view of a car wheel with numbered components (1-6) and a highlighted section, no text or symbols present.

1. Use the wheel lug wrench to tighten the wheel bolts in the order shown. Double-check each wheel bolts until they are tight. After changing tires, have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products tighten the wheel bolts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel bolt should be tightened to 101\~116 lbf·ft (14\~16 kgf·m).

If you have a tire gauge, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" section in chapter 2 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.

NOTICE

Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.

CAUTION

Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and wheel bolts. Make certain during tire changing that the same bolts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your wheel bolts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.

If any of the equipment such as the jack, wheel bolts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.

WARNING

To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:

• Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.

When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle:

• Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.

Information

When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the wheel bolt torque must be set correctly.

The correct wheel bolt tightening torque is 101\~116 lbf·ft (14\~16 kgf·m).

NOTICE

To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:

• Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 in. (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or decelerate 0 \~ 25 mph (0 \~ 40 km/h) in any driving mode. It may cause leakage of transfer oil.

Jack Label

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

① Model Name
② Maximum allowable load
③ When using the jack, set your parking brake.
④ When using the jack, stop the engine.
⑤ Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
⑥ The designated locations under the frame
⑦ When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
⑧ Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or shift the gear to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
⑨ The jack should be used on firm level ground.
⑩ Jack manufacture
⑪ Production date
⑰ Representative company and address\

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)

Exterior view of a car trunk with a circular opening, showing two labeled components (1 and 2) in the inset image (no text or symbols on main subject)

For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.

① Compressor
② Sealant bottle

The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or the equivalent approved for your vehicle as soon as possible.

CAUTION

When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the sealant provided with the Tire Mobility Kit must be used for only one flat tire.

WARNING

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.

WARNING

Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

Introduction

With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture.

The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger vehicle tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.

After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement.

It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.

Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.

For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only.

This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably.

Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".

WARNING

Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.

Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the TMK.

Notes On the Safe Use of the Tire Mobility Kit

• Park your vehicle at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger vehicle tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.16 in. (4 mm).
  Please contact the nearest retailer of Genesis Branded products if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure.

• Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.
• Provided the vehicle is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the vehicle battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).
• In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately.
• Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ONE1081030

① Speed restriction label
② Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
③ Filling hose
④ Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection
⑤ Holder for the sealant bottle
⑥ Compressor
⑦ ON/OFF switch
⑧ Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
⑨ Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.

WARNING

Expired sealant

Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (for example, past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

WARNING

Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and steering wheel (no visible text or symbols)

Detach the speed restriction label ① from the sealant bottle ②, and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.

CAUTION

If only the tire pressure needs to be adjusted, refer to "How to Adjust Tire Pressure" in this chapter. Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be fully aware of the explanation on the sealant.

1. Shake the sealant bottle ②.

1. Connect the filling hose ③ to the sealant bottle ② in the direction of Ⓐ and connect the sealant bottle to the sealant bottle holder ⑤ in the direction of Ⓑ.
2. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.

Close-up of a car charging into a tire, showing the wheel and cable (no text or symbols)

1. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose ③ of the sealant bottle onto the valve.

CAUTION

Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.

Close-up of a car's seatbelt with a 12V power switch labeled '4' and model number 'LW005', no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

1. Plug the compressor power cord ④ into the vehicle power outlet.

NOTICE

Only use the front passenger side power outlet when connecting the power cord.

1. With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5\~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 2). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/ corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

CAUTION

Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kPa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

WARNING

Carbon monoxide

Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.

1. Switch off the compressor.

2. Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.

Two circular glass lenses with internal structure before and after transformation, showing a change (no text or symbols)

1. Immediately drive approximately 4\~6 miles (7\~10 km or, about 10min) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).

While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road.

Call for road side service or towing.

Close-up of a car wheel with a cable inserted, showing internal components and a numbered label (3), no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

1. After driving approximately 4\~6 miles (7\~10 km or about 10 min), stop at a safety location.

2. Connect the filling hose ③ of the compressor directly to the tire valve.

3. Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors.

4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.

-To increase the inflation pressure: Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

-To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button ⑨ on the compressor.

NOTICE

Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged.

Information

The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.

CAUTION

If the inflation pressure is not maintained, drive the vehicle a second time, refer to step 9.

Then repeat steps 10 to 13.

Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 0.16 in (4 mm).

We recommend that you contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving.

Call for road side service or towing.

CAUTION

Tire pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS)

The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors. Have you get this done at an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Information

When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel bolt to 101\~116 lbf·ft (14\~16 kgf·m).

How to Adjust Tire Pressure

Close-up of a car charging into a tire, showing the wheel and cable (no text or symbols visible)

1. Park your vehicle in a safe location.
2. Connect the filling hose ③ of the compressor directly to the tire valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.

-To increase the inflation pressure: Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

-To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button ⑨ on the compressor.

NOTICE

Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged.

Information

• The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire reading, the compressor needs to be turned off.
• When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel bolt to 101\~116 lbf·ft (14\~16 kgf·m).

CAUTION

Do not use the sealant when the tire pressure only needs to be adjusted.

WARNING

The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving.

Call for road side service or towing.

TOWING

Towing Service

Three sequential illustrations of a flatbed truck with a crane, showing different scenarios (no text or symbols)

A: Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or a commercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

For 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the rear wheels off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the rear of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the front.

For AWD vehicles, it must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.

NOTICE

Do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting or body and chassis parts. Otherwise the vehicle may be damaged.

CAUTION

- Do not tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

Two vehicles, one moving and one parked, with a no-smoking symbol in the background (no text or labels on the vehicles themselves)

- Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

Two vehicles, one with a tow truck and the other a sedan, accompanied by a prohibition symbol (no text or labels on the vehicles themselves)

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:

1. Release EPB before turning off the engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral). For more details, refer to "To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF" section in chapter 6.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ACC position.

CAUTION

Failure to shift the gear to N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission.

Removable Towing Hook

1. Open the trunk, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.

Diagram showing two views of a car interior with gear mesh and headband, no text or symbols present

Close-up of a mechanical component with two inset images showing close-ups of a gear and a bracket (no text or symbols visible)

A: Front, B: Rear

1. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper.
2. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
3. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

Emergency Towing

Close-up of a car wheel rim with mesh grille and attached bracket, shown in two views (no text or symbols)

Close-up of a car's side panel with a close-up inset showing a mechanical clamp detail (no text or symbols visible)

A: Front, B: Rear

If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products or a commercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good working condition.

CAUTION

The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.

Always follow these emergency towing precautions:

• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked.
• Shift the gear to N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal as you will have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

graph TD
    A["Truck 1"] -->|Arrow to| B["Car 1"]
    C["Truck 2"] -->|Arrow to| B["Car 2"]
    D["Truck 3"] -->|Arrow to| B["Car 3"]
    B --> E["Downward arrow"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

• Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 ft. (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 in. (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

NOTICE

Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.

NOTICE

To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:

• Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
- Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.
- Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission.

9. Maintenance

Engine Compartment 9-3

Maintenance Services 9-4

Owner's Responsibility 9-4

Owner Maintenance Precautions.... 9-4

Owner Maintenance 9-5

Owner Maintenance Schedule 9-6

Scheduled Maintenance Services 9-7

Normal Maintenance Schedule....9-8

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions 9-11

Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items 9-13

Engine Oil 9-15

Checking the Engine Oil Level.... 9-15

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter 9-17

Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant 9-18

Checking the Coolant Level.... 9-18

Changing Coolant 9-20

Brake Fluid....9-21

Checking the Brake Fluid Level 9-21

Washer Fluid....9-22

Checking the Washer Fluid Level 9-22

Air Cleaner 9-23

Filter Replacement....9-23

Cabin Air Filter 9-24

Filter Inspection....9-24

Filter Replacement....9-24

Wiper Blades 9-26

Blade Inspection 9-26

Blade Replacement....9-26

Battery 9-28

Battery Usage Recommendations 9-29

Battery Replacement 9-30

Battery Recharging 9-31

Reset Items....9-32

Tires and Wheels 9-33

Tire Care....9-33

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures 9-33

Check tire Inflation Pressure 9-34

Tire Rotation 9-35

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 9-36

Tire Replacement 9-36

Wheel Replacement....9-37

Tire Traction 9-37

Tire Maintenance....9-37

Tire Sidewall Labeling 9-38

Tire Terminology and Definitions 9-41

All Season Tires....9-44

Snow Tires....9-44

Radial-Ply Tires....9-44

Low Aspect Ratio Tires....9-45

Fuses....9-46

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement 9-47

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement 9-48

Fuse/Relay Panel Description.... 9-49

Light Bulbs 9-62

Headlight, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)

Replacement 9-63

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement 9-63

Puddle Lamp Replacement 9-63

Rear Combination Lamp Replacement 9-64

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement 9-64

License Plate Lamp Replacement.... 9-65

Interior light replacement.... 9-65

Appearance Care 9-67

Exterior Care....9-67

Interior Care....9-72

Emission Control System 9-76

Crankcase Emission Control System 9-76

Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor

Recovery (ORVR) 9-76

Exhaust Emission Control System 9-77

California Perchlorate Notice....9-78

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ORS092001N

1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Jumper terminal
3. Fuse box
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Air cleaner

6. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant reservoir

7. Brake fluid reservoir

8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Engine oil filler cap
10. Cabin air filter

MAINTENANCE SERVICES

You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.

We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. An authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products meets Genesis Branded Vehicle's high service quality standards and receives technical support from Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.

Owner's Responsibility

Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.

Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

Owner Maintenance Precautions

Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products with special tools.

Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:

• Park your vehicle on level ground. Shift the vehicle to P (Park), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must operate the engine during maintenance, do so in an outdoor area or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.

WARNING

Touching metal parts

Do not touch metal parts (including strut bars) while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so could result in serious personal injury. Turn the engine off and wait until the metal parts cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.

The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.

Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner Maintenance Schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir or the liquid-cooled intercooler coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid level.
• Check for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING

Be careful when checking your coolant level if the motor compartment is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

At least monthly:

• Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year: (for example, every Spring and Autumn)

• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and function.

At least once a year:

• Clean body and door drain holes.
- Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
- Lubricate door and hood locks and latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
- Check the air conditioning system.
- Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls.
- Clean the battery and terminals.
- Check the brake fluid level.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.

• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
  • Driving in heavy dust conditions
  • Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
  • Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
  • Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
  • Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the semi-synthetic, prescribed maintenance intervals.

NOTICE

After 10 years or 100,000 miles, we recommend to use severe maintenance schedule.

Information

• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of the recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under severe operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with the Oil Life Management System that predicts engine oil life based on the driver's driving history and alerts the driver to change engine oil.

- If the deterioration of the engine oil increases depending on the driver's driving severity, the remaining oil life alert appears on the instrument cluster before the normal engine oil replacement interval. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded product.

- Oil Life Management System works when the recommended engine oil is used. So, if recommended engine oil is not used, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under severe usage condition.

Also, check the amount of engine oil regularly as this system assumes that the engine oil is being filled normally.

- Always reset the remaining engine oil life whenever the engine oil is changed. Otherwise, the indication of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life Management System may not be accurate.

To reset the Oil Change Reminder, select ‘RESET’ from the infotainment system screen. Then, select ‘Yes’ when the message “Has the engine oil been changed? Press [Yes] to reset the oil life.” appears on the screen.

- If there is no alert until the maximum maintenance interval, have the vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded product.

Normal Maintenance Schedule

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36

48 60

72 84

96 10

8 120

132 144

156

Miles×1,000 8 16

24 32

40 48

56 64

72 80

88 96

104

Km×1,000 13 26

39 52

65 78

91 104

117 130

143

156 169

Engine oil and engine oil filter*1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Fuel additives *2

Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter

Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 36 months

Spark plugs

RR

Rotate tires

Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months

Cabin air filter(for evaporator and blower unit)

R

R

R

R

R

R

Drive belts *3

At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months,after that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months

MHEV (Mild Hybrid Vehicle) belt *3 (if equipped)

Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 monthsReplace every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 48 months

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1: Requires grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-
synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*2: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36

48 60

72 84

96 108

120

132 144

156

Miles×1,000 8 16

24 32

40 48

56 64

72 80

88 96

104

Km×1,000 13 26

39 52

65 78

91 104

117 130

143

156 169

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months. After that, replace every 25,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months

Battery condition

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Brake lines, hoses and connections

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Rear brake disc/pads

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots / lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Drive Shaft

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Suspension mounting bolts

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Air conditioner refrigerant

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Air conditioner compressor

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Propeller shaft

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Exhaust pipe and muffler

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36

48 60

72 84

96 10

8 120

132 14

4 156

Miles×1,000 8 16

24 32

40 48

56 64

72 80

88 96

104

Km×1,000 13 26

39 52

65 78

91 104

117 13

0 143

156 169

Automatic transmission fluid *1

No check, No service required

Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *2

I

I

I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

I

IIIII

Fuel tank air filter

I

IIIII

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

I

IIIII

Parking brake

I

IIIII

Brake fluid

Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months

Transfer case oil (AWD)

No check, No service required

Air suspension

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R: Replace or change.*1: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” section in chapter 2 or the label in the engine compartment.)*2: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.* Fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but the quality of fuel used may impact the frequency of maintenance needed. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance item	Maintenance operation	Maintenance intervals	Driving condition
Engine oil and filter*1	R	Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months	D, H, I, L
MHEV (Mild Hybrid Vehicle) belt (if equipped)	I	Inspect every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months	B, C, D, E, I, K
	R	Replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months
Air cleaner filter I		Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, E
Spark plugs R		Replace more frequently depending on the condition	A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots	I	Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, E, F, G
Front suspension ball joints I		Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors	I	Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, E, G, H, J, K
Parking brake I		Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, G, H
Drive Shaft I		Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Cabin air filter R		Replace more frequently depending on the condition	C, E, G
Automatic transmission fluid R		Replace every 60,000 miles (100,000 km)	A, C, F, G, H, I, J, K
Front differential oil (AWD) / Rear differential oil	R	Replace every 72,000 miles (120,000 km)	C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Propeller shaft I		Inspect more frequently depending on the condition	C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required

*1: Requires grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.

Severe driving conditions

A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in heavy dust conditions
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
H. Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
I. Driving for patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
J. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary.

Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.

Information

When you are inspecting the belt, turn the engine off.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.

Fuel Filter

The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter immediately. Have you consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

Air Cleaner Filter

We recommend that the air cleaner filter be replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.

When assembling parts, be sure to wipe out foreign substances inside and outside of the boot bottom of the ignition coil and the insulator of the spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent contamination of the spark plug insulator.

Cooling System

Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant

The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions, the Automatic transmission fluid should be changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products according to the maintenance schedule.

Information

Automatic transmission fluid color is red when new.

As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker.

This is a normal condition. It does not need to be replaced based on the color change.

NOTICE

The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure.

Use only specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" section in chapter 2.)

Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.

Brake Fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors

Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers for any fluid leakage

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Propeller Shaft

Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps, rubber couplings and center-bearing rubber for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and if necessary, repack the grease.

Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.

Steering Gear box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage.

Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

ENGINE OIL

Checking the Engine Oil Level

Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling, and operating various hydraulic components in the engine. Engine oil consumption while driving is normal, and it is necessary to check and refill the engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil level within the recommended maintenance schedule to prevent deterioration of oil performance.

Check the engine oil following the below procedure.

1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set and the wheels blocked.
3. Turn the engine on and warm the engine up until the coolant temperature reaches a constant normal temperature.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil filler cap and pull the dipstick out. Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it fully.

Close-up of a mechanical component with visible internal structure and a measurement scale (no text or symbols on the main subject)

1. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low).

Industrial engine component pouring liquid into a funnel (no text or symbols visible)

1. If the oil level is below L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.

Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" section in chapter 2).

NOTICE

To prevent damage to your engine:

- Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled oil immediately.

- The engine oil consumption may increase while you break in a new vehicle and it will be stabilized after driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).

- The engine oil consumption can be affected by driving habits, climate conditions, traffic conditions, oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is recommended that you inspect the engine oil level regularly and refill it if necessary.

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter

• The lubrication, rust prevention, cooling, and cleaning effect of the engine oil will gradually degrade during its use. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products according to the Oil Life Management System instructions or the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to replace engine oil is exceeded, the engine oil performance may deteriorate, and the engine condition may be affected. Therefore, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal condition, use the recommended engine oil and filter. If the recommended engine oil and filter are not used, replace it according to the maintenance schedule under severe usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance schedule for engine oil replacement is to prevent oil deterioration and it is irrelevant to oil consumption. Check and refill engine oil regularly.

Information

When the oil pressure is low due to insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil Pressure (☐) warning light will illuminate. In addition, the enhanced engine protection system, which limits the engine's power is activated and the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (☐) will illuminate when the vehicle is driven in this state continuously. When oil pressure is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure warning light will turn off and the engine power will no longer be limited.

However, for 3.5 T-GDI and 3.5 T-GDI 48 V MHEV, when the oil pressure is restored, the warning light and the enhanced engine protection system will turn off after the engine is restarted.

CAUTION

The engine oil is very hot immediately after the vehicle has been driven and can cause burns during replacement. Replace the engine oil after the engine oil has cooled down.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm.

Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time.

Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

ENGINE COOLANT/LIQUID-COOLED INTERCOOLER COOLANT

The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the Coolant Level

Close-up of a mechanical component with a downward arrow indicating a feature, no visible text or symbols

Close-up of a mechanical component with a black arrow pointing to a circular feature, no visible text or symbols.

A: Engine coolant,

B: Liquid-cooled Intercooler coolant

Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for a cooling system inspection.

WARNING

Never remove the engine coolant cap and/or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

Turn the vehicle off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap and/or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

Information

The coolant level is influenced by the engine temperature. Before checking or refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.

WARNING

The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.

Always turn off the vehicle unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected.

WARNING

Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.

1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight in front.

3D rendering of a black electronic component with a circular top and mounting pins, no visible text or symbols.

1. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap are securely interlocked.

Recommended coolant

• When adding coolant, use only deionized water, distilled water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an phosphate-based ethylene glycol coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:

Ambient Temperature	Mixture Percentage (volume)
	Antifreeze	Water
5°F (-15°C) 35	65
-13°F (-25°C) 40	60
-31°F (-35°C) 50	50
-49°F (-45°C) 60	40

Information

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of -31^ F ( -35^ C) and higher.

Changing Coolant

Have coolant be changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING

Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the engine coolant cap or liquid-cooled intercooler coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

Close-up of a perforated metal component with a circular opening and internal geometric cutout (no text or symbols visible)

Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Do not let brake fluid enter into your eyes. If brake fluid gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.

NOTICE

• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as it will result in paint damage.
• NEVER use brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time, as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong type of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts.

Information

Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to “Recommended Lubricants and Capacities” section in chapter 2).

WASHER FLUID

Checking the Washer Fluid Level

Close-up of a white plastic component with a circular opening and a black arrow pointing to it, no visible text or symbols.

Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:

• Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.

AIR CLEANER

Filter Replacement

Interior view of a car showing engine bay and structural components with two arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols visible)

Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter.

If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced.

Visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to replace air cleaner filter.

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.

Information

If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (Refer to “Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions” section in this chapter).

NOTICE

• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
  • We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

CABIN AIR FILTER

Filter Inspection

The cabin air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the cabin air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

Filter Replacement

Close-up of a mechanical component with an inset showing a disassembled part (no text or symbols visible)

1. Open the glove box and remove the support rod ①.

Mechanical component with a bracket and inset showing a close-up of a knob (no text or symbols visible)

1. Remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.

1. Press and hold the lock ① on the left side of the cover.
2. Pull out ② the cover
3. Replace the cabin air filter.
4. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

Engine Compartment

Mechanical component with two views (A and B) showing a pin-like assembly, no text or symbols present.

1. Open the engine hood and remove the cover of the air conditioning assembly to locate the air filter.
2. Open the engine hood and remove the cover of air conditioning unit.
3. Press and hold the lock ① on the left side of the cover.
4. Pull out ② the cover
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

NOTICE

A: Glove box, B: Engine compartment

Install a new cabin air filter in the correct direction to prevent noise and reduce effectiveness.

• Glove box: Install with the arrow symbol facing downward. (↓)
  • Engine Compartment: Install with the arrow symbol facing up. (↑)

WIPER BLADES

Blade Inspection

Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.

Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not:

• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers manually.
  • Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information

Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

Information

Wiper blades are consumable items. Normal wear of the wipers may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Blade Replacement

When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.

NOTICE

• In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
  • Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.

1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the engine, lift up and hold the wiper lever to the MIST position for about 2 seconds until the wipers move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off the windshield.

Information

This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper design which means that the wipers cannot be lifted manually when they are in their bottom resting position.

3D rendered mechanical component with a numbered part (1) and base, no visible text or symbols

1. Lift up the wiper blade clip ①.

Close-up of a mechanical component with a labeled arrow and number 2, no readable text or symbols beyond the label.

1. Then slide the wiper blade down ②.

Mechanical component diagram showing a lever and handle assembly (no text or symbols)

1. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm ③.

2. Install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

3. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.

BATTERY

WARNING

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:

Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Don't remove the battery vent hose. When the battery vent hose is removed, insert it into the vent hole.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

Always follow these instructions when handling your vehicle's battery to prevent damage to your battery:

• When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
  • Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the battery terminals. The performance of the battery may be degraded, and may cause injury. Be cautious when loading liquid in the trunk.
  • Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.

Battery Usage Recommendations

Exterior view of a car trunk with open lid and internal battery pack (no visible text or symbols)

• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.

Information

For vehicles with power trunks, note that the power trunk needs to be reset after the battery has been replaced. For more details, refer to "Power Trunk" section in chapter 5.

NOTICE

Make sure the battery is installed securely when the it is replaced. If the battery vibrates while driving, the case and electrode plate can be damaged.

Battery Replacement

12 V battery

Mechanical assembly with numbered components, no visible text or symbols

When replacing the battery, disconnect the negative (-) cable ① and remove the positive (+) battery fuse box ②.

Information

Mild hybrid vehicles have 48 V battery installed in the trunk, and 12 V battery is below the 48 V battery.

48 V battery (if equipped)

Top-down view of a car's internal battery pack with an arrow pointing to the component (no text or symbols visible)

Vehicles with a 48V battery have the battery in the trunk. Have the battery replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Inspections or repairs related to the 48 V battery must be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Battery Recharging

By battery charger

Should your vehicle's battery become discharged either run the engine for at least 60 minutes driving or at idle. Alternatively you may connect a fully automatic regulated charger to the engine compartment front jumper posts or at the battery in the trunk.

CAUTION

Do not use a manual unregulated charger. It may cause the battery to overheat and create a potential hazard.

WARNING

Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:

• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
  • Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
• Turn off the battery charger main switch.
• Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
• Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
  • Always use a genuine Genesis Part approved battery when you replace the battery.

NOTICE

- AGM battery

- Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries are maintenance-free and we recommend that the AGM battery be serviced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries.

- When replacing the AGM battery, we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

- Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery. This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in severe injury.

• Lithium battery (if equipped)

- Do not jump start other vehicles. The lithium polymer type battery installed in your vehicle may be damaged.

- Do not connect external electrical devices to the battery.

- When replacing the lithium polymer battery, have the battery replaced at an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

By jump starting

After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter 8 for more information on jump starting procedures.

Information

An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.

Reset Items

The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.

• Fuel economy/Driving info/Since refueling/Accumulated info (items in Normal view) (see chapter 4)
• Integrated memory system (see chapter 5)
  • Power window (see chapter 5)
  • Sunroof (see chapter 5)
  • Power trunk (see chapter 5)
  • Climate control system (see chapter 5)
• Rear door window shade (see chapter 5)
• Clock (see Infotainment system manual)
  • Infotainment system (see Infotainment system manual)

TIRES AND WHEELS

WARNING

Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:

• Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the same size, type, construction and tread pattern as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

Tire Care

For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.

Close-up of a car door panel with a black arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols visible)

All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures

All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile (1.6 km).

Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and Wheels” section in chapter 2.

WARNING

Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

CAUTION

• Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
  • Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

Check tire Inflation Pressure

Check your tires, including the spare tire(if equipped), once a month or more.

How to check

Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.

Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

Tire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check wheel bolt tightness (proper torque is 101\~116 lbf·ft [14-16 kgf·m]).

Top-down view of a car with four wheels and bidirectional arrows indicating motion or force (no text or symbols)

Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information

The outside and inside of the unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable. When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be sure to install the side marked “outside” face the outside. If the side marked “inside” is installed on the outside, it will have a negative effect on vehicle performance.

WARNING

• Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance

The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

NOTICE

Incorrect wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

Tire Replacement

Close-up of a car tire with metal clips and a circular symbol labeled 'A' (no readable text or symbols beyond the label)

Ⓐ : Tread wear indicator

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY:

- Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.

- Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

- When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.

- Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.

- Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Compact spare tire (if equipped) replacement

A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.

WARNING

The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tire.

Wheel Replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.

Tire Traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire Maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

Tire Sidewall Labeling

This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

2. Tire size designation

A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.)

245/45R20 103V

245 - Tire width in millimeters.

45 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

20 - Rim diameter in inches.

103 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean.

Example wheel size designation:

8.5J X 20

8.5 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

20 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.

Speed Rating Symbol	Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT:XXXX XXXX 0000

The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1522 represents that the tire was produced in the 15th week of 2022.

4. Genesis exclusive tire

Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that tires designed specifically for Genesis vehicles be used. You may find the marking "GOE" (Genesis Original Equipment) embossed on the tire sidewall.

5. Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter “R” means radial ply construction; the letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter “B” means belted-bias ply construction.

6. Maximum permissible inflation pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure.

7. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

8. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

For example:

TREADWEAR 200

TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Tire Terminology and Definitions Air pressure

The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory weight

This means the combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect ratio

The relationship of a tire's height to its width.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead

The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold tire pressure

The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.

Curb weight

This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOT markings

A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.

GVWR

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.

Intended outboard sidewall

The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa)

The metric unit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT) tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load ratings

The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load index

An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum inflation pressure

The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

Maximum load rating

The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.

Normal occupant weight

The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).

Occupant distribution

Designated seating positions.

Outward facing sidewall

An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire

A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight

The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended inflation pressure

Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.

Radial ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Rim

A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall

The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.

Speed rating

An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.

Traction

The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.

Tread

The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear indicators

Narrow bands, sometimes called “wear bars”, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.

UTQGS

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle capacity weight

The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle normal load on the tire

Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle placard

A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

All Season Tires

Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Snow Tires

If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

Radial-Ply Tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.

Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING

Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires (if equipped)

The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tires.

Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tires.

CAUTION

The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal one. Thus, the low-aspect wheel and tire are easily damaged. Follow the below instructions.

• When driving on a rough road or driving off a road, be careful not to damage the tires and wheels. After driving, inspect the tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive the vehicle slowly so as not to damage the tires and wheels.
• When there is an impact on a tire, inspect the tire condition. Or, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000 km) to prevent tire damage.
• It is difficult to recognize a tire damage only with your eyes. When there is a slight hint of a tire damage, check and replace the tire to prevent the damage caused by air leakage.
• When a tire is damaged while driving on a rough road, off a road, or over obstacles, such as a pothole, manhole, or curb stone, your warranty does not cover the damage.
• The tire information is specified on the tire side wall.

FUSES

A

B

Close-up of a gray key with two circular holes and '30' and 'OE' labels, marked with an 'X' below (no additional text or symbols)

C

Close-up of a mechanical component with a circular hole and a magnified inset showing a small object (no visible text or symbols)

Close-up of a mechanical component with a circular mark and a small symbol, labeled 'X' at the bottom (no readable text or symbols on the component itself)

D

Close-up of a metallic electrical fuse component with mounting holes (no visible text or symbols)

Close-up of a metallic electrical fuse component with mounting holes and a central connector (no visible text or symbols)

ORS091063
A: Blade type, B: Cartridge type,
©: Multi type, ©: Midi type
O: Normal, X: Blown

A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.

This vehicle has 5 fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment.

If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.

If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire.
- Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.

NOTICE

Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement

A: Driver's side, B: Trunk

1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

Close-up of a mechanical component with a highlighted inset showing internal wiring or wiring layout (no readable text or symbols)

1. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool ① provided in the engine compartment fuses panel cover.
2. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
3. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement

Blade fuse/Cartridge fuse

Close-up of a car engine bay with a highlighted internal component and an inset showing a battery pack (no text or symbols visible)

Close-up of a car dashboard with an electronic device and a close-up inset showing a control panel (no readable text or symbols)

A: Blade type fuse, B: Cartridge type fuse

1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. You may hear a clicking sound if the cover is securely latched. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

Multi fuse/Midi fuse

Top-down view of a car interior showing a rectangular electronic component and its close-up of internal circuit boards (no visible text or symbols)

Close-up of a car engine compartment with a highlighted internal component and an inset close-up showing a device (no visible text or symbols)

A: Multi type fuse, B: Midi type fuse

If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown, consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel

Interior view of a car dashboard with a device inset showing a battery pack (no text or symbols visible)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name	Fuse Rating	Circuit Protected
P/SEAT (PASS)2	25A Passenger Power Seat Module
S/HEATER (PASS)	25A Passenger Power Seat Module
A/BAG IND	10A Overhead Console
UWB	10A	BLE Unit, Interior UBW Unit #1/#2/#3, Interior UBW Unit, Rear UBW Unit LH/RH, Front UBW Unit LH/RH
P/SEAT (PASS)1	30A Passenger Power Seat Module
P/SEAT (DRV)1	30A Driver Power Seat Module
SUNROOF2	20A Sunroof Rear Rollo Controller
MODULE13	10A	Electro Chromic Mirror, Data Link Connector, Front A/C Controller, A/C Control Module, AMP CCIC Keyboard, Smart Phone Wireless Charger, Support AMP, LDC (IG1 Input), CCIC Head Unit, REAR Junction Block (LDC - IG1 Input), Driver/Passenger Power Seat Module, Rear Seat CCS Module LH/RH, Rear Seat Heater Control Module LH/RH, Rear Power Seat Module LH/RH, Rear Seat Console Wireless Charger, Rear Seat Console UVC Lamp, Armrest Touch Screen, AMP
MASSAGE SEAT (FRT)	15A	Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit, Passenger Foot Massage Unit
S/HEATER (DRV)	25A Driver Power Seat Module
CURTAIN	15A IBU
ADAS DRV1	10A ADAS Unit (Driving)
MODULE14	10A	Driver/Passenger Door Outside Handle, Rear Door Outside Handle LH/RH
P/SEAT (DRV)2	25A Driver Power Seat Module
PRESAFETY SEAT BELT1	10A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
SBCM (RR LH)	20A Rear SBCM LH
P/WINDOW (LH)	30A	Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
MODULE8	10A	ADAS Unit (Parking), Center Control Panel, CCIC Head Unit, Rear Seat Console Tray Lamp, Rear Seat Console Remote Control Switch, Instrument Cluster, Rear Seat Console UVC Lamp
BRAKE SWITCH	10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
SUNROOF1	20A Sunroof Glass Controller
SBCM (DRV)	20A Driver SBCM
CCU1	10A CCU
POWER HANDLE	15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit
MODULE2	10A	Front A/C Controller, Multifunction Switch, Head Lamp LH/RH
MODULE9	10A	Multifunction Switch, Data Link Connector, CCIC Keyboard, Rain Sensor, Driver Power Window Switch, Driver Power Outside Mirror Switch
CCU2	10A Stop	Lamp Switch, CCU
A/C3	10A	A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Incar Temperature Sensor, E/R Sub Junction Block (PTC Heater #1/#2 Relay) Rear Junction Block (Rear Blower Relay)
MODULE3	10A IBU, IAU
IBU1	10A IBU, IAU
IBU2	10A IBU, BMS Control Module
E-SHIFTER2	10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
E-SHIFTER1	10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
MODULE12	10A	Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, ECS Unit, Air ECS Unit, AWD ECU, RWS Module, ADAS Unit (Parking), IBU, Crash Pad Switch, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit, Front View Camera (ADAS)
MODULE11	10A Driver Power Window Switch, Multifunction Switch, IAU
AIR BAG2	15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
AIR BAG1	15A SRS Control Module
MODULE16	10A	Front Console Mood Lamp #1/2, Garnish Lamp LH/RH, Mood Lamp Unit, Roof Mood Lamp #1/2, Driver/Passenger Door Garnish Mood Lamp, Rear Door Garnish Mood Lamp LH/RH, ADAS Unit (Parking)
CLUSTER	10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
MODULE15	10A ADAS Unit (Driving)
Wireless DCU	10A Domain Control Unit
MODULE5	10A	Rear Door Curtain, Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sensor, Clock Spring, Front Console Switch, Active Air Flap Module, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit
USB CHARGER	15A Rear	USB Charger Connector
MODULE10	10A	IAU, CCU, IBU, Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial, LDC (ACC Input), Armrest Console Lamp, Domain Control Unit, Rear Junction Block (LDC - ACC Input), E/R Sub Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
MODULE4	10A	Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Head-Up Display, Front A/C Controller
MULTIMEDIA2	15A	Center Control Panel, Rear Seat Console Multimedia Jack, Rear Seat Console Remote Control Switch
MODULE7	10A	Smart Phone Wireless Charger, Rear Seat Console Wireless Charger, Front Corner Radar LH/RH, Rear Corner Radar LH/RH
MULTIMEDIA1	25A CCIC	Head Unit
MODULE6	10A	Armrest Touch Screen, Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller, Head-Up Display

Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)

Close-up of a car engine compartment with a highlighted plastic housing and an inset close-up showing internal components (no text or symbols visible)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

ORS092059N

Engine compartment fuse panel

Type Fuse Name		Fuse Rating	Circuit Protected
MAIN	ALT	225A Alternator
	MDPS1	125A MDPS Unit
	e-S/C	125A	[Mild HEV] Electric Super Charging Unit (Power)
MULTI	COOLING FAN	100A Colling Fan Motor
	IEB1	60A IEB Unit
	IEB2	60A IEB Unit
	AIR SUSPENSION (ECS)	50A Air Suspension (ECS) Relay
	REAR HEATED1	50A Rear Heated #1 Relay
	REAR HEATED2	40A Rear Heated #2 Relay
	WIPER	30A Wiper Motor
SB	EOP	30A Electronic Oil Pump
	HEAD LAMP RH	40A Head Lamp RH
	HEAD LAMP LH	40A Head Lamp LH
	START	30A Start Relay
MICRO	HORN	15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)
	A/C1	15A A/C Relay
	ECU1	15A ECM
	TCU1	20A TCM
	FUEL PUMP	20A Fuel Pump Relay
	4WD	20A AWD ECU

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name	Fuse Rating	Circuit Protected
IG1	30A IG1 Relay
ECU3	30A Engine Control Relay
IG2	30A IG2 Relay
ACC	30A ACC Relay
ECU2	10A ECM
EWP	20A Electronic Water Pump
MODULE1	10A Front Radar, Front Corner Radar LH/RH
MDPS2	10A MDPS Unit
IEB3	10A IEB Unit
TCU2	15A TCM, P/N Relay, Electronic Oil Pump
SENSOR3	10A Oxygen Sensor #1 (B1/S1), Oxygen Sensor #2 (B2/S1)
SENSOR2	10A	Oxygen Sensor #3 (B1/S2), Oxygen Sensor #4 (B2/S2), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve (Intake #1/#2), Oil Control Valve (Exhaust #1/#2), RCV Control Solenoid Valve #1/#2, E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay)
SENSOR1	10A	E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay), Injector #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6 (MPI)
IGN COIL	15A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
SENSOR4	15A Cooling Fan Motor, Electric Super Charging Unit (Signal)
ECU4	20A ECM
WASHER	15A WASHER RELAY
MHSG	10A	[With Mild HEV] Mild Hybrid Starter & Generator Motor (Signal)

Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine room junction block)

Close-up of a black plastic electronic component with a magnified inset showing internal structure (no text or symbols visible)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Engine compartment fuse panel

Type Fuse Name		Fuse Rating	Circuit Protected
MULTI	BLOWER (FRT)	60A Blower (FRT) Relay
	PTC HEATER1	60A PTC	Heater #1 Relay
	IEB4	50A IEB Unit
	PTC HEATER2	40A PTC	Heater #2 Relay
SB	POWER OUTLET1	40A Power Outlet Relay
MICRO	POWER OUTLET2	25A Front Power Outlet
	POWER OUTLET3	25A	Rear Power Outlet, Rear Seat Console Power Outlet
	PDS (RR RH)	25A Rear Power Door Closing Actuator RH
	PDS (RR LH)	25A Rear Power Door Closing Actuator LH
	PDS (PASS)	25A Passenger Power Door Closing Actuator
	PDS (DRV)	25A Driver Power Door Closing Actuator
	A/C2	10A Blower (FRT) Relay, Perfume Blower Relay
	PERFUME BLOWER	10A Perfume Blower Relay

Trunk fuse panel (Rear sub junction block)

Exterior view of a modern office building (no signage)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

ORS092029N

Rear junction block

Fuse Name	Fuse Rating	Circuit Protected
B+2 50A		ICU Junction Block (IPS4, IPS5, Fuse - E-SHIFTER1, BRAKE SWITCH, IBU1, UWB, MODULE9, CCU1, AIR BAG1)
B+3 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1/IPS6/IPS7/IPS8)
B+1 50A		ICU Junction Block (LDC, Long Term Load Latch Relay, Short Term Load Latch Relay)
ECS1 15A ECS Unit, Air ECS Unit
PRESAFETY SEAT BELT2	30A Pre-	Active Seat Belt Unit
PRESAFETY SEAT BELT3	30A Pre-	Active Seat Belt Unit
ECS2 25A Air ECS Unit
BATTERY MANAGEMENT	15A BMS	Control Module
BLOWER (RR) 20A Rear Blower Relay
P/SEAT (RR LH)1 30A Rear Power Seat Module LH
MASSAGE SEAT (RR)	15A Rear	Seat Lumbar Support Unit LH/RH
SBCM (RR RH) 20A Rear SBCM RH
S/HEATER (RR LH)	25A	Rear Power Seat Module LH, Rear Seat CCS Module LH, Rear Seat Heater Control Module LH
MODULE18 10A		Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Module, Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit, Passenger Foot Massage Unit, Rear Seat Console Switch LH/RH, Rear Power Seat Module LH/RH, Rear Seat Lumbar Support Unit LH/RH, PTL Unit
AMP4 10A AMP, Support AMP
SBCM (PASS)	20A Passenger SBCM
P/SEAT (RR LH)2	25A Rear	Power Seat Module LH
S/HEATER (RR RH)	25A	Rear Power Seat Module RH, Rear Seat CCS Module RH, Rear Seat Heater Control Module RH
BATTERY C/FAN	15A BM$	Cooling Fan
AMP1	25A AMP
AMP2 25A AMP
AMP3 25A Support AMP
P/WINDOW (RH) 30A		Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
P/SEAT (RR RH)1	30A Rear	Power Seat Module RH
POWER TRUNK	30A PTL	Unit
RR DR CURTAIN 20A Rear Door Curtain
P/SEAT (RR RH)2	25A Rear	Power Seat Module RH

Trunk fuse panel (Battery junction block)

Exterior view of a car trunk with a circular opening and an inset close-up of a battery pack (no text or symbols visible)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Battery junction block

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
LDC	225A	[Mild HEV] Battery System Assembly (Low DC-DC Converter)
AMS	10A 12V Battery Sensor
B+6	100A	Rear Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW (RH), BATTERY C/FAN, P/SEAT (RR RH)1, P/SEAT (RR RH)2, S/HEATER (RR RH), POWER TRUNK, RR DR CURTAIN, B+1)
B+5	60A	ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/SEAT (PASS)1, P/SEAT (PASS)2, MASSAGE SEAT (FRT), ADAS DRV1, S/HEATER (PASS), CURTAIN, SUNROOF2, MODULE14)
B+4	60A	ICU Junction Block (Fuse - SBCM (DRV), SBCM (RR LH), SUNROOF1, P/SEAT (DRV)1, P/SEAT (DRV)2, POWER HANDLE, S/HEATER (DRV), P/WINDOW (LH))
B+8	100A	Rear Junction Block (LDC, Fuse - PRESAFETY SEAT BELT2, ECS1, ECS2, PRESAFETY SEAT BELT3, BATTERY MANAGEMENT)
B+7	100A	Rear Junction Block (Fuse -SBCM (PASS), SBCM (RR RH), P/SEAT (RR LH)1, P/SEAT (RR LH)2, S/HEATER (RR LH), MASSAGE SEAT (RR), BLOWER (RR), MODULE18, B+2, B+3)
RWS	100A RWS	Module
B+9	125A	E/R Junction Block (Fuse - HEAD LAMP LH, START, TCU1, 4WD, HEAD LAMP RH, ECU1, FUEL PUMP, ECU3)

LIGHT BULBS

Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.

WARNING

• Prior to working on a light, depress the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position and take the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.

NOTICE

Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electrical wiring system.

NOTICE

To prevent damage, do not clean the headlight lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

Information

The headlight and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlight on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Information

• A normally functioning lamp may flicker momentarily to stabilize the vehicle's electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or continues to flicker, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• The parking lamp may not turn on when the parking lamp switch is turned on, but the parking lamp and headlight switch may turn on when the headlight switch is turned on. This may be caused by network failure or vehicle electrical control system malfunction. If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Information

The headlight aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlight assembly is reinstalled at an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Headlight, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL) Replacement

① Headlight (Low)
② Headlight (High)
③ Headlight (Low beam assist)
④ Daytime running light
⑤ Parking lamp
⑥ Turn signal lamp
⑦ Side marker lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

Side view of a car with visible exhaust pipe and numbered component (no text or symbols)

If the LED lamp ① does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Puddle Lamp Replacement

Close-up of a curved mechanical component with a numbered label (1) and reference number (ORS091037) at the bottom right.

If the LED lamp ① does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Rear Combination Lamp Replacement

① Tail lamp/Side marker lamp
② Stop lamp/Turn signal lamp
③ Reverse lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement

Close-up of a car interior with a visible seatbelt and a numbered component (no text or symbols)

If the LED lamp ① does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

License Plate Lamp Replacement

Technical diagram of ceiling-mounted electrical fixtures with two mounting brackets and a labeled connection point (no text or symbols beyond label)

If the LED lamp ① does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Interior light replacement

Close-up of a white plastic vent or connector component with four square cutouts (no text or symbols visible)

Top-down view of a white rectangular object with two side cutouts, labeled 'B' and 'ORS091041' at bottom (no other text or symbols)

White plastic electronic device casing with a control panel and indicator lights (no visible text or symbols)

Ⓐ : Front lamp,

⑧: Rear lamps (without sunroof),

©: Rear lamps (with sunroof)

Close-up of a white plastic container with a black lid and a small droplet on top (no text or symbols visible)

Close-up of a mechanical component with an arrow indicating direction, shown in grayscale (no text or symbols)

D: Vanity mirror lamp,
E: Glove box lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Exterior view of a car trunk with open lid and two black dots on the side, alongside an inset close-up of a rectangular opening (no text or symbols)

⑤: ① Mood lamp, ② Door foot lamp, ③ Foot lamp, ⑥: Trunk lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior Care

NOTICE

If you park your vehicle near a stainless steel sign or glass facade building, the vehicle's exterior plastic parts such as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or outside rearview mirror might be damaged due to sunlight reflected from the sign or building. To prevent damage of the exterior plastic parts, you should avoid parking in areas where light may be reflected or use a car cover. (The exterior plastic parts applied to your vehicle may vary.)

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

High-pressure washing

- When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.

- Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.

- Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

NOTICE

• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
  • Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
  • To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

NOTICE

Close-up of a car hooded with a hand holding a tool, emitting vapor or mist from the engine (no text or symbols visible)

• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
- Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

NOTICE

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)

Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may cause the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove.

Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax.

Waxing

A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contamination. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle until water will no longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.

NOTICE

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.

NOTICE

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)

Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive or a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area.

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.

NOTICE

If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.

NOTICE

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped) In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter.

Pay special attention to these areas because it will do more harm than good if the road grime becomes wet without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job.

To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.

- If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.

- When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

- When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with “touch-up” paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.

Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care

Interior general precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vehicle interior surfaces.

NOTICE

• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim

Vehicle interior surfaces

Remove dust and loose dirt from interior surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum cleaner.

If necessary, clean interior surfaces with a mixture of warm water and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed area before use).

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.

NOTICE

Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)

• Features of seat leather

- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.

Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.

NOTICE

• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
  • Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

• Caring for the leather seats

- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats

- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)

Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)

Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.

- Oil

Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.

- Chewing gum

Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

- Handling prime napa leather (if equipped)

Try to avoid excessive sunlight and heat exposure. Excessive sunlight and heat exposure naturally fades and dries out napa leather, causing wrinkles and discoloration. If the napa leather is wet with liquid, immediately clean it with lint-free cloth to minimize damage. Do not scratch the napa leather surface with a sharp object. If your napa leather seat is bright colored, it may be contaminated or stained from dyed materials such as jeans.

Interior wooden trim

• Use a wooden furniture protector (for example, wax, coating compound) to clean the interior wooden trim.
• Wipe the interior wooden trim with a lint-free, clean cloth to maintain the unique wooden textures for a longer period of time.
• If you spill beverage (for example, water, coffee) over the interior wooden trim, immediately wipe it with clean, dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (for example, driver, knife), adhesive materials, or tapes may damage the interior wooden trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the interior wooden trim is removed, moisture may damage or change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is damaged, you may get a splinter from the wood surface. Therefore, you should immediately have the damaged interior wooden trim replaced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

NOTICE

Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.

NOTICE

For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
  • After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System

The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control System

The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.

When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.

Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions

- Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.

WARNING

Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalytic converters

WARNING

The exhaust system and catalytic system are very hot while the engine is running or immediately after the engine is turned off. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.

Also, do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
- Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
- Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
- Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

- Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level.

Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE

Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).